Wells Fargo
WFC
#54
Rank
$273.03 B
Marketcap
$86.98
Share price
0.80%
Change (1 day)
11.57%
Change (1 year)

Wells Fargo - 10-Q quarterly report FY2013 Q1


Text size:
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF

THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended March 31, 2013

Commission file number 001-2979

WELLS FARGO & COMPANY

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware No. 41-0449260
(State of incorporation) (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

420 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California 94163

(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: 1-866-249-3302

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes þ            No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).

Yes þ            No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer þ  Accelerated filer ¨ 
Non-accelerated filer ¨  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)  Smaller reporting company ¨ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

Yes¨            No þ

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

 

   Shares Outstanding
April 30, 2013
   
Common stock, $1-2/3 par value  5,296,386,944  


Table of Contents

FORM 10-Q

CROSS-REFERENCE INDEX

 

PART I

 

Financial Information

  

Item 1.

 

Financial Statements

   Page  
 

Consolidated Statement of Income

   59  
 

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

   60  
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet

   61  
 

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

   62  
 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

   64  
 

Notes to Financial Statements

  
 

  1  -  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

   65  
 

  2  -  Business Combinations

   67  
 

  3  -   Federal Funds Sold, Securities Purchased under Resale Agreements and Other Short-Term Investments

   67  
 

  4  -  Securities Available for Sale

   68  
 

  5  -  Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses

   75  
 

  6  -  Other Assets

   92  
 

  7  -  Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities

   93  
 

  8  -  Mortgage Banking Activities

   102  
 

  9  -  Intangible Assets

   105  
 

10  -  Guarantees, Pledged Assets and Collateral

   106  
 

11  -  Legal Actions

   110  
 

12  -  Derivatives

   111  
 

13  -  Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities

   119  
 

14  -  Preferred Stock

   138  
 

15  -  Employee Benefits

   140  
 

16  -  Earnings Per Common Share

   141  
 

17  -  Other Comprehensive Income

   142  
 

18  -  Operating Segments

   144  
 

19  -  Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements

   146  

Item 2.

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations (Financial Review)

  
 

Summary Financial Data

   2  
 

Overview

   3  
 

Earnings Performance

   5  
 

Balance Sheet Analysis

   11  
 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

   15  
 

Risk Management

   15  
 

Capital Management

   52  
 

Regulatory Reform

   55  
 

Critical Accounting Policies

   55  
 

Current Accounting Developments

   55  
 

Forward-Looking Statements

   56  
 

Risk Factors

   57  
 

Glossary of Acronyms

   147  

Item 3.

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

   41  

Item 4.

 

Controls and Procedures

   58  

PART II

 

Other Information

  

Item 1.

 

Legal Proceedings

   148  

Item 1A.

 

Risk Factors

   148  

Item 2.

 

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

   148  

Item 6.

 

Exhibits

   149  

Signature

    149  

Exhibit Index

    150  

 

1


Table of Contents

PART I - FINANCIAL INFORMATION

FINANCIAL REVIEW

Summary Financial Data

 

 

   Quarter ended   % Change
Mar. 31, 2013 from
 
($ in millions, except per share amounts)  

Mar. 31,

2013

  Dec. 31,
2012
   Mar. 31,
2012
   Dec. 31,
2012
  Mar. 31,
2012
 

 

 

For the Period

        

Wells Fargo net income

  $            5,171   5,090    4,248    2 %   22 

Wells Fargo net income applicable to common stock

   4,931   4,857    4,022    2   23 

Diluted earnings per common share

   0.92   0.91    0.75    1   23 

Profitability ratios (annualized):

        

Wells Fargo net income to average assets (ROA)

   1.49 %   1.46    1.31    2   14 

Wells Fargo net income applicable to common stock to average Wells Fargo common stockholders’ equity (ROE)

   13.59   13.35    12.14    2   12 

Efficiency ratio (1)

   58.3   58.8    60.1    (1  (3

Total revenue

  $21,259   21,948    21,636    (3  (2

Pre-tax pre-provision profit (PTPP) (2)

   8,859   9,052    8,643    (2  2 

Dividends declared per common share

   0.25   0.22    0.22    14   14 

Average common shares outstanding

   5,279.0   5,272.4    5,282.6    -   - 

Diluted average common shares outstanding

   5,353.5   5,338.7    5,337.8    -   - 

Average loans

  $798,074   787,210    768,582    1   4 

Average assets

   1,404,334   1,387,056    1,302,921    1   8 

Average core deposits (3)

   925,866   928,824    870,516    -   6 

Average retail core deposits (4)

   662,913   646,145    616,569    3   8 

Net interest margin

   3.48 %   3.56    3.91    (2  (11

At Period End

        

Securities available for sale

  $248,160   235,199    230,266    6   8 

Loans

   799,966   799,574    766,521    -   4 

Allowance for loan losses

   16,711   17,060    18,852    (2  (11

Goodwill

   25,637   25,637    25,140    -   2 

Assets

   1,436,634   1,422,968    1,333,799    1   8 

Core deposits (3)

   939,934   945,749    888,711    (1  6 

Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity

   162,086   157,554    145,516    3   11 

Total equity

   163,395   158,911    146,849    3   11 

Tier 1 capital (5)

   129,071   126,607    117,444    2   10 

Total capital (5)

   161,551   157,588    150,788    3   7 

Capital ratios:

        

Total equity to assets

   11.37 %   11.17    11.01    2   3 

Risk-based capital (5):

        

Tier 1 capital

   11.80   11.75    11.78    -   - 

Total capital

   14.76   14.63    15.13    1   (2

Tier 1 leverage (5)

   9.53   9.47    9.35    1   2 

Tier 1 common equity (6)

   10.39   10.12    9.98    3   4 

Common shares outstanding

   5,288.8   5,266.3    5,301.5    -   - 

Book value per common share

  $28.27   27.64    25.45    2   11 

Common stock price:

        

High

   38.20   36.34    34.59    5   10 

Low

   34.43   31.25    27.94    10   23 

Period end

   36.99   34.18    34.14    8   8 

Team members (active, full-time equivalent)

   274,300   269,200    264,900    2   4 

 

 

 

(1)The efficiency ratio is noninterest expense divided by total revenue (net interest income and noninterest income).
(2)Pre-tax pre-provision profit (PTPP) is total revenue less noninterest expense. Management believes that PTPP is a useful financial measure because it enables investors and others to assess the Company’s ability to generate capital to cover credit losses through a credit cycle.
(3)Core deposits are noninterest-bearing deposits, interest-bearing checking, savings certificates, certain market rate and other savings, and certain foreign deposits (Eurodollar sweep balances).
(4)Retail core deposits are total core deposits excluding Wholesale Banking core deposits and retail mortgage escrow deposits.
(5)See Note 19 (Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information.
(6)See the “Capital Management” section in this Report for additional information.

 

2


Table of Contents

This Quarterly Report, including the Financial Review and the Financial Statements and related Notes, contains forward-looking statements, which may include forecasts of our financial results and condition, expectations for our operations and business, and our assumptions for those forecasts and expectations. Do not unduly rely on forward-looking statements. Actual results may differ materially from our forward-looking statements due to several factors. Factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from our forward-looking statements are described in this Report, including in the “Forward-Looking Statements” section, and the “Risk Factors” and “Regulation and Supervision” sections of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 (2012 Form 10-K).

When we refer to “Wells Fargo,” “the Company,” “we,” “our” or “us” in this Report, we mean Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries (consolidated). When we refer to the “Parent,” we mean Wells Fargo & Company. When we refer to “legacy Wells Fargo,” we mean Wells Fargo excluding Wachovia Corporation (Wachovia). See the Glossary of Acronyms at the end of this Report for terms used throughout this Report.

Financial Review

Overview

 

 

Wells Fargo & Company is a nationwide, diversified, community-based financial services company with $1.4 trillion in assets. Founded in 1852 and headquartered in San Francisco, we provide banking, insurance, investments, mortgage, and consumer and commercial finance through more than 9,000 stores, 12,000 ATMs and the Internet (wellsfargo.com), and we have offices in more than 35 countries to support our customers who conduct business in the global economy. With more than 274,000 active, full-time equivalent team members, we serve one in three households in the United States and rank No. 26 on Fortune’s 2012 rankings of America’s largest corporations. We ranked fourth in assets and first in the market value of our common stock among all U.S. banks at March 31, 2013.

Our vision is to satisfy all our customers’ financial needs, help them succeed financially, be recognized as the premier financial services company in our markets and be one of America’s great companies. Our primary strategy to achieve this vision is to increase the number of our products our customers utilize and to offer them all of the financial products that fulfill their needs. Our cross-sell strategy, diversified business model and the breadth of our geographic reach facilitate growth in both strong and weak economic cycles, as we can grow by expanding the number of products our current customers have with us, gain new customers in our extended markets, and increase market share in many businesses.

Financial Performance

Wells Fargo delivered outstanding first quarter 2013 results for our shareholders. Quarterly earnings and diluted earnings per share increased at double-digit rates (22% and 23%, respectively), compared with first quarter 2012, while loans and deposits demonstrated continued growth in a challenging economic environment. In addition, expenses continued to decline as we improved efficiency across the Company, and our return on assets (ROA) and return on equity (ROE) increased and remained among the highest in our industry. Capital levels remained strong and we were very pleased to increase our dividend to $0.25 per common share in first quarter 2013 and to $0.30 per common share in second quarter 2013 from $0.22 per

common share each quarter in 2012. We believe our success in the quarter was driven by helping our customers succeed financially.

Wells Fargo net income was a record $5.2 billion in first quarter 2013, the highest quarterly profit in our history, with record diluted earnings per share of $0.92. This was our 13th consecutive quarter of earnings per share growth and 8th consecutive quarter of record earnings per share. These results were accomplished in an environment that was not ideal for generating earnings growth, demonstrating the benefit of our diversified business model. Our business is diverse in many ways: we are geographically diverse; we have over 90 different businesses that perform differently in various economic environments; and our revenue is split fairly evenly between interest and noninterest income. We believe this kind of diversity lowers risk and enhances earnings stability and growth. Average loans and deposits increased in the quarter, noninterest expense was lower than first quarter 2012, and credit metrics continued to improve with the net charge-off ratio down to 72 basis points. The increase in our net income for first quarter 2013 compared with a year ago was driven by improved credit quality results and positive operating leverage with pre-tax pre-provision profit of $8.9 billion, up 2% from the same period a year ago.

Our balance sheet continued to strengthen in first quarter 2013 with further core loan and deposit growth. Our non-strategic/liquidating loan portfolios decreased $3.7 billion during the quarter, and, excluding the planned runoff of these loans, our core loan portfolios increased $4.1 billion from the prior quarter. Included in this growth was $3.4 billion of 1-4 family conforming first mortgage production retained on the balance sheet. Total average loans were $798.1 billion, up $10.9 billion from the prior quarter. On a year-over-year basis, the asset-backed finance, commercial banking, corporate banking, credit card, government and institutional banking, mortgage, retail brokerage, real estate capital markets, and retail sales finance portfolios all experienced double-digit growth. Our short-term investments and federal funds sold balances increased by $6.5 billion during the quarter as average deposits continued to grow. We grew our securities available for sale

 

 

3


Table of Contents

Overview (continued)

 

portfolio by $13 billion, up 6% from December 31, 2012, as we purchased a total of $17.8 billion in agency mortgage-backed securities to take advantage of the interest rate back ups at various times within the quarter as rates rose and yields became more attractive. Our ROA grew to 1.49%, within our targeted range of 1.3% to 1.6%, and our ROE increased to 13.59%, also within our targeted range of 12% to 15%.

Credit Quality

Credit quality continued to improve in first quarter 2013, and in several of our commercial and consumer loan portfolios the performance was particularly strong. Our credit losses reflected the benefit of a slowly and steadily improving economy and the high quality loans we have been originating over the past few years. Net charge-offs of $1.4 billion were 0.72% (annualized) of average loans, down 53 basis points from a year ago. Nonperforming assets decreased by $1.6 billion to $22.9 billion at March 31, 2013, from $24.5 billion at December 31, 2012, with declines in both nonaccrual loans and foreclosed assets.

With the continued credit performance improvement in our loan portfolios, our $1.2 billion provision for credit losses this quarter was $776 million less than a year ago. This provision included the release of $200 million from the allowance for credit losses (the amount by which net charge-offs exceeded the provision), compared with a release of $400 million a year ago. Absent significant deterioration in the economic environment, we continue to expect future allowance releases in 2013.

Capital

We continued to build capital this quarter, increasing total equity by $4.5 billion to $163.4 billion at March 31, 2013. Our Tier 1 common equity ratio grew 27 basis points during the quarter to 10.39% of risk-weighted assets under Basel I, reflecting strong internal capital generation. The Tier 1 common equity ratio under Basel I was negatively impacted by approximately 25 basis points in first quarter 2013 by the implementation of the Federal Reserve’s Market Risk Final Rule, commonly known as “Basel 2.5,” which became effective on January 1, 2013. This implementation was reflected in our 2013 Capital Plan and did not impact our ratio under Basel III, as its impact has historically been included in our calculations. Based on our interpretation of current Basel III capital proposals, we estimate that our Tier 1 common equity ratio was 8.39% at the end of first quarter 2013, up 20 basis points from December 31, 2012. Our other regulatory capital ratios remained strong with an increase in the Tier 1 capital ratio to 11.80% and Tier 1 leverage ratio to 9.53% from 11.75% and 9.47%, respectively, at December 31, 2012. See the “Capital Management” section in this Report for more information regarding our capital, including Tier 1 common equity.

We repurchased approximately 17 million shares of our common stock in first quarter 2013 and paid a quarterly common stock dividend of $0.25 per share.

On March 14, 2013, we received a non-objection to our 2013 Capital Plan under the Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR), which will allow us to return more capital to our shareholders in the year ahead. The 2013 Capital Plan included a dividend rate of $0.30 per share for second quarter 2013, approved by the Board on April 23, 2013, and also included an increase in common stock repurchase activity compared with actual repurchases in 2012.

 

 

4


Table of Contents

Earnings Performance

 

 

Wells Fargo net income for first quarter 2013 was $5.2 billion ($0.92 diluted earnings per common share) compared with $4.2 billion ($0.75 diluted earnings per common share) for first quarter 2012. Our first quarter 2013 quarterly earnings reflected strong execution of our business strategy and growth in many of our businesses. The key drivers of our financial performance in first quarter 2013 were balanced net interest and fee income, diversified sources of fee income, a diversified loan portfolio and strong underlying credit performance.

Revenue, the sum of net interest income and noninterest income, was $21.3 billion in first quarter 2013, compared with $21.6 billion in first quarter 2012. The decrease in revenue for the first quarter of 2013 was predominantly due to a decrease in net interest income, resulting from continued repricing of the balance sheet in the current low interest rate environment. Net interest income was $10.5 billion in first quarter 2013, representing 49% of revenue, compared with $10.9 billion (50%) in first quarter 2012. Continued success in generating low-cost deposits enabled us to grow assets by funding loans and securities growth while reducing higher cost long-term debt.

Noninterest income was $10.8 billion in first quarter 2013, representing 51% of revenue, compared with $10.7 billion (50%) in first quarter 2012. The increase in noninterest income for the first quarter of 2013 was driven predominantly by solid performance in many of our core businesses. Those fee sources generating double-digit year-over-year revenue growth in first quarter 2013 included deposit service charges (up 12%), brokerage advisory and commission fees (up 12%), investment banking fees (up 37%) and mortgage servicing income (up 25%).

Noninterest expense was $12.4 billion in first quarter 2013, compared with $13.0 billion in first quarter 2012. The decrease in noninterest expense in first quarter 2013 from first quarter 2012 was primarily due to lower operating losses, a reduction in foreclosed assets expense (reflecting improvement in the housing market) and lower contract services. Our efficiency ratio was 58.3% in first quarter 2013, compared with 60.1% in first quarter 2012, reflecting our focus on expense management efforts.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income is the interest earned on debt securities, loans (including yield-related loan fees) and other interest-earning assets minus the interest paid on deposits, short-term borrowings and long-term debt. The net interest margin is the average yield on earning assets minus the average interest rate paid for deposits and our other sources of funding. Net interest income and the net interest margin are presented on a taxable-equivalent basis in Table 1 to consistently reflect income from taxable and tax-exempt loans and securities based on a 35% federal statutory tax rate.

While the Company believes that it has the ability to increase net interest income over time, net interest income and the net interest margin in any one period can be significantly affected by a variety of factors including the mix and overall size of our earning asset portfolio and the cost of funding those assets. In addition, some sources of interest income, such as resolutions

from purchased credit-impaired (PCI) loans, loan prepayment fees and collection of interest on nonaccrual loans, can vary from period to period.

Net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis was $10.7 billion in first quarter 2013, down from $11.1 billion a year ago. The net interest margin was 3.48% for first quarter 2013, down from 3.91% a year ago. The decrease in net interest income from a year ago was largely driven by the impact of higher yielding loan and available-for-sale (AFS) securities runoff, partially offset by the benefits of opportunistic AFS securities purchases and the retention of $22.8 billion in high-quality, conforming real estate 1-4 family first mortgages in 2012 and 2013. In addition, reductions in deposit and long-term debt costs also helped offset lower asset income. The decline in net interest margin in first quarter 2013, compared with the same period a year ago, was largely driven by continued runoff of higher yielding assets. In addition, net interest margin for first quarter 2013 experienced significant pressure as short-term investment balances, which are dilutive to net interest margin while essentially neutral to net interest income, increased as a result of continued deposit growth. We expect continued pressure on our net interest margin as the balance sheet continues to reprice in the current low interest rate environment.

Average earning assets increased $99.6 billion in first quarter 2013 from a year ago, as average securities available for sale increased $11.3 billion and average short-term investments increased $65.0 billion. In addition, an increase in commercial and industrial loans contributed to $29.5 billion higher average loans in first quarter 2013, compared with a year ago.

Core deposits are an important low-cost source of funding and affect both net interest income and the net interest margin. Core deposits include noninterest-bearing deposits, interest-bearing checking, savings certificates, market rate and other savings, and certain foreign deposits (Eurodollar sweep balances). Average core deposits rose to $925.9 billion in first quarter 2013, compared with $870.5 billion in first quarter 2012 and funded 116% of average loans in first quarter 2013, compared with 113% a year ago. Average core deposits decreased to 75% of average earning assets in first quarter 2013, compared with 77% a year ago. The cost of these deposits has continued to decline due to a sustained low interest rate environment and a shift in our deposit mix from higher cost certificates of deposit to lower yielding checking and savings products. About 94% of our average core deposits are in checking and savings deposits, one of the highest industry percentages.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

Earnings Performance (continued)

 

Table 1: Average Balances, Yields and Rates Paid (Taxable-Equivalent Basis) (1)(2)(3)

 

 

   Quarter ended March 31, 
   2013   2012 
(in millions)  Average
balance
   Yields/
rates
  Interest
income/
expense
   Average
balance
   Yields/
rates
  Interest
income/
expense
 

 

 

Earning assets

          

Federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and other short-term investments

  $121,024     0.36 %  $107     56,020     0.52 %  $73  

Trading assets

   42,130     3.17   334     43,766     3.50   383  

Securities available for sale (3):

          

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

   7,079     1.56   28     5,797     0.97   14  

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

   37,584     4.38   410     32,595     4.52   368  

Mortgage-backed securities:

          

Federal agencies

   95,368     2.74   654     91,300     3.49   797  

Residential and commercial

   32,141     6.46   519     34,531     6.80   587  

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total mortgage-backed securities

   127,509     3.68   1,173     125,831     4.40   1,384  

Other debt and equity securities

   53,724     3.58   476     50,402     3.82   480  

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

   225,896     3.70   2,087     214,625     4.19   2,246  

Mortgages held for sale (4)

   43,312     3.42   371     46,908     3.91   459  

Loans held for sale (4)

   141     8.83       748     5.09    

Loans:

          

Commercial:

          

Commercial and industrial

   184,515     3.73   1,700     166,782     4.18   1,733  

Real estate mortgage

   106,221     3.84   1,006     105,990     4.07   1,072  

Real estate construction

   16,559     4.84   197     18,730     4.79   223  

Lease financing

   12,424     6.78   210     13,129     8.89   292  

Foreign

   39,900     2.16   213     41,167     2.52   258  

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial

   359,619     3.74   3,326     345,798     4.16   3,578  

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consumer:

          

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

   252,049     4.29   2,702     229,653     4.69   2,688  

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

   74,068     4.28   785     84,718     4.27   900  

Credit card

   24,097     12.62   750     22,129     12.93   711  

Automobile

   46,566     7.20   826     43,686     7.79   846  

Other revolving credit and installment

   41,675     4.70   483     42,598     4.57   483  

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consumer

   438,455     5.10   5,546     422,784     5.34   5,628  

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans (4)

   798,074     4.49   8,872     768,582     4.81   9,206  

Other

   4,255     5.19   55     4,604     4.42   51  

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total earning assets

  $        1,234,832     3.86 %  $        11,829             1,135,253     4.39 %  $        12,427  

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Funding sources

          

Deposits:

          

Interest-bearing checking

  $32,165     0.06 %  $    32,158     0.05 %  $ 

Market rate and other savings

   537,549     0.09   122     496,027     0.12   153  

Savings certificates

   55,238     1.22   167     62,689     1.36   213  

Other time deposits

   15,905     1.25   50     12,651     1.93   61  

Deposits in foreign offices

   71,077     0.14   25     64,847     0.16   26  

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing deposits

   711,934     0.21   369     668,372     0.27   457  

Short-term borrowings

   55,410     0.17   24     48,382     0.15   18  

Long-term debt

   127,112     2.20   696     127,537     2.60   830  

Other liabilities

   11,608     2.24   65     9,803     2.63   64  

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

   906,064     0.51   1,154     854,094     0.64   1,369  

Portion of noninterest-bearing funding sources

   328,768     -       281,159     -    

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total funding sources

  $1,234,832     0.38   1,154     1,135,253     0.48   1,369  

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net interest margin and net interest income on a taxable-equivalent basis (5)

     3.48 %  $10,675       3.91 %  $11,058  
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Noninterest-earning assets

          

Cash and due from banks

  $16,529        16,974     

Goodwill

   25,637        25,128     

Other

   127,336        125,566     

 

      

 

 

    

Total noninterest-earning assets

  $169,502        167,668     

 

      

 

 

    

Noninterest-bearing funding sources

          

Deposits

  $274,221        246,614     

Other liabilities

   63,634        57,201     

Total equity

   160,415        145,012     

Noninterest-bearing funding sources used to fund earning assets

   (328,768)        (281,159)     

 

      

 

 

    

Net noninterest-bearing funding sources

  $169,502        167,668     

 

      

 

 

    

Total assets

  $1,404,334        1,302,921     

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

 

(1)Our average prime rate was 3.25% for the quarters ended March 31, 2013 and 2012. The average three-month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) was 0.29% and 0.51% for the same quarters, respectively.
(2)Yield/rates and amounts include the effects of hedge and risk management activities associated with the respective asset and liability categories.
(3)Yields and rates are based on interest income/expense amounts for the period, annualized based on the accrual basis for the respective accounts. The average balance amounts represent amortized cost for the periods presented.
(4)Nonaccrual loans and related income are included in their respective loan categories.
(5)Includes taxable-equivalent adjustments of $176 million and $170 million for the quarters ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, primarily related to tax-exempt income on certain loans and securities. The federal statutory tax rate utilized was 35% for the periods presented.

 

6


Table of Contents

Noninterest Income

Table 2: Noninterest Income

 

 

   Quarter ended Mar. 31,   % 
(in millions)  2013   2012   Change 

 

 

Service charges on deposit accounts

  $1,214    1,084     12

Trust and investment fees:

      

Brokerage advisory, commissions and other fees (1)

   2,050    1,830     12 

Trust and investment management (1)

   799    752     6 

Investment banking

   353    257     37 

 

   

Total trust and investment fees

   3,202    2,839     13 

 

   

Card fees

   738    654     13 

Other fees:

      

Charges and fees on loans

   384    445     (14)  

Merchant processing fees

   154    125     23 

Cash network fees

   117    118     (1)  

Commercial real estate brokerage commissions

   45    50     (10)  

Letters of credit fees

   109    112     (3)  

All other fees

   225    245     (8)  

 

   

Total other fees

   1,034    1,095     (6)  

 

   

Mortgage banking:

      

Servicing income, net

   314    252     25 

Net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities

   2,480    2,618     (5)  

 

   

Total mortgage banking

   2,794    2,870     (3)  

 

   

Insurance

   463    519     (11)  

Net gains from trading activities

   570    640     (11)  

Net gains (losses) on debt securities available for sale

   45    (7)     NM  

Net gains from equity investments

   113    364     (69)  

Lease income

   130    59     120 

Life insurance investment income

   145    168     (14)  

All other

   312    463     (33)  

 

   

Total

  $          10,760    10,748     - 

 

 

NM - Not meaningful

(1)Prior period has been revised to reflect all fund distribution fees as brokerage related income.

Noninterest income of $ 10.8 billion represented 51% of revenue for first quarter 2013 compared with $10.7 billion, or 50%, for first quarter 2012. The increase in noninterest income was driven by solid performance in many of our core businesses including retail deposits, commercial banking, corporate banking, capital markets, commercial real estate, wealth management, and retirement services.

Our service charges on deposit accounts increased in first quarter 2013 by $130 million, or 12%, from first quarter 2012, predominantly due to product and account changes including changes to service charges and fewer fee waivers, continued customer adoption of overdraft services and primary consumer checking customer growth.

We receive brokerage advisory, commissions and other fees for providing services to full-service and discount brokerage customers. Brokerage advisory, commissions and other fees increased to $2.1 billion in first quarter 2013 from $1.8 billion a

year ago, and includes transactional commissions based on the number of transactions executed at the customer’s direction, and asset-based fees, which are based on the market value of the customer’s assets. Brokerage client assets totaled $1.3 trillion at March 31, 2013, up 7% from $1.2 trillion at March 31, 2012, due to higher market values and customer growth in assets under management.

We earn trust and investment management fees from managing and administering assets, including mutual funds, corporate trust, personal trust, employee benefit trust and agency assets. At March 31, 2013, these assets totaled $2.3 trillion, up 5% from March 31, 2012, driven by higher market values. Trust and investment management fees are largely based on a tiered scale relative to the market value of the assets under management or administration. These fees increased to $799 million in first quarter 2013 from $752 million a year ago.

We earn investment banking fees from underwriting debt and equity securities, loan syndications, and performing other related advisory services. Investment banking fees increased to $353 million in first quarter 2013 from $257 million a year ago due primarily to increased loan syndication volume.

Card fees were $738 million in first quarter 2013, compared with $654 million in first quarter 2012. Card fees increased primarily due to increased purchase activity and strong credit card balance growth.

Mortgage banking noninterest income, consisting of net servicing income and net gains on loan origination/sales activities, totaled $2.8 billion in first quarter 2013, compared with $2.9 billion in first quarter 2012. The decrease in mortgage banking noninterest income from a year ago was largely driven by lower originations.

Net mortgage loan servicing income includes amortization of commercial mortgage servicing rights (MSRs), changes in the fair value of residential MSRs during the period, as well as changes in the value of derivatives (economic hedges) used to hedge the residential MSRs. Net servicing income for first quarter 2013 included a $129 million net MSR valuation gain ($761 million increase in the fair value of the MSRs offset by a $632 million hedge loss) and for first quarter 2012 included a $58 million net MSR valuation loss ($158 million decrease in the fair value of MSRs offset by a $100 million hedge gain). The first quarter 2013 MSRs valuation was driven by an increase in market interest rates. The $158 million decrease in fair value for the first quarter 2012 included the effect of a discount rate increase reflecting increased capital return requirements from market participants, partially offset by an increase in the valuation due to an increase in market interest rates. Our portfolio of loans serviced for others was $1.89 trillion at March 31, 2013, and $1.91 trillion at December 31, 2012. At March 31, 2013, the ratio of MSRs to related loans serviced for others was 0.70%, compared with 0.67% at December 31, 2012. See the “Risk Management – Mortgage Banking Interest Rate and Market Risk” section of this Report for additional information regarding our MSRs risks and hedging approach.

Net gains on mortgage loan origination/sale activities were $2.5 billion in first quarter 2013, compared with $2.6 billion in first quarter 2012. The decrease was driven by lower loan

 

 

7


Table of Contents

Earnings Performance (continued)

 

originations. Mortgage loan originations were $109 billion in first quarter 2013, of which 31% were for home purchases, compared with $129 billion and 29%, respectively, a year ago. During first quarter 2013, we retained for investment $3.4 billion of 1-4 family conforming first mortgage loans, forgoing approximately $112 million of revenue that could have been generated had the loans been originated for sale along with other agency conforming loan production. While retaining these mortgage loans on our balance sheet reduced mortgage revenue, we expect to generate spread income in future quarters from mortgage loans with higher yields than mortgage-backed securities we could have purchased in the market. While we do not currently plan to hold additional conforming mortgages on balance sheet, we have a large mortgage business and strong capital that provides us with the flexibility to make such choices in the future to benefit our long-term results. Mortgage applications were $140 billion in first quarter 2013, compared with $188 billion in first quarter 2012. The 1-4 family first mortgage unclosed pipeline was $74 billion at March 31, 2013, and $79 billion at March 31, 2012. For additional information about our mortgage banking activities and results, see the “Risk Management – Mortgage Banking Interest Rate and Market Risk” section and Note 8 (Mortgage Banking Activities) and Note 13 (Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities) to Financial Statements in this Report.

Net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities include the cost of additions to the mortgage repurchase liability. Mortgage loans are repurchased from third parties based on standard representations and warranties, and early payment default clauses in mortgage sale contracts. Additions to the mortgage repurchase liability that were charged against net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities during first quarter 2013 totaled $309 million (compared with $430 million for first quarter 2012), of which $250 million ($368 million for first quarter 2012) was for subsequent increases in estimated losses on prior period loan sales. For additional information about mortgage loan repurchases, see the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Liability for Mortgage Loan Repurchase Losses” section and Note 8 (Mortgage Banking Activities) to Financial Statements in this Report.

We engage in trading activities primarily to accommodate the investment activities of our customers, execute economic hedging to manage certain of our balance sheet risks and for a very limited amount of proprietary trading for our own account. Net gains (losses) from trading activities, which reflect unrealized changes in fair value of our trading positions and realized gains and losses, were $570 million in first quarter 2013 and $640 million in first quarter 2012. The year-over-year decrease was driven by lower gains on deferred compensation plan investments (offset in employee benefits expense) and lower hedging gains. Net gains (losses) from trading activities do not include interest and dividend income on trading securities. Those amounts are reported within net interest income from trading assets. Proprietary trading generated $4 million of net gains in first quarter 2013 and $15 million of net gains in first quarter 2012. Proprietary trading results also included interest and fees reported in their corresponding income statement line items. Proprietary trading activities are not significant to our client-focused business model.

Net gains on debt and equity securities totaled $158 million for first quarter 2013 and $357 million for first quarter 2012, after other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) write-downs of $78 million for first quarter 2013 and $65 million for first quarter 2012.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

Noninterest Expense

Table 3: Noninterest Expense

 

 

   Quarter ended Mar. 31,   % 
(in millions)  2013   2012   Change 

 

 

Salaries

  $3,663    3,601    2

Commission and incentive compensation

   2,577    2,417    7 

Employee benefits

   1,583    1,608    (2

Equipment

   528    557    (5

Net occupancy

   719    704    2 

Core deposit and other intangibles

   377    419    (10

FDIC and other deposit assessments

   292    357    (18

Outside professional services

   535    594    (10

Operating losses

   157    477    (67

Foreclosed assets

   195    304    (36

Contract services

   207    303    (32

Outside data processing

   233    216    8 

Travel and entertainment

   213    202    5 

Postage, stationery and supplies

   199    216    (8

Advertising and promotion

   105    122    (14

Telecommunications

   123    124    (1

Insurance

   137    157    (13

Operating leases

   48    28    71 

All other

   509    587    (13

 

   

Total

  $    12,400    12,993    (5

 

Noninterest expense was $12.4 billion in first quarter 2013, down 5% from $13.0 billion a year ago, predominantly due to lower operating losses, a reduction in foreclosed assets expense, lower contract services and lower merger costs resulting from the completion of Wachovia merger integration activities in the prior year ($218 million in first quarter 2012).

Personnel expenses were up $197 million, or 3%, in first quarter 2013 compared with the same quarter last year, largely due to annual salary increases and related salary taxes, higher revenue-based compensation, and increased staffing primarily in our mortgage business. These increases were partially offset by the impact of one less day in first quarter 2013 and lower deferred compensation expense (offset in trading income).

The completion of Wachovia integration activities in the prior year significantly contributed to year-over-year reductions in outside professional services, contract services, advertising and promotion, and all other expense. Excluding integration-related reductions, outside professional services expense declined due to lower costs associated with regulatory-driven mortgage servicing and foreclosure matters.

Operating losses were down $320 million, or 67%, in first quarter 2013 compared with the prior year, mostly due to lower mortgage-related litigation charges, including the February 2012 settlement related to mortgage industry servicing and foreclosure practices.

Foreclosed assets expense was down $109 million, or 36%, in first quarter 2013 compared with the same quarter last year, mainly due to lower write-downs and higher gains on sale of foreclosed properties.

The Company continued to operate within its targeted efficiency ratio range of 55 to 59%, with a ratio of 58.3% in first

quarter 2013, compared with 60.1% in the prior year. We expect second quarter 2013 expenses to decline from first quarter 2013 and to remain within the target efficiency range.

Income Tax Expense

Our effective tax rate was 31.9% and 35.4% for first quarter 2013 and 2012, respectively. The lower effective tax rate in first quarter 2013 reflected tax benefits from the realization for tax purposes of a previously written down investment as well as a reduction in accruals for uncertain tax positions. Absent additional discrete benefits in 2013, we expect the effective income tax rate for the full year 2013 to be higher than the effective income tax rate for first quarter 2013.

 

 

9


Table of Contents

Earnings Performance (continued)

 

Operating Segment Results

We are organized for management reporting purposes into three operating segments: Community Banking; Wholesale Banking; and Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement. These segments are defined by product type and customer segment and their results are based on our management accounting process, for which there is no comprehensive, authoritative financial accounting guidance equivalent to generally accepted accounting principles

(GAAP). In first quarter 2012, we modified internal funds transfer rates and the allocation of funding. Table 4 and the following discussion present our results by operating segment. For a more complete description of our operating segments, including additional financial information and the underlying management accounting process, see Note 18 (Operating Segments) to Financial Statements in this Report.

 

 

Table 4: Operating Segment Results – Highlights

 

 

   Community Banking   Wholesale Banking   Wealth, Brokerage
and Retirement
   Other (1)   Consolidated
Company
 
(in billions)  2013   2012    2013  2012    2013   2012    2013  2012    2013   2012  

 

 

Quarter ended March 31,

                  

Revenue

  $12.9    13.4     6.1   6.0     3.2    3.1     (0.9  (0.9)     21.3    21.6  

Provision (reversal of provision) for credit losses

   1.3    1.9     (0.1  0.1     -        -       1.2    2.0  

Noninterest expense

   7.4    7.8     3.1   3.1     2.6    2.5     (0.7  (0.4)     12.4    13.0  

Net income

   2.9    2.3     2.0   1.9     0.3    0.3     (0.1  (0.3)     5.2    4.2  

 

 

Average loans

   498.9    486.1     284.5   268.6     43.8    42.5     (29.1  (28.6)     798.1    768.6  

Average core deposits

           619.2    575.2     224.1   220.9     149.4    135.6     (66.8  (61.2)     925.9    870.5  

 

 

 

(1)Includes Wachovia integration expenses, through completion in the first quarter of 2012, and the elimination of items that are included in both Community Banking and Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement, largely representing services and products for wealth management customers provided in Community Banking stores.

 

Community Banking offers a complete line of diversified financial products and services for consumers and small businesses. These products include investment, insurance and trust services in 39 states and D.C., and mortgage and home equity loans in all 50 states and D.C. through its Regional Banking and Wells Fargo Home Lending business units. Cross-sell of our products is an important part of our strategy to achieve our vision to satisfy all our customers’ financial needs. Our retail bank household cross-sell was 6.10 products per household in February 2013, up from 5.98 in February 2012. We believe there is more opportunity for cross-sell as we continue to earn more business from our customers. Our goal is eight products per customer, which is approximately half of our estimate of potential demand for an average U.S. household. As of February 2013, one of every four of our retail banking households had eight or more of our products.

Community Banking reported net income of $2.9 billion, up $576 million, or 25%, from first quarter 2012. Revenue of $12.9 billion decreased $522 million, or 4%, from first quarter 2012 primarily due to lower net interest income, equity gains, and volume-related mortgage banking revenue. Average core deposits increased $44 billion, or 8%, from first quarter 2012. Primary consumer checking customers as of February 2013 (customers who actively use their checking account with transactions such as debit card purchases, online bill payments, and direct deposit) were up a net 2% from February 2012. Noninterest expense declined $448 million, or 6%, from first quarter 2012, largely the result of lower operating losses. The provision for credit losses was $616 million lower than a year ago due to improved portfolio performance and included a $144 million allowance release compared with a $300 million allowance release a year ago.

Wholesale Banking provides financial solutions to businesses across the United States and globally with annual sales generally

in excess of $20 million. Products and business segments include Middle Market Commercial Banking, Government and Institutional Banking, Corporate Banking, Commercial Real Estate, Treasury Management, Wells Fargo Capital Finance, Insurance, International, Real Estate Capital Markets, Commercial Mortgage Servicing, Corporate Trust, Equipment Finance, Wells Fargo Securities, Principal Investments, Asset Backed Finance, and Asset Management.

Wholesale Banking reported net income of $2.0 billion, up $177 million, or 9%, from first quarter 2012 driven by a lower provision for loan losses as a result of improved credit performance. Revenue increased $53 million, or 1%, from first quarter 2012 primarily driven by increased noninterest income from broad-based business growth. Average loans of $284.5 billion increased $15.9 billion, or 6%, from first quarter 2012, driven by strong customer demand. Average core deposits of $224.1 billion increased $3.2 billion, or 1%, from first quarter 2012 reflecting continued customer liquidity. Noninterest expense increased $37 million, or 1%, from first quarter 2012 due to higher personnel expense related to growing the business and higher non-personnel expenses related to growth initiatives and compliance and regulatory requirements. The provision for credit losses decreased $153 million from first quarter 2012 due to a $203 million reduction in credit losses which was partially offset by a lower level of allowance release. The first quarter 2013 provision included a $50 million allowance release, compared with a $100 million allowance release a year ago.

Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement provides a full range of financial advisory services to clients using a planning approach to meet each client’s needs. Wealth Management provides affluent and high net worth clients with a complete range of wealth management solutions, including financial planning, private banking, credit, investment management and trust. Abbot Downing, a Wells Fargo business, provides

 

 

10


Table of Contents

comprehensive wealth management services to ultra high net worth families and individuals as well as their endowments and foundations. Brokerage serves customers’ advisory, brokerage and financial needs as part of one of the largest full-service brokerage firms in the United States. Retirement is a national leader in providing institutional retirement and trust services (including 401(k) and pension plan record keeping) for businesses, retail retirement solutions for individuals, and reinsurance services for the life insurance industry.

Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement reported net income of $337 million in first quarter 2013, up 14%, from first quarter 2012 driven by strong growth in asset-based fees and higher brokerage transaction revenue. Total revenue was up 4%, from first quarter 2012 on higher noninterest income. Excluding $36 million in lower gains on deferred compensation plan investments (offset in compensation expense), revenue was up

6% from first quarter 2012, predominantly due to strong growth in asset-based fees from improved market performance and growing market share, as well as higher brokerage transaction revenue, partially offset by lower net interest income and reduced securities gains in the brokerage business. Average core deposits of $149.4 billion grew 10% from first quarter 2012. Noninterest expense increased 4% from first quarter 2012 driven by higher personnel expenses, primarily broker commissions due to higher production levels, partially offset by lower deferred compensation expense (offset in trading income). Apart from the $33 million decrease in deferred compensation, noninterest expense increased 5% from first quarter 2012. Total provision for credit losses decreased $29 million from first quarter 2012, including a $6 million allowance release in first quarter 2013.

 

 

Balance Sheet Analysis

 

 

At March 31, 2013, our assets totaled $1.4 trillion, up $13.7 billion from December 31, 2012. The predominant areas of asset growth were in securities available for sale, which increased $13.0 billion, and federal funds sold and short-term investments, which increased $6.5 billion, partially offset by a $5.6 billion decrease in cash and due from banks. Deposit growth of $7.9 billion and total equity growth of $4.5 billion from December 31, 2012 were the predominant sources of funding our asset growth for first quarter 2013. The deposit growth resulted in an increase in the proportion of interest-bearing deposits and equity growth benefited heavily from $3.6 billion in earnings, net of dividends paid, as well as $625 million from issuance of preferred stock. The strength of our business model produced record earnings and continued internal capital

generation as reflected in our capital ratios, all of which improved from December 31, 2012. Tier 1 capital as a percentage of total risk-weighted assets increased to 11.80%, total capital increased to 14.76%, Tier 1 leverage increased to 9.53%, and Tier 1 common equity increased to 10.39% at March 31, 2013, compared with 11.75%, 14.63%, 9.47%, and 10.12%, respectively, at December 31, 2012.

The following discussion provides additional information about the major components of our balance sheet. Information regarding our capital and changes in our asset mix is included in the “Earnings Performance – Net Interest Income” and “Capital Management” sections and Note 19 (Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements) to Financial Statements in this Report.

 

 

Securities Available for Sale

Table 5: Securities Available for Sale – Summary

 

 

   March 31, 2013   December 31, 2012 
(in millions)  Cost   Net
unrealized
gain
   Fair
value
   Cost   Net
unrealized
gain
   Fair
value
 

 

 

Debt securities available for sale

  $        234,727    10,654    245,381    220,946    11,468    232,414 

Marketable equity securities

   2,263    516    2,779    2,337    448    2,785 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

  $236,990    11,170    248,160    223,283    11,916    235,199 

 

 

 

Table 5 presents a summary of our securities available-for-sale portfolio, which consists of both debt and marketable equity securities. The total net unrealized gains on securities available for sale were $11.2 billion at March 31, 2013, down from net unrealized gains of $11.9 billion at December 31, 2012, due mostly to an increase in long-term rates.

The size and composition of the available-for-sale portfolio is largely dependent upon the Company’s liquidity and interest rate risk management objectives. Our business generates assets and liabilities, such as loans, deposits and long-term debt, which have different maturities, yields, re-pricing, prepayment characteristics and other provisions that expose us to interest

rate and liquidity risk. The available-for-sale securities portfolio consists primarily of liquid, high quality federal agency debt, privately issued mortgage-backed securities (MBS), securities issued by U.S. states and political subdivisions and corporate debt securities. Due to its highly liquid nature, the available-for-sale portfolio can be used to meet funding needs that arise in the normal course of business or due to market stress. Changes in our interest rate risk profile may occur due to changes in overall economic or market conditions that could influence drivers such as loan origination demand, prepayment speeds, or deposit balances and mix. In response, the available-for-sale securities portfolio can be rebalanced to meet the Company’s interest rate

 

 

11


Table of Contents

Balance Sheet Analysis (continued)

 

risk management objectives. In addition to meeting liquidity and interest rate risk management objectives, the available-for-sale securities portfolio may provide yield enhancement over other short-term assets. See the “Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management” section of this Report for more information on liquidity and interest rate risk.

We analyze securities for OTTI quarterly or more often if a potential loss-triggering event occurs. Of the $78 million in OTTI write-downs recognized in first quarter 2013, $34 million related to debt securities. There was $4 million in OTTI write-downs for marketable equity securities and $40 million in OTTI write-downs related to nonmarketable equity investments. For a discussion of our OTTI accounting policies and underlying considerations and analysis see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – Investments) in our 2012 Form 10-K and Note 4 (Securities Available for Sale) to Financial Statements in this Report.

At March 31, 2013, debt securities available for sale included $40.5 billion of municipal bonds, of which 83% were rated “A-” or better based predominantly on external and, in some cases, internal ratings. Additionally, some of the securities in our total municipal bond portfolio are guaranteed against loss by bond insurers. These guaranteed bonds are predominantly investment grade and were generally underwritten in accordance with our own investment standards prior to the determination to purchase, without relying on the bond insurer’s guarantee in making the investment decision. Our municipal bond holdings are monitored as part of our ongoing impairment analysis of our securities available for sale.

The weighted-average expected maturity of debt securities available for sale was 6.2 years at March 31, 2013. Because 57% of this portfolio is MBS, the expected remaining maturity is shorter than the remaining contractual maturity because borrowers generally have the right to prepay obligations before the underlying mortgages mature. The estimated effects of a 200 basis point increase or decrease in interest rates on the fair value and the expected remaining maturity of the MBS available for sale are shown in Table 6.

Table 6: Mortgage-Backed Securities

 

 

(in billions)  Fair
value
   Net
unrealized
gain (loss)
  Expected
remaining
maturity
(in years)
 

At March 31, 2013

     

Actual

  $    140.7    6.8   4.3 

Assuming a 200 basis point:

     

Increase in interest rates

   129.1    (4.8  5.9 

Decrease in interest rates

   144.3    10.4   2.9 

 

See Note 4 (Securities Available for Sale) to Financial Statements in this Report for securities available for sale by security type.

 

 

12


Table of Contents

Loan Portfolio

Total loans were $800.0 billion at March 31, 2013, up $392 million from December 31, 2012. Table 7 provides a summary of total outstanding loans for our commercial and consumer loan portfolios. Excluding the runoff in the non-strategic/liquidating portfolios of $3.7 billion, loans in the core portfolio grew $4.1 billion from December 31, 2012. Our core loan growth in 2013 included:

  

a $916 million increase in the commercial segment, which was attributed to growth in the foreign loans portfolio.

  

a $3.1 billion increase in consumer loans with growth in first mortgage, which included the retention of $3.4 billion of 1-4 family conforming first mortgages.

Additional information on the non-strategic and liquidating loan portfolios is included in Table 12 in the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management” section of this Report.

 

 

Table 7: Loan Portfolios

 

 

   March 31, 2013   December 31, 2012 
(in millions)  Core   Liquidating   Total   Core   Liquidating   Total 

Commercial

  $  358,944     2,770     361,714     358,028     3,170     361,198  

Consumer

   350,131     88,121     438,252     346,984     91,392     438,376  

Total loans

  $709,075     90,891     799,966     705,012     94,562     799,574  

 

A discussion of average loan balances and a comparative detail of average loan balances is included in Table 1 under “Earnings Performance – Net Interest Income” earlier in this Report. Additional information on total loans outstanding by portfolio segment and class of financing receivable is included in the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management” section in

this Report. Period-end balances and other loan related information are in Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.

Table 8 shows contractual loan maturities for loan categories normally not subject to regular periodic principal reduction and sensitivities of those loans to changes in interest rates.

 

 

Table 8: Maturities for Selected Commercial Loan Categories

 

 

   March 31, 2013   December 31, 2012 
(in millions)  

Within
one

year

   

After

one year
through
five years

   After
five
years
   Total   

Within
one

year

   

After

one year
through
five years

   After
five
years
   Total 

 

 

Selected loan maturities:

                

Commercial and industrial

  $43,876    122,745    19,002    185,623    45,212    123,578    18,969    187,759 

Real estate mortgage

   22,003    57,296    26,820    106,119    22,328    56,085    27,927    106,340 

Real estate construction

   6,994    8,406    1,250    16,650    7,685    7,961    1,258    16,904 

Foreign

   29,115    9,171    2,634    40,920    27,219    7,460    3,092    37,771 

 

 

Total selected loans

  $101,988    197,618    49,706    349,312    102,444    195,084    51,246    348,774 

 

 

Distribution of loans due after one year to changes in interest rates:

                

Loans at fixed interest rates

    $21,347    12,256        20,894    11,387   

Loans at floating/variable interest rates

     176,271    37,450        174,190    39,859   

 

 

Total selected loans

    $197,618    49,706        195,084    51,246   

 

 

 

13


Table of Contents

Balance Sheet Analysis (continued)

 

Deposits

Deposits totaled $1.0 trillion at March 31, 2013, and December 31, 2012. Table 9 provides additional information regarding deposits. Information regarding the impact of deposits on net interest income and a comparison of average deposit balances

is provided in “Earnings Performance – Net Interest Income” and Table 1 earlier in this Report. Total core deposits were $939.9 billion at March 31, 2013, down $5.8 billion from $945.7 billion at December 31, 2012.

 

 

Table 9: Deposits

 

 

($ in millions)  Mar. 31,
2013
   % of
total
deposits
  Dec. 31,
2012
   % of
total
deposits
  %
Change
 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing

  $278,909    28 %  $288,207    29 %   (3

Interest-bearing checking

   44,536    4   35,275    4   26 

Market rate and other savings

   527,487    52   517,464    52   2 

Savings certificates

   54,482    5   55,966    6   (3

Foreign deposits (1)

   34,520    4   48,837    4   (29

 

  

Core deposits

   939,934    93   945,749    95   (1

Other time and savings deposits

   40,249    4   33,755    3   19 

Other foreign deposits

   30,550    3   23,331    2   31 

 

  

Total deposits

  $1,010,733    100 %  $1,002,835    100 %   1 

 

 

(1)Reflects Eurodollar sweep balances included in core deposits.

 

Fair Valuation of Financial Instruments

We use fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain financial instruments and to determine fair value disclosures. See our 2012 Form 10-K for a description of our critical accounting policy related to fair valuation of financial instruments and a discussion of our fair value measurement techniques.

Table 10 presents the summary of the fair value of financial instruments recorded at fair value on a recurring basis, and the amounts measured using significant Level 3 inputs (before derivative netting adjustments). The fair value of the remaining assets and liabilities were measured using valuation methodologies involving market-based or market-derived information (collectively Level 1 and 2 measurements).

Table 10: Fair Value Level 3 Summary

 

 

   March 31, 2013  December 31, 2012 
($ in billions)  Total
balance
  Level 3 (1)  Total
balance
   Level
3 (1)
 

Assets carried at fair value

  $373.8   41.8   358.7    51.9 

As a percentage of total assets

   26 %   3   25    4 

Liabilities carried at fair value

  $23.0   3.2   22.4    3.1 

As a percentage of total liabilities

   2 %   *    2    *  

 

*Less than 1%.
(1)Before derivative netting adjustments.

See Note 13 (Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information regarding our use of fair valuation of financial instruments, our related measurement techniques and the impact to our financial statements.

 

 

14


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

 

In the ordinary course of business, we engage in financial transactions that are not recorded in the balance sheet, or may be recorded in the balance sheet in amounts that are different from the full contract or notional amount of the transaction. These transactions are designed to (1) meet the financial needs of customers, (2) manage our credit, market or liquidity risks, (3) diversify our funding sources, and/or (4) optimize capital.

Off-Balance Sheet Transactions with Unconsolidated Entities

We routinely enter into various types of on- and off-balance sheet transactions with special purpose entities (SPEs), which are corporations, trusts or partnerships that are established for a limited purpose. Generally, SPEs are formed in connection with securitization transactions. For more information on securitizations, including sales proceeds and cash flows from securitizations, see Note 7 (Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities) to Financial Statements in this Report.

 

 

Risk Management

 

 

As a financial institution we must manage and control a variety of business risks that can significantly affect our financial performance. Among the key risks that we must manage are credit risks, asset/liability interest rate and market risks, and operational risks. For more information about how we managed credit, asset/liability interest rate and market risks, see the “Risk Management” section in our 2012 Form 10-K. The discussion that follows provides an update regarding these risks.

Operational Risk Management

Effective management of operational risks, which include risks relating to management information systems, security systems, and information security, is also an important focus for financial institutions such as Wells Fargo. Wells Fargo and reportedly other financial institutions continue to be the target of various denial-of-service or other cyber attacks as part of what appears to be a coordinated effort to disrupt the operations of financial institutions and potentially test their cybersecurity in advance of future and more advanced cyber attacks. To date Wells Fargo has not experienced any material losses relating to these or other cyber attacks. Cybersecurity and the continued development and enhancement of our controls, processes and systems to protect our networks, computers, software, and data from attack, damage or unauthorized access remain a priority for Wells Fargo. See the “Risk Factors” section in our 2012 Form 10-K for additional information regarding the risks associated with a failure or breach of our operational or security systems or infrastructure, including as a result of cyber attacks.

Credit Risk Management

Loans represent the largest component of assets on our balance sheet and their related credit risk is a significant risk we manage. We define credit risk as the risk of loss associated with a borrower or counterparty default (failure to meet obligations in accordance with agreed upon terms). Table 11 presents our total loans outstanding by portfolio segment and class of financing receivable.

Table 11: Total Loans Outstanding by Portfolio Segment and Class of Financing Receivable

 

 

(in millions)  Mar. 31,
2013
   Dec. 31,
2012
 

Commercial:

    

Commercial and industrial

  $185,623    187,759 

Real estate mortgage

   106,119    106,340 

Real estate construction

   16,650    16,904 

Lease financing

   12,402    12,424 

Foreign (1)

   40,920    37,771 

Total commercial

   361,714    361,198 

Consumer:

    

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

   252,307    249,900 

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

   72,543    75,465 

Credit card

   24,120    24,640 

Automobile

   47,259    45,998 

Other revolving credit and installment

   42,023    42,373 

Total consumer

   438,252    438,376 

Total loans

  $      799,966    799,574 

 

 

(1)Substantially all of our foreign loan portfolio is commercial loans. Loans are classified as foreign if the borrower’s primary address is outside of the United States.
 

 

15


Table of Contents

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)

 

Non-Strategic and Liquidating Loan Portfolios We continually evaluate and modify our credit policies to address appropriate levels of risk. We may designate certain portfolios and loan products as non-strategic or liquidating to cease their continued origination as we actively work to limit losses and reduce our exposures.

Table 12 identifies our non-strategic and liquidating loan portfolios. They consist primarily of the Pick-a-Pay mortgage portfolio and PCI loans acquired from Wachovia, certain portfolios from legacy Wells Fargo Home Equity and Wells

Fargo Financial, and our education finance government guaranteed loan portfolio. The total balance of our non-strategic and liquidating loan portfolios has decreased 52% since the merger with Wachovia at December 31, 2008, and decreased 4% from the end of 2012.

The home equity portfolio of loans generated through third party channels is designated as liquidating. Additional information regarding this portfolio, as well as the liquidating PCI and Pick-a-Pay loan portfolios, is provided in the discussion of loan portfolios that follows.

 

 

Table 12: Non-Strategic and Liquidating Loan Portfolios

 

 

   Outstanding balance 
   Mar. 31,   December 31,   
(in millions)  2013   2012   2008   

Commercial:

      

Legacy Wachovia commercial and industrial, CRE and foreign PCI loans (1)

  $2,770    3,170    18,704   

Total commercial

   2,770    3,170    18,704   

Consumer:

      

Pick-a-Pay mortgage (1)

   56,608    58,274    95,315   

Liquidating home equity

   4,421    4,647    10,309   

Legacy Wells Fargo Financial indirect auto

   593    830    18,221   

Legacy Wells Fargo Financial debt consolidation

   14,115    14,519    25,299   

Education Finance - government guaranteed

   11,922    12,465    20,465   

Legacy Wachovia other PCI loans (1)

   462    657    2,478   

Total consumer

   88,121    91,392    172,087   

Total non-strategic and liquidating loan portfolios

  $        90,891    94,562    190,791   

 

 

(1)Net of purchase accounting adjustments related to PCI loans.

 

PURCHASED CREDIT-IMPAIRED (PCI) LOANS Loans acquired with evidence of credit deterioration since their origination and where it is probable that we will not collect all contractually required principal and interest payments are PCI loans. PCI loans are recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition, and the historical allowance for credit losses related to these loans is not carried over. The carrying value of PCI loans totaled $29.7 billion at March 31, 2013, down from $31.0 billion and $58.8 billion at December 31, 2012 and 2008, respectively. Such loans are considered to be accruing due to the existence of the accretable yield and not based on consideration given to contractual interest payments. Substantially all of our PCI loans were acquired in the Wachovia acquisition on December 31, 2008. For additional information on PCI loans, see the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans” section in our 2012 Form 10-K and Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.

During first quarter 2013, we recognized as income $35 million released from the nonaccretable difference related to commercial PCI loans due to payoffs and other resolutions. We also transferred $31 million from the nonaccretable difference to the accretable yield for PCI loans with improving credit-related cash flows and absorbed $412 million of losses in the nonaccretable difference from loan resolutions and write-downs. Our cash flows expected to be collected have been favorably affected by lower expected defaults and losses as a result of observed economic strengthening, particularly in housing prices, and our loan modification efforts. See the “Real Estate 1-4 Family First and Junior Lien Mortgage Loans” section in this Report for additional information. Table 13 provides an analysis of changes in the nonaccretable difference.

 

 

16


Table of Contents

Table 13: Changes in Nonaccretable Difference for PCI Loans

 

 

(in millions)      Commercial  Pick-a-Pay  Other
consumer
  Total 

Balance, December 31, 2008

  $10,410   26,485   4,069   40,964 

Addition of nonaccretable difference due to acquisitions

   195   -    -    195 

Release of nonaccretable difference due to:

     

Loans resolved by settlement with borrower (1)

   (1,426  -    -    (1,426

Loans resolved by sales to third parties (2)

   (303  -    (85  (388

Reclassification to accretable yield for loans with improving credit-related cash flows (3)

   (1,531  (3,031  (792  (5,354

Use of nonaccretable difference due to:

     

Losses from loan resolutions and write-downs (4)

   (6,923  (17,222  (2,882  (27,027

 

 

Balance, December 31, 2012

   422   6,232   310   6,964 

Addition of nonaccretable difference due to acquisitions

   -    -    -    -  

Release of nonaccretable difference due to:

     

Loans resolved by settlement with borrower (1)

   (30  -    -    (30

Loans resolved by sales to third parties (2)

   (5  -    -    (5

Reclassification to accretable yield for loans with improving credit-related cash flows (3)

   (31  -    -    (31

Use of nonaccretable difference due to:

     

Losses from loan resolutions and write-downs (4)

   (20  (345  (47  (412

 

 

Balance, March 31, 2013

  $336   5,887   263   6,486 

 

 

 

(1)Release of the nonaccretable difference for settlement with borrower, on individually accounted PCI loans, increases interest income in the period of settlement. Pick-a-Pay and Other consumer PCI loans do not reflect nonaccretable difference releases for settlements with borrowers due to pool accounting for those loans, which assumes that the amount received approximates the pool performance expectations.
(2)Release of the nonaccretable difference as a result of sales to third parties increases noninterest income in the period of the sale.
(3)Reclassification of nonaccretable difference to accretable yield for loans with increased cash flow estimates will result in increased interest income as a prospective yield adjustment over the remaining life of the loan or pool of loans.
(4)Write-downs to net realizable value of PCI loans are absorbed by the nonaccretable difference when severe delinquency (normally 180 days) or other indications of severe borrower financial stress exist that indicate there will be a loss of contractually due amounts upon final resolution of the loan.

 

Since December 31, 2008, we have released $7.2 billion in nonaccretable difference, including $5.4 billion transferred from the nonaccretable difference to the accretable yield and $1.8 billion released to income through loan resolutions. Also, we have provided $1.8 billion for losses on certain PCI loans or pools of PCI loans that have had credit-related decreases to cash flows expected to be collected. The net result is a $5.4 billion reduction from December 31, 2008, through March 31, 2013, in our initial projected losses of $41.0 billion on all PCI loans.

At March 31, 2013, the allowance for credit losses on certain PCI loans was $80 million. The allowance is necessary to absorb credit-related decreases in cash flows expected to be collected and primarily relates to individual PCI commercial loans. Table 14 analyzes the actual and projected loss results on PCI loans since acquisition through March 31, 2013.

For additional information on PCI loans, see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – Loans) in our 2012 Form 10-K and Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.

 

 

Table 14: Actual and Projected Loss Results on PCI Loans Since Acquisition of Wachovia

 

 

(in millions)  Commercial  Pick-a-Pay   Other
consumer
  Total 

Release of nonaccretable difference due to:

      

Loans resolved by settlement with borrower (1)

  $1,456   -     -   1,456 

Loans resolved by sales to third parties (2)

   308   -     85   393 

Reclassification to accretable yield for loans with improving credit-related cash flows (3)

   1,562   3,031    792   5,385 

 

 

Total releases of nonaccretable difference due to better than expected losses

   3,326   3,031    877   7,234 

Provision for losses due to credit deterioration (4)

   (1,661  -     (123  (1,784

 

 

Actual and projected losses on PCI loans less than originally expected

  $1,665   3,031    754   5,450 

 

 

 

(1)Release of the nonaccretable difference for settlement with borrower, on individually accounted PCI loans, increases interest income in the period of settlement. Pick-a-Pay and Other consumer PCI loans do not reflect nonaccretable difference releases for settlements with borrowers due to pool accounting for those loans, which assumes that the amount received approximates the pool performance expectations.
(2)Release of the nonaccretable difference as a result of sales to third parties increases noninterest income in the period of the sale.
(3)Reclassification of nonaccretable difference to accretable yield for loans with increased cash flow estimates will result in increased interest income as a prospective yield adjustment over the remaining life of the loan or pool of loans.
(4)Provision for additional losses is recorded as a charge to income when it is estimated that the cash flows expected to be collected for a PCI loan or pool of loans may not support full realization of the carrying value.

 

17


Table of Contents

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)

 

Significant Portfolio Reviews Measuring and monitoring our credit risk is an ongoing process that tracks delinquencies, collateral values, FICO scores, economic trends by geographic areas, loan-level risk grading for certain portfolios (typically commercial) and other indications of credit risk. Our credit risk monitoring process is designed to enable early identification of developing risk and to support our determination of an appropriate allowance for credit losses. The following discussion provides additional characteristics and analysis of our significant portfolios. See Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report for more analysis and credit metric information.

COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL LOANS AND LEASE FINANCING For purposes of portfolio risk management, we aggregate commercial and industrial loans and lease financing according to market segmentation and standard industry codes. Table 15 summarizes commercial and industrial loans and lease financing by industry with the related nonaccrual totals. We generally subject commercial and industrial loans and lease financing to individual risk assessment using our internal borrower and collateral quality ratings. Our ratings are aligned to regulatory definitions of pass and criticized categories with criticized divided between special mention, substandard and doubtful categories.

The commercial and industrial loans and lease financing portfolio, which totaled $198.0 billion or 25% of total loans at March 31, 2013, experienced credit improvement in first quarter 2013. The annualized net charge-off rate for this portfolio declined to 0.19% in first quarter 2013 from 0.44% in fourth quarter 2012 and 0.46% for the full year of 2012. At March 31, 2013, 0.62% of this portfolio was nonaccruing compared with 0.72% at December 31, 2012. In addition, $18.6 billion of this portfolio was criticized at March 31, 2013, down from $19.0 billion at December 31, 2012.

A majority of our commercial and industrial loans and lease financing portfolio is secured by short-term assets, such as accounts receivable, inventory and securities, as well as long-lived assets, such as equipment and other business assets. Generally, the collateral securing this portfolio represents a secondary source of repayment. See Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional credit metric information.

Table 15: Commercial and Industrial Loans and Lease Financing by Industry

 

 

   March 31, 2013 
(in millions)  Nonaccrual
loans
   Total
portfolio (1)
  % of
total
loans
 

Investors

  $1    13,754   

Oil and gas

   43    13,672   2 

Cyclical retailers

   30    13,431   2 

Financial institutions

   71    12,399   2 

Food and beverage

   42    11,678   1 

Healthcare

   43    10,122   1 

Industrial equipment

   46    9,975   1 

Real estate lessor

   32    8,312   1 

Technology

   14    7,063   1 

Transportation

   12    6,502   1 

Business services

   29    6,010   1 

Securities firms

   58    5,113   *  

Other

   797    79,994 (2)   10 

 

 

Total

  $1,218    198,025   25 

 

 

 

*Less than 1%.
(1)Includes $191.2 million PCI loans, which are considered to be accruing due to the existence of the accretable yield and not based on consideration given to contractual interest payments.
(2)No other single category had loans in excess of $5.1 billion.

At the time of any modification of terms or extensions of maturity, we evaluate whether the loan should be classified as a TDR, and account for it accordingly. For more information on TDRs, see “Troubled Debt Restructurings” later in this section and Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.

COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE (CRE) The CRE portfolio totaled $122.8 billion, or 15%, of total loans at March 31, 2013, and consisted of $16.7 billion of CRE construction loans and $106.1 billion of CRE mortgage loans. Table 16 summarizes CRE loans by state and property type with the related nonaccrual totals. The portfolio is diversified both geographically and by property type. The largest geographic concentrations of combined CRE loans are in California and Florida, which represented 27% and 9% of the total CRE portfolio, respectively. By property type, the largest concentrations are office buildings at 26% and retail (excluding shopping centers) at 10% of the portfolio. CRE nonaccrual loans totaled 3.2% of the CRE outstanding balance at March 31, 2013 compared with 3.5% at December 31, 2012. At March 31, 2013, we had $17.2 billion of criticized CRE mortgage loans, down from $18.8 billion at December 31, 2012, and $3.4 billion of criticized CRE construction loans, down from $4.5 billion at December 31, 2012. See Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information on criticized loans.

At March 31, 2013, the recorded investment in PCI CRE loans totaled $2.6 billion, down from $12.3 billion when acquired at December 31, 2008, reflecting the reduction resulting from principal payments, loan resolutions and write-downs.

 

 

18


Table of Contents

Table 16: CRE Loans by State and Property Type

 

 

   
   March 31, 2013 
   Real estate mortgage   Real estate construction   Total  % of 
   Nonaccrual   Total   Nonaccrual   Total   Nonaccrual   Total  total 
(in millions)  loans   portfolio (1)   loans   portfolio (1)   loans   portfolio (1)  loans 

 

 

By state:

             

California

  $723    29,490     125    3,047     848    32,537   

Florida

   363    9,146     123    1,424     486    10,570   1 

Texas

   246    8,365     30    1,508     276    9,873   1 

New York

   34    6,151     1    895     35    7,046   1 

North Carolina

   213    4,168     50    1,011     263    5,179   1 

Arizona

   129    4,051     22    469     151    4,520   1 

Virginia

   75    2,891     16    1,039     91    3,930   1 

Georgia

   193    3,291     80    507     273    3,798   *  

Washington

   33    3,017     13    537     46    3,554   *  

Colorado

   144    2,864     13    484     157    3,348   *  

Other

   945    32,685     397    5,729     1,342    38,414 (2)   5 

 

 

Total

  $3,098    106,119     870    16,650     3,968    122,769   15 

 

 

By property:

             

Office buildings

  $724    31,025     72    1,216     796    32,241   

Retail (excluding shopping center)

   380    12,303     40    327     420    12,630   2 

Industrial/warehouse

   431    12,041     20    528     451    12,569   2 

Apartments

   153    10,967     18    1,577     171    12,544   2 

Real estate - other

   356    10,069     47    366     403    10,435   1 

Hotel/motel

   157    8,732     20    654     177    9,386   1 

Shopping center

   321    8,454     15    481     336    8,935   1 

Land (excluding 1-4 family)

   6    73     241    7,851     247    7,924   1 

Institutional

   87    2,674     -    338     87    3,012   *  

Agriculture

   150    2,514     -    20     150    2,534   *  

Other

   333    7,267     397    3,292     730    10,559   1 

 

 

Total

  $3,098    106,119     870    16,650     3,968    122,769   15 

 

 

 

*Less than 1%.
(1)Includes a total of $2.6 billion PCI loans, consisting of $1.8 billion of real estate mortgage and $767 million of real estate construction, which are considered to be accruing due to the existence of the accretable yield and not based on consideration given to contractual interest payments.
(2)Includes 40 states; no state had loans in excess of $2.8 billion.

 

19


Table of Contents

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)

 

FOREIGN LOANS AND EUROPEAN EXPOSURE We classify loans as foreign if the borrower’s primary address is outside of the United States. At March 31, 2013, foreign loans totaled $40.9 billion, representing approximately 5% of our total consolidated loans outstanding and approximately 3% of our consolidated total assets.

Our foreign country risk monitoring process incorporates frequent dialogue with our foreign financial institution customers, counterparties and regulatory agencies, enhanced by centralized monitoring of macroeconomic and capital markets conditions in the respective countries. We establish exposure limits for each country through a centralized oversight process based on customer needs, and in consideration of relevant economic, political, social, legal, and transfer risks. We monitor exposures closely and adjust our country limits in response to changing conditions.

We evaluate our individual country risk exposure on an ultimate country of risk basis, which is normally based on the country of residence of the guarantor or collateral location. Our largest foreign country exposure on an ultimate risk basis at March 31, 2013, was the United Kingdom, which totaled $15.7 billion, or 1% of our total assets, and included $2.1 billion of sovereign claims. Our United Kingdom sovereign claims arise primarily from deposits we have placed with the Bank of England pursuant to regulatory requirements in support of our London branch.

At March 31, 2013, our Eurozone exposure, including cross-border claims on an ultimate risk basis, and foreign exchange and derivative products, aggregated approximately $11.1 billion, including $206 million of sovereign claims, compared with approximately $10.5 billion at December 31, 2012, which included $232 million of sovereign claims. Our Eurozone exposure is relatively small compared to our overall credit risk exposure and is diverse by country, type, and counterparty.

We conduct periodic stress tests of our significant country risk exposures, analyzing the direct and indirect impacts on the risk of loss from various macroeconomic and capital markets scenarios. We do not have significant exposure to foreign country risks because our foreign portfolio is relatively small. However, we have identified exposure to increased loss from U.S. borrowers associated with the potential impact of a European downturn on the U.S. economy. We mitigate these potential impacts on the risk of loss through our normal risk management processes which include active monitoring and, if necessary, the application of aggressive loss mitigation strategies.

Table 17 provides information regarding our exposures to European sovereign entities and institutions located within such countries, including cross-border claims on an ultimate risk basis, and foreign exchange and derivative products.

 

 

Table 17: European Exposure

 

 

   Lending (1)(2)   Securities (3)   Derivatives and other (4)   Total exposure   
(in millions)  Sovereign   Non-
sovereign
   Sovereign   Non-
sovereign
   Sovereign   Non-
sovereign
   Sovereign   Non-
sovereign (5)
   Total   

 

 

March 31, 2013

                  

Eurozone

                  

Netherlands

  $ -    2,540    -    309    -    21    -    2,870    2,870   

Germany

   62    1,557    -    838    -    251    62    2,646    2,708   

France

   -    412    -    1,229    -    182    -    1,823    1,823   

Luxembourg

   -    858    -    132    -    5    -    995    995   

Ireland

   34    715    -    100    -    68    34    883    917   

Spain

   -    699    -    58    -    8    -    765    765   

Austria

   106    259    -    2    -    -     106    261    367   

Italy

   -    223    -    91    -    -     -    314    314   

Belgium

   -    156    -    22    -    11    -    189    189   

Other (6)

   -    69    -    29    4    5    4    103    107   

Total Eurozone exposure

   202    7,488    -    2,810    4    551    206    10,849    11,055   

United Kingdom

   2,128    4,840    -    8,225    -    520    2,128    13,585    15,713   

Other European countries

   -    4,332    5    432    9    609    14    5,373    5,387   

Total European exposure

  $2,330    16,660    5    11,467    13    1,680    2,348    29,807    32,155   

 

(1)Lending exposure includes funded loans and unfunded commitments, leveraged leases, and money market placements presented on a gross basis prior to the deduction of impairment allowance and collateral received under the terms of the credit agreements.
(2)Includes $705 million in PCI loans, predominantly to customers in Germany and United Kingdom territories, and $2.4 billion in defeased leases secured predominantly by U.S. Treasury and government agency securities, or government guaranteed.
(3)Represents issuer exposure on cross-border debt and equity securities, held in trading or available-for-sale portfolio, at fair value.
(4)Represents counterparty exposure on foreign exchange and derivative contracts, and securities resale and lending agreements. This exposure is presented net of counterparty netting adjustments and reduced by the amount of cash collateral. It includes credit default swaps (CDS) predominantly used to manage our U.S. and London-based cash credit trading businesses, which sometimes results in selling and purchasing protection on the identical reference entity. Generally, we do not use market instruments such as CDS to hedge the credit risk of our investment or loan positions, although we do use them to manage risk in our trading businesses. At March 31, 2013, the gross notional amount of our CDS sold that reference assets domiciled in Europe was $7.2 billion, which was offset by the notional amount of CDS purchased of $7.3 billion. We did not have any CDS purchased or sold where the reference asset was solely the sovereign debt of a European country. Certain CDS purchased or sold reference pools of assets that contain sovereign debt, however the amount of referenced sovereign European debt was insignificant at March 31, 2013.
(5)Total non-sovereign exposure comprises $13.0 billion exposure to financial institutions and $16.8 billion to non-financial corporations at March 31, 2013.
(6)Includes non-sovereign exposure to Greece, Cyprus and Portugal in the amount of $5 million, $6 million and $28 million, respectively. We had less than $1 million sovereign debt exposure to these countries at March 31, 2013.

 

20


Table of Contents

REAL ESTATE 1-4 FAMILY FIRST AND JUNIOR LIEN MORTGAGE LOANS Our real estate 1-4 family first and junior lien mortgage loans primarily include loans we have made to customers and retained as part of our asset liability management strategy. These loans also include the Pick-a-Pay portfolio acquired from Wachovia and the home equity portfolio, which are discussed later in this Report. These loans also include other purchased loans and loans included on our balance sheet due to the adoption of consolidation accounting guidance related to variable interest entities (VIEs).

Our underwriting and periodic review of loans collateralized by residential real property includes appraisals or estimates from automated valuation models (AVMs) to support property values. Additional information about AVMs and our policy for their use can be found in the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Real Estate 1-4 Family Mortgage Loans” section in our 2012 Form 10-K.

Some of our real estate 1-4 family first and junior lien mortgage loans include an interest-only feature as part of the loan terms. These interest-only loans were approximately 17% of total loans at March 31, 2013, compared with 18% at December 31, 2012.

We believe we have manageable adjustable-rate mortgage (ARM) reset risk across our owned mortgage loan portfolios. We do not offer option ARM products, nor do we offer variable-rate mortgage products with fixed payment amounts, commonly referred to within the financial services industry as negative amortizing mortgage loans. Our liquidating option ARM portfolio was acquired from Wachovia. Since our acquisition of the Pick-a-Pay loan portfolio at the end of 2008, we have reduced the option payment portion of the portfolio, from 86% to 48% of the portfolio at March 31, 2013. For more information, see the “Pick-a-Pay Portfolio” section in this Report.

We continue to modify real estate 1-4 family mortgage loans to assist homeowners and other borrowers in the current difficult economic cycle. For more information on our participation in the U.S. Treasury’s Making Home Affordable (MHA) programs, see the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Real Estate 1-4 Family Mortgage Loans” section in our 2012 Form 10-K.

Real estate 1-4 family first and junior lien mortgage loans by state are presented in Table 18. Our real estate 1-4 family mortgage loans to borrowers in California represented approximately 13% of total loans at March 31, 2013, located mostly within the larger metropolitan areas, with no single California metropolitan area consisting of more than 3% of total loans. We monitor changes in real estate values and underlying economic or market conditions for all geographic areas of our real estate 1-4 family mortgage portfolio as part of our credit risk management process.

We monitor the credit performance of our junior lien mortgage portfolio for trends and factors that influence the frequency and severity of loss. In first quarter 2012, we aligned our nonaccrual reporting so that a junior lien is reported as a nonaccrual loan if the related first lien is 120 days past due or is in the process of foreclosure regardless of the junior lien delinquency status in accordance with Interagency Guidance issued by bank regulators. Also, in third quarter 2012 we aligned our nonaccrual and troubled debt reclassification policies in accordance with guidance in the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) update to the Bank Accounting Advisory Series (OCC guidance), which requires consumer loans discharged in bankruptcy to be written down to net realizable collateral value and classified as nonaccrual TDRs, regardless of their delinquency status.

 

 

21


Table of Contents

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)

 

Table 18: Real Estate 1-4 Family First and Junior Lien Mortgage Loans by State

 

  March 31, 2013 
(in millions) Real estate
1-4 family
first
mortgage
  Real estate
1-4 family
junior lien
mortgage
  Total real
estate 1-4
family
mortgage
  % of
total
loans
 

 

 

PCI loans:

    

California

 $16,985   33   17,018   

Florida

  2,250   25   2,275   *  

New Jersey

  1,233   18   1,251   *  

Other (1)

  5,618   65   5,683   *  

 

 

Total PCI loans

 $26,086   141   26,227   

 

 

All other loans:

    

California

 $65,902   20,223   86,125   11 

Florida

  15,440   6,524   21,964   3 

New York

  12,269   3,119   15,388   2 

New Jersey

  9,833   5,481   15,314   2 

Virginia

  6,856   3,812   10,668   1 

Pennsylvania

  6,129   3,411   9,540   1 

North Carolina

  6,095   3,085   9,180   1 

Texas

  7,601   1,061   8,662   1 

Georgia

  4,901   2,854   7,755   1 

Other (2)

  60,828   22,832   83,660   10 

Government insured/guaranteed loans (3)

  30,367   -   30,367   4 

 

 

Total all other loans

 $226,221   72,402   298,623   37 

 

 

Total

 $252,307   72,543   324,850   41 

 

 

 

*Less than 1%.
(1)Consists of 45 states; no state had loans in excess of $710 million.
(2)Consists of 41 states; no state had loans in excess of $7.0 billion.
(3)Represents loans whose repayments are predominantly insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA.

Part of our credit monitoring includes tracking delinquency, FICO scores and collateral values (LTV/CLTV) on the entire real estate 1-4 family mortgage loan portfolio. These credit risk indicators, which exclude government insured/guaranteed loans, continued to improve in first quarter 2013 on the non-PCI mortgage portfolio. Loans 30 days or more delinquent at March 31, 2013, totaled $14.2 billion, or 5%, of total non-PCI mortgages, compared with $15.5 billion, or 5%, at December 31, 2012. Loans with FICO scores lower than 640 totaled $36.9 billion at March 31, 2013, or 12% of total non-PCI mortgages, compared with $37.7 billion, or 13%, at December 31, 2012. Mortgages with a LTV/CLTV greater than 100% totaled $55.8 billion at March 31, 2013, or 19% of total non-PCI mortgages, compared with $58.7 billion, or 20%, at December 31, 2012. Information regarding credit risk indicators can be found in Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.

 

 

22


Table of Contents

Pick-a-Pay Portfolio The Pick-a-Pay portfolio was one of the consumer residential first mortgage portfolios we acquired from Wachovia and a majority of the portfolio was identified as PCI loans.

The Pick-a-Pay portfolio includes loans that offer payment options (Pick-a-Pay option payment loans), and also includes loans that were originated without the option payment feature, loans that no longer offer the option feature as a result of our modification efforts since the acquisition, and loans where the customer voluntarily converted to a fixed-rate product. The Pick-a-Pay portfolio is included in the consumer real estate 1-4 family first mortgage class of loans throughout this Report. Real estate

1-4 family junior lien mortgages and lines of credit associated with Pick-a-Pay loans are reported in the home equity portfolio. Table 19 provides balances by types of loans as of March 31, 2013, as a result of modification efforts, compared to the types of loans included in the portfolio at acquisition. Total PCI Pick-a-Pay loans were $31.1 billion at March 31, 2013, compared with $61.0 billion at acquisition. Modification efforts have predominantly involved option payment PCI loans, which have declined to 19% of the total Pick-a-Pay portfolio at March 31, 2013, compared with 51% at acquisition.

 

 

Table 19: Pick-a-Pay Portfolio - Comparison to Acquisition Date

 

 

           December 31, 
    March 31, 2013  2012  2008 
(in millions)  Adjusted
unpaid
principal
balance (1)
   % of  
total  
  Adjusted
unpaid
principal
balance (1)
   % of
total
  Adjusted
unpaid
principal
balance (1)
   % of
total
 

 

 

Option payment loans

  $29,566    48 %  $31,510    49 %  $99,937    86 % 

Non-option payment adjustable-rate and fixed-rate loans (2)

   8,781    14   8,781    14   15,763    14 

Full-term loan modifications

   23,455    38   23,528    37   -    - 

 

 

Total adjusted unpaid principal balance (2)

  $61,802    100 %  $63,819    100 %  $115,700    100 % 

 

 

Total carrying value

  $56,608     58,274     95,315   

 

 

 

(1)Adjusted unpaid principal balance includes write-downs taken on loans where severe delinquency (normally 180 days) or other indications of severe borrower financial stress exist that indicate there will be a loss of contractually due amounts upon final resolution of the loan.

 

(2)Includes loans refinanced under the Consumer Relief Refinance Program.

 

Pick-a-Pay loans may have fixed or adjustable rates with payment options that include a minimum payment, an interest-only payment or fully amortizing payment (both 15 and 30 year options). Total interest deferred due to negative amortization on Pick-a-Pay loans was $1.2 billion at March 31, 2013, and $1.4 billion at December 31, 2012. Approximately 90% of the Pick-a-Pay customers making a minimum payment in March 2013 did not defer interest, consistent with December 2012.

Deferral of interest on a Pick-a-Pay loan may continue as long as the loan balance remains below a pre-defined principal cap, which is based on the percentage that the current loan balance represents to the original loan balance. Substantially all the Pick-a-Pay portfolio has a cap of 125% of the original loan balance. Most of the Pick-a-Pay loans on which there is a deferred interest balance re-amortize (the monthly payment amount is reset or “recast”) on the earlier of the date when the loan balance reaches its principal cap, or generally the 10-year anniversary of the loan. After a recast, the customers’ new payment terms are reset to the amount necessary to repay the balance over the rest of the original loan term.

Due to the terms of the Pick-a-Pay portfolio, there is little recast risk in the near term. Based on assumptions of a flat rate environment, if all eligible customers elect the minimum payment option 100% of the time and no balances prepay, we would expect the following balances of loans to recast based on reaching the principal cap: $19 million for the remainder of 2013, $46 million in 2014 and $94 million in 2015. In addition, in a flat rate environment, we would expect the following balances of loans to start fully amortizing due to reaching their recast anniversary date: $81 million for the remainder of 2013, $307 million in 2014 and $865 million in 2015. In first quarter 2013, the amount of loans reaching their recast anniversary date and also having a payment change over the annual 7.5% reset was $2 million.

Table 20 reflects the geographic distribution of the Pick-a-Pay portfolio broken out between PCI loans and all other loans. The LTV ratio is a useful metric in predicting future real estate 1-4 family first mortgage loan performance, including potential charge-offs. Because PCI loans were initially recorded at fair value, including write-downs for expected credit losses, the ratio of the carrying value to the current collateral value will be lower compared with the LTV based on the adjusted unpaid principal balance. For informational purposes, we have included both ratios for PCI loans in the following table.

 

 

23


Table of Contents

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)

 

Table 20: Pick-a-Pay Portfolio (1)

 

 

    March 31, 2013 
    PCI loans  All other loans 
(in millions)  Adjusted
unpaid
principal
balance (2)
   Current
LTV
ratio (3)
  Carrying
value (4)
   Ratio of
carrying
value to
current
value (5)
  Carrying
value (4)
   Ratio of
carrying
value to
current
value (5)
 

 

 

California

  $21,043    109 %  $16,971    87 %  $15,036    79 % 

Florida

   2,720    109   2,178    83   3,154    90 

New Jersey

   1,179    91   1,195    88   1,994    79 

New York

   684    89   676    84   893    78 

Texas

   293    78   277    72   1,237    63 

Other states

   5,159    100   4,468    85   8,529    83 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total Pick-a-Pay loans

  $31,078    $    25,765    $    30,843   

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)The individual states shown in this table represent the top five states based on the total net carrying value of the Pick-a-Pay loans at the beginning of 2013.

 

(2)Adjusted unpaid principal balance includes write-downs taken on loans where severe delinquency (normally 180 days) or other indications of severe borrower financial stress exist that indicate there will be a loss of contractually due amounts upon final resolution of the loan.

 

(3)The current LTV ratio is calculated as the adjusted unpaid principal balance divided by the collateral value. Collateral values are generally determined using automated valuation models (AVM) and are updated quarterly. AVMs are computer-based tools used to estimate market values of homes based on processing large volumes of market data including market comparables and price trends for local market areas.

 

(4)Carrying value, which does not reflect the allowance for loan losses, includes remaining purchase accounting adjustments, which, for PCI loans may include the nonaccretable difference and the accretable yield and, for all other loans, an adjustment to mark the loans to a market yield at date of merger less any subsequent charge-offs.

 

(5)The ratio of carrying value to current value is calculated as the carrying value divided by the collateral value.

 

To maximize return and allow flexibility for customers to avoid foreclosure, we have in place several loss mitigation strategies for our Pick-a-Pay loan portfolio. We contact customers who are experiencing financial difficulty and may in certain cases modify the terms of a loan based on a customer’s documented income and other circumstances.

We also have taken steps to work with customers to refinance or restructure their Pick-a-Pay loans into other loan products. For customers at risk, we offer combinations of term extensions of up to 40 years (from 30 years), interest rate reductions, forbearance of principal, and, in geographies with substantial property value declines, we may offer permanent principal forgiveness.

In first quarter 2013, we completed more than 3,300 proprietary and Home Affordability Modification Program (HAMP) Pick-a-Pay loan modifications. We have completed more than 115,000 modifications since the Wachovia acquisition, resulting in $5.3 billion of principal forgiveness to our Pick-a-Pay customers as well as an additional $400 million of conditional forgiveness that can be earned by borrowers through performance over the next three years.

Due to better than expected performance observed on the Pick-a-Pay PCI portfolio compared with the original acquisition estimates, we have reclassified $3.0 billion from the nonaccretable difference to the accretable yield since acquisition. Our cash flows expected to be collected have been favorably affected by lower expected defaults and losses as a result of observed and forecasted economic strengthening, particularly in housing prices, and our loan modification efforts. These factors are expected to reduce the frequency and severity of defaults and keep these loans performing for a longer period, thus increasing future principal and interest cash flows. The resulting increase in the accretable yield will be realized over the remaining life of the portfolio, which is estimated to have a weighted-average

remaining life of approximately 12.3 years at March 31, 2013. The weighted-average remaining life decreased slightly from fourth quarter 2012 due to the passage of time. The accretable yield percentage at March 31, 2013, was 4.70%, unchanged from the end of 2012. Fluctuations in the accretable yield are driven by changes in interest rate indices for variable rate PCI loans, prepayment assumptions, and expected principal and interest payments over the estimated life of the portfolio, which will be affected by the pace and degree of improvements in the U.S. economy and housing markets and projected lifetime performance resulting from loan modification activity. Changes in the projected timing of cash flow events, including loan liquidations, modifications and short sales, can also affect the accretable yield rate and the estimated weighted-average life of the portfolio.

The Pick-a-Pay portfolio includes a significant portion of our PCI loans. For further information on the judgment involved in estimating expected cash flows for PCI loans, see “Critical Accounting Policies – Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans” in our 2012 Form 10-K.

 

 

24


Table of Contents

HOME EQUITY PORTFOLIOS Our home equity portfolios consist of real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgages and first and junior lines of credit secured by real estate. Our first lien lines of credit represent 21% of our home equity portfolio and are included in real estate 1-4 family first mortgages. The majority of our junior lien loan products are amortizing payment loans with fixed interest rates and repayment periods between 5 to 30 years.

Our first and junior lien lines of credit products generally have a draw period of 10 years with variable interest rates and payment options during the draw period of (1) interest only or (2) 1.5% of total outstanding balance. During the draw period, the borrower has the option of converting all or a portion of the line from a variable interest rate to a fixed rate with terms including interest-only payments for a fixed period between three to seven years or a fully amortizing payment with a fixed period between five to 30 years. At the end of the draw period, a line of credit generally converts to an amortizing payment

schedule with repayment terms of up to 30 years based on the balance at time of conversion. Certain loans have been structured with a balloon payment, which requires full repayment of the outstanding balance at the end of the loan term.

The lines that enter their amortization period may experience higher delinquencies and higher loss rates than the ones in their draw or term period. In anticipation of our customers reaching the end of their contractual commitment, we have created a process to help borrowers transition from interest-only to fully-amortizing payments or full repayment.

Table 21 reflects the outstanding balance of our home equity portfolio segregated into scheduled draw periods and amortizing payments. It excludes real estate 1-4 family first lien line reverse mortgages because they are predominantly insured by the FHA, and PCI loans because their losses are generally covered by PCI accounting adjustments at the date of acquisition.

 

 

Table 21: Home Equity Portfolio Payment Schedule

 

 

          Scheduled end of draw / term        
(in millions)  Outstanding balance
Mar. 31, 2013
   % of
total
  2013-2014   % of
total
  2015-2017   % of
total
  Thereafter   % of
total
  Amortizing   % of
total
 

 

 

Home equity liens secured by real estate:

                

Junior residential lines

  $62,551     $5,802     $24,414     $30,609     $1,726    

First residential lines

   19,301      1,755      3,865      13,217      464    

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total residential lines (1) (2)(3)

   81,852     89 %   7,557     9 %   28,279     35 %   43,826     53 %   2,190     3 % 

Junior loans (4)

   9,867     11    31         493     5    1,768     18    7,575     77  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total home equity portfolio

  $91,719     100 %  $7,588     8 %  $28,772     31 %  $45,594     50 %  $9,765     11 % 

 

 

 

*Less than 1%
(1)Includes scheduled end-of-term balloon payments totaling $1.7 billion during 2013 to 2014, $1.5 billion during 2015 to 2017 and $2.1 billion thereafter, and $125 million reported as “Amortizing” in the table.
(2)The portfolio also has unfunded credit commitments of $77.0 billion, at March 31, 2013.
(3)At March 31, 2013, $127 million, or 6% of outstanding lines of credit that are amortizing are 30 or more days past due compared to $1.6 billion, or 2% for lines in their draw period.
(4)Includes $2.4 billion of junior loans that require a balloon payment upon the end of the loan term, of which $96 million is reported as “Amortizing” in the table.

 

Table 22 summarizes delinquency and loss rates by the holder of the lien. For additional information regarding current junior liens behind delinquent first lien loans, see the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Real Estate 1-4 Family First and Junior Lien Mortgage Loans” section in this Report.

 

 

25


Table of Contents

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)

 

Table 22: Home Equity Portfolios Performance by Holder of 1st Lien (1)

 

   
   Outstanding balance (2)   % of loans
two payments
or more past due
   Loss rate
(annualized)
quarter ended
 
(in millions)  Mar. 31,
2013
   Dec. 31,
2012
   Mar. 31,
2013
  Dec. 31,
2012
   Mar. 31,
2013
   Dec. 31,
2012 (3)
   Sept. 30,
2012 (3)
   June 30,
2012
   Mar. 31,
2012
 

 

 

Junior lien mortgages and lines behind:

                 

Wells Fargo owned or serviced first lien

  $36,236    37,913    2.45 %   2.65    2.46    3.81    4.96    3.34    3.54 

Third party first lien

   36,182    37,417    2.67   2.86    2.48    3.15    5.40    3.44    3.72 

 

              

Total junior lien mortgages and lines

   72,418    75,330    2.56   2.75    2.47    3.48    5.18    3.39    3.63 

 

              

First lien lines

   19,301    19,744    3.03   3.08    0.61    1.00    0.95    0.88    1.35 

 

              

Total

  $    91,719    95,074    2.66   2.82    2.08    2.97    4.32    2.89    3.18 

 

 

 

(1)Excludes real estate 1-4 family first lien line reverse mortgages predominantly insured by the FHA, and PCI loans.

 

(2)Includes $1.3 billion at March 31, 2013 and at December 31, 2012, associated with the Pick-a-Pay portfolio.

 

(3)Reflects the OCC guidance issued in third quarter 2012, which requires consumer loans discharged in bankruptcy to be written down to net realizable collateral value, regardless of their delinquency status. The junior lien loss rates for third quarter 2012 reflect losses based on estimates of collateral value to implement the OCC guidance, which were then adjusted in the fourth quarter to reflect actual appraisals. Fourth quarter 2012 losses on the junior liens where Wells Fargo owns or services the first lien were elevated primarily due to the OCC guidance.

 

We monitor the number of borrowers paying the minimum amount due on a monthly basis. In March 2013, approximately 43% of our borrowers with a home equity outstanding balance paid only the minimum amount due; 94% paid the minimum or more.

The home equity liquidating portfolio includes home equity loans generated through third party channels, including correspondent loans. This liquidating portfolio represents less than 1% of our total loans outstanding at March 31, 2013, and contains some of the highest risk in our home equity portfolio, with an annualized loss rate of 5.87% compared with 1.89% for the core (non-liquidating) home equity portfolio for the quarter ended March 31, 2013.

 

 

26


Table of Contents

Table 23 shows the credit attributes of the core and liquidating home equity portfolios and lists the top five states by outstanding balance for the core portfolio. California loans represent the largest state concentration in each of these portfolios. The decrease in outstanding balances since December 31, 2012, primarily reflects loan paydowns and charge-offs. As of March 31, 2013, 33% of the outstanding balance of the core home equity portfolio was associated with loans that had a

combined loan to value (CLTV) ratio in excess of 100%. CLTV means the ratio of the total loan balance of first mortgages and junior lien mortgages (including unused line amounts for credit line products) to property collateral value. The unsecured portion of the outstanding balances of these loans (the outstanding amount that was in excess of the most recent property collateral value) totaled 15% of the core home equity portfolio at March 31, 2013.

 

 

Table 23: Home Equity Portfolios (1)

 

 

   Outstanding balance   % of loans
two payments
or more past due
   Loss Rate  
(annualized)  
quarter ended  
 
   Mar. 31   Dec. 31,   Mar. 31,  Dec. 31,   Mar. 31,   Dec. 31,   Sept. 30,   June 30,   Mar. 31,   
(in millions)  2013   2012   2013  2012   2013   2012 (2)   2012 (2)   2012   2012   

 

 

Core portfolio (3)

                 

California

  $22,065    22,900    2.35 %   2.46    2.01    2.89    4.77    3.13    3.56   

Florida

   9,460    9,763    3.92   4.15    2.61    3.09    4.75    3.76    4.79   

New Jersey

   7,147    7,338    3.32   3.43    1.70    2.30    3.22    2.02    2.46   

Virginia

   4,612    4,758    1.94   2.04    1.36    1.78    2.54    1.60    1.42   

Pennsylvania

   4,550    4,683    2.45   2.67    1.36    1.72    2.15    1.45    1.49   

Other

   39,464    40,985    2.41   2.59    1.80    2.77    3.75    2.37    2.50   

 

              

Total

   87,298    90,427    2.61   2.77    1.89    2.69    3.93    2.60    2.91   

 

              

Liquidating portfolio

   4,421    4,647    3.64   3.82    5.87    8.33    11.60    8.14    8.11   

 

              

Total core and liquidating portfolios

  $      91,719    95,074    2.66   2.82    2.08    2.97    4.32    2.89    3.18   

 

              

 

 

 

(1)Consists predominantly of real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgages and first and junior lines of credit secured by real estate, but excludes PCI loans because their losses are generally covered by PCI accounting adjustments at the date of acquisition, and excludes real estate 1-4 family first lien open-ended line reverse mortgages because they do not have scheduled payments. These reverse mortgage loans are predominantly insured by the FHA.

 

(2)Reflects the OCC guidance issued in third quarter 2012, which requires consumer loans discharged in bankruptcy to be written down to net realizable collateral value, regardless of their delinquency status.
(3)Includes $1.3 billion at March 31, 2013 and at December 31, 2012, associated with the Pick-a-Pay portfolio.

 

CREDIT CARDS Our credit card portfolio totaled $24.1 billion at March 31, 2013, which represented 3% of our total outstanding loans. The quarterly net charge-off rate (annualized) for our credit card loans was 3.96% for first quarter 2013, compared with 4.40% for first quarter 2012.

AUTOMOBILE Our automobile portfolio, predominantly composed of indirect loans, totaled $47.3 billion at March 31, 2013. The quarterly net charge-off rate (annualized) for our automobile portfolio for first quarter 2013 was 0.66%, compared with 0.68% for first quarter 2012.

OTHER REVOLVING CREDIT AND INSTALLMENT Other revolving credit and installment loans totaled $42.0 billion at March 31, 2013, and mostly include student and security-based margin loans. The quarterly net charge-off rate (annualized) for other revolving credit and installment loans was 1.37% for first quarter 2013, compared with 1.32% for first quarter 2012. Excluding government guaranteed student loans, the quarterly net charge-off rates (annualized) were 1.83% and 1.95% for first quarter 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

 

27


Table of Contents

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)

 

NONPERFORMING ASSETS (NONACCRUAL LOANS AND FORECLOSED ASSETS) Table 24 summarizes nonperforming assets (NPAs) for each of the last four quarters. We generally place loans on nonaccrual status when:

  

the full and timely collection of interest or principal becomes uncertain (generally based on an assessment of the borrower’s financial condition and the adequacy of collateral, if any);

  

they are 90 days (120 days with respect to real estate 1-4 family first and junior lien mortgages) past due for interest

  

or principal, unless both well-secured and in the process of collection;

  

part of the principal balance has been charged off;

  

effective first quarter 2012, for junior lien mortgages, we have evidence that the related first lien mortgage may be 120 days past due or in the process of foreclosure regardless of the junior lien delinquency status; or

  

effective third quarter 2012, performing consumer loans are discharged in bankruptcy, regardless of their delinquency status.

 

 

Table 24: Nonperforming Assets (Nonaccrual Loans and Foreclosed Assets)

 

 

    March 31, 2013  December 31, 2012  September 30, 2012  June 30, 2012 
                           
($ in millions)  Balance  % of
total
loans
  Balance  % of
total
loans
  Balance   % of
total
loans
  Balance  % of
total
loans
 

 

 

Nonaccrual loans:

          

Commercial:

          

Commercial and industrial

  $1,193   0.64 %  $1,422   0.76 %  $1,404    0.79 %  $1,549   0.87 % 

Real estate mortgage

   3,098   2.92   3,322   3.12   3,599    3.44   3,832   3.63 

Real estate construction

   870   5.23   1,003   5.93   1,253    7.08   1,421   8.08 

Lease financing

   25   0.20   27   0.22   49    0.40   43   0.34 

Foreign

   56   0.14   50   0.13   66    0.17   79   0.20 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

  

Total commercial (1)

   5,242   1.45   5,824   1.61   6,371    1.81   6,924   1.96 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

  

Consumer:

          

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage (2)

   11,320   4.49   11,455   4.58   11,195    4.65   10,368   4.50 

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

   2,712   3.74   2,922   3.87   3,140    4.02   3,091   3.82 

Automobile

   220   0.47   245   0.53   295    0.64   164   0.36 

Other revolving credit and installment

   32   0.08   40   0.09   43    0.10   31   0.07 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

  

Total consumer (3)

   14,284   3.26   14,662   3.34   14,673    3.41   13,654   3.24 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

  

Total nonaccrual loans (3)(4)(5)(6)

   19,526   2.44   20,486   2.56   21,044    2.69   20,578   2.65 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

  

Foreclosed assets:

          

Government insured/guaranteed (7)

   969    1,509    1,479     1,465  

Non-government insured/guaranteed

   2,381    2,514    2,730     2,842  

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

  

Total foreclosed assets

   3,350    4,023    4,209     4,307  

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

  

Total nonperforming assets

  $22,876   2.86 %  $     24,509   3.07 %  $     25,253    3.23 %  $24,885   3.21 % 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

  

Change in NPAs from prior quarter

  $(1,633   (744   368     (1,758 

 

 

 

(1)Includes LHFS of $15 million, $16 million, $22 million and $17 million at March 31, 2013 and December 31, September 30, and June 30, 2012, respectively.

 

(2)Includes MHFS of $368 million, $336 million, $338 million and $310 million at March 31, 2013 and December 31, September 30, and June 30, 2012, respectively.

 

(3)Includes $2.5 billion, $1.8 billion and $1.4 billion at March 31, 2013, December 31 and September 30, 2012, respectively, resulting from the OCC guidance issued in third quarter 2012, which requires performing consumer loans discharged in bankruptcy to be placed on nonaccrual status and written down to net realizable collateral value, regardless of their delinquency status.

 

(4)Excludes PCI loans because they continue to earn interest income from accretable yield, independent of performance in accordance with their contractual terms.

 

(5)Real estate 1-4 family mortgage loans predominantly insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA and student loans predominantly guaranteed by agencies on behalf of the U.S. Department of Education under the Federal Family Education Loan Program are not placed on nonaccrual status because they are insured or guaranteed.

 

(6)See Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report for further information on impaired loans.

 

(7)Consistent with regulatory reporting requirements, foreclosed real estate securing government insured/guaranteed loans are classified as nonperforming. Both principal and interest for government insured/guaranteed loans secured by the foreclosed real estate are collectible because the loans are predominantly insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA.

 

28


Table of Contents

Total NPAs were $22.9 billion (2.86% of total loans) at March 31, 2013, and included $19.5 billion of nonaccrual loans and $3.4 billion of foreclosed assets. Nonaccrual loans decreased

$960 million in first quarter 2013. Table 25 provides an analysis of the changes in nonaccrual loans.

 

 

Table 25: Analysis of Changes in Nonaccrual Loans

 

 

    Quarter ended 
   Mar. 31,  Dec. 31,  Sept. 30,  June 30,  Mar. 31, 
(in millions)  2013  2012  2012  2012  2012 

Commercial nonaccrual loans

      

Balance, beginning of quarter

  $5,824   6,371   6,924   7,599   8,217 

Inflows

   611   746   976   952   1,138 

Outflows:

      

Returned to accruing

   (109  (135  (90  (242  (188

Foreclosures

   (91  (107  (151  (92  (119

Charge-offs

   (189  (322  (364  (402  (347

Payments, sales and other (1)

   (804  (729  (924  (891  (1,102

Total outflows

   (1,193  (1,293  (1,529  (1,627  (1,756

Balance, end of quarter

   5,242   5,824   6,371   6,924   7,599 

Consumer nonaccrual loans

      

Balance, beginning of quarter

   14,662   14,673   13,654   14,427   13,087 

Inflows (2)

   2,340   2,943   4,111   2,750   4,765 

Outflows:

      

Returned to accruing

   (1,031  (893  (1,039  (1,344  (943

Foreclosures

   (173  (151  (182  (186  (226

Charge-offs

   (775  (1,053  (987  (1,137  (1,364

Payments, sales and other (1)

   (739  (857  (884  (856  (892

Total outflows

   (2,718  (2,954  (3,092  (3,523  (3,425

Balance, end of quarter

   14,284   14,662   14,673   13,654   14,427 

Total nonaccrual loans

  $    19,526   20,486   21,044   20,578   22,026 

 

(1)Other outflows include the effects of VIE deconsolidations and adjustments for loans carried at fair value.
(2)Quarter ended September 30, 2012, includes $1.4 billion of performing loans moved to nonaccrual status as a result of OCC guidance issued in third quarter 2012, which requires consumer loans discharged in bankruptcy to be placed on nonaccrual status and written down to net realizable collateral value, regardless of their delinquency status. Quarter ended March 31, 2012, includes $1.7 billion moved to nonaccrual status as a result of implementing Interagency Guidance issued January 31, 2012.

 

Typically, changes to nonaccrual loans period-over-period represent inflows for loans that are placed on nonaccrual status in accordance with our policy, offset by reductions for loans that are paid down, charged off, sold, transferred to foreclosed properties, or are no longer classified as nonaccrual as a result of continued performance and an improvement in the borrower’s financial condition and loan repayment capabilities. Also, reductions can come from borrower repayments even if the loan remains on nonaccrual.

While nonaccrual loans are not free of loss content, we believe exposure to loss is significantly mitigated by the following factors at March 31, 2013:

  

97% of the $5.2 billion of commercial nonaccrual loans and 99% of the $14.3 billion of consumer nonaccrual loans are secured. Of the consumer nonaccrual loans, 98% are secured by real estate and 47% have a combined LTV (CLTV) ratio of 80% or below.

  

losses of $1.6 billion and $4.8 billion have already been recognized on 40% of commercial nonaccrual loans and 51% of consumer nonaccrual loans, respectively. Generally, when a consumer real estate loan is 120 days past due (except when required earlier by the Interagency or OCC guidance), we transfer it to nonaccrual status. When the loan reaches 180 days past due, or is discharged in bankruptcy, it is our policy to write these loans down to net

 

realizable value (fair value of collateral less estimated costs to sell), except for modifications in their trial period that are not written down as long as trial payments are made on time. Thereafter, we reevaluate each loan regularly and record additional write-downs if needed.

  

63% of commercial nonaccrual loans were current on interest.

  

the risk of loss of all nonaccrual loans has been considered and we believe is adequately covered by the allowance for loan losses.

  

$2.5 billion of the consumer loans classified as nonaccrual due to the OCC guidance were less than 60 days past due, and $2.0 billion were current.

Under both our proprietary modification programs and the MHA programs, customers may be required to provide updated documentation, and some programs require completion of payment during trial periods to demonstrate sustained performance before the loan can be removed from nonaccrual status. In addition, for loans in foreclosure, some states, including California and New Jersey, have enacted legislation or the courts have changed the foreclosure process in a manner that significantly increases the time to complete the foreclosure process, therefore loans remain in nonaccrual status for longer periods. In certain other states, including New York and Florida, the foreclosure timeline has significantly increased due to backlogs in an already complex process.

 

 

29


Table of Contents

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)

 

Table 26 provides a summary of foreclosed assets and an analysis of changes in foreclosed assets.

 

 

Table 26: Foreclosed Assets 
      
   Mar. 31,  Dec. 31,  Sept. 30,  June 30,  Mar. 31, 
(in millions)  2013  2012  2012  2012  2012 

Government insured/guaranteed (1)

  $969   1,509   1,479   1,465   1,352 

PCI loans:

      

Commercial

   641   667   707   777   875 

Consumer

   179   219   263   321   431 

Total PCI loans

   820   886   970   1,098   1,306 

All other loans:

      

Commercial

   1,060   1,073   1,175   1,147   1,289 

Consumer

   501   555   585   597   670 

Total all other loans

   1,561   1,628   1,760   1,744   1,959 

Total foreclosed assets

  $        3,350   4,023   4,209   4,307   4,617 

Analysis of changes in foreclosed assets

      

Balance, beginning of quarter

  $4,023   4,209   4,307   4,617   4,661 

Net change in government insured/guaranteed (2)

   (540  30   14   113   33 

Additions to foreclosed assets (3)

   559   537   692   664   926 

Reductions:

      

Sales

   (658  (710  (750  (1,003  (896

Write-downs and loss on sales

   (34  (43  (54  (84  (107

Total reductions

   (692  (753  (804  (1,087  (1,003

Balance, end of quarter

  $3,350   4,023   4,209   4,307   4,617 

 

(1)Consistent with regulatory reporting requirements, foreclosed real estate securing government insured/guaranteed loans are classified as nonperforming. Both principal and interest for government insured/guaranteed loans secured by the foreclosed real estate are collectible because the loans are predominantly insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA.
(2)Foreclosed government insured/guaranteed loans are temporarily transferred to and held by us as servicer, until reimbursement is received from FHA or VA. The net change in government insured/guaranteed foreclosed assets is made up of inflows from mortgages held for investment and MHFS, and outflows when we are reimbursed by FHA/VA.
(3)Predominantly include loans moved into foreclosure from nonaccrual status, PCI loans transitioned directly to foreclosed assets and repossessed automobiles.

 

Foreclosed assets at March 31, 2013, included $1.0 billion of foreclosed real estate that is predominantly FHA insured or VA guaranteed and expected to have minimal or no loss content. The remaining balance of $2.4 billion of foreclosed assets has been written down to estimated net realizable value. Foreclosed assets were down $673 million, or 17%, at March 31, 2013, compared with December 31, 2012. At March 31, 2013, 59% of foreclosed assets of $3.4 billion have been in the foreclosed assets portfolio one year or less.

Given our real estate-secured loan concentrations and current economic conditions, we anticipate continuing to hold an elevated level of foreclosed assets on our balance sheet.

 

 

30


Table of Contents

TROUBLED DEBT RESTRUCTURINGS (TDRs)

Table 27: Troubled Debt Restructurings (TDRs)

 

 

   Mar. 31,   Dec. 31,   Sept. 30,   June 30,   Mar. 31, 
(in millions)  2013   2012   2012   2012   2012 

Commercial TDRs

          

Commercial and industrial

  $        1,493    1,683    1,877    1,937    1,967 

Real estate mortgage

   2,556    2,625    2,498    2,457    2,485 

Real estate construction

   735    801    949    980    1,048 

Lease financing

   17    20    26    27    29 

Foreign

   17    17    28    28    19 

Total commercial TDRs

   4,818    5,146    5,378    5,429    5,548 

Consumer TDRs

          

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

   18,928    17,804    17,861    13,919    13,870 

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

   2,431    2,390    2,437    1,975    1,981 

Credit Card

   501    531    557    575    594 

Automobile

   279    314    392    265    262 

Other revolving credit and installment

   27    24    32    16    17 

Trial modifications

   723    705    733    745    723 

Total consumer TDRs (1)

   22,889    21,768    22,012    17,495    17,447 

Total TDRs

  $27,707    26,914    27,390    22,924    22,995 

TDRs on nonaccrual status

  $10,332    10,149    9,990    6,900    7,136 

TDRs on accrual status

   17,375    16,765    17,400    16,024    15,859 

Total TDRs

  $27,707    26,914    27,390    22,924    22,995 

 

(1)Includes $6.2 billion, $5.2 billion and $4.3 billion at March 31, 2013, December 31 and September 30, 2012, respectively, resulting from the OCC guidance issued in third quarter 2012, which requires consumer loans discharged in bankruptcy to be classified as TDRs, as well as written down to net realizable collateral value.

 

31


Table of Contents

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)

 

Table 27 provides information regarding the recorded investment of loans modified in TDRs. The allowance for loan losses for TDRs was $5.0 billion at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012. See Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information regarding TDRs. In those situations where principal is forgiven, the entire amount of such forgiveness is immediately charged off to the extent not done so prior to the modification. We sometimes delay the timing on the repayment of a portion of principal (principal forbearance) and charge off the amount of forbearance if that amount is not considered fully collectible.

Our nonaccrual policies are generally the same for all loan types when a restructuring is involved. We re-underwrite loans at the time of restructuring to determine whether there is sufficient evidence of sustained repayment capacity based on the borrower’s documented income, debt to income ratios, and other

factors. Loans lacking sufficient evidence of sustained repayment capacity at the time of modification are charged down to the fair value of the collateral, if applicable. For an accruing loan that has been modified, if the borrower has demonstrated performance under the previous terms and the underwriting process shows the capacity to continue to perform under the restructured terms, the loan will generally remain in accruing status. Otherwise, the loan will be placed in nonaccrual status until the borrower demonstrates a sustained period of performance, generally six consecutive months of payments, or equivalent, inclusive of consecutive payments made prior to modification. Loans will also be placed on nonaccrual, and a corresponding charge-off is recorded to the loan balance, when we believe that principal and interest contractually due under the modified agreement will not be collectible.

Table 28 provides an analysis of the changes in TDRs. Loans that may be modified more than once are reported as TDR inflows only in the period they are first modified.

 

 

Table 28: Analysis of Changes in TDRs

 

 

   Quarter ended 
   Mar. 31,  Dec. 31,  Sept. 30,  June 30,  Mar. 31, 
(in millions)  2013  2012  2012  2012  2012 

Commercial TDRs

      

Balance, beginning of quarter

  $        5,146   5,378   5,429   5,548   5,349 

Inflows

   500   542   620   687   710 

Outflows

      

Charge-offs

   (40  (66  (84  (112  (119

Foreclosure

   (30  (14  (20  (24  (2

Payments, sales and other (1)

   (758  (694  (567  (670  (390

Balance, end of quarter

   4,818   5,146   5,378   5,429   5,548 

Consumer TDRs

      

Balance, beginning of quarter

   21,768   22,012   17,495   17,447   17,308 

Inflows (2)

   2,076   1,247   5,212   762   829 

Outflows

      

Charge-offs (3)

   (280  (542  (244  (319  (295

Foreclosure (3)

   (114  (333  (35  (25  (33

Payments, sales and other (1)

   (579  (588  (404  (392  (434

Net change in trial modifications (4)

   18   (28  (12  22   72 

Balance, end of quarter

   22,889   21,768   22,012   17,495   17,447 

Total TDRs

  $27,707   26,914   27,390   22,924   22,995 

 

(1)Other outflows include normal amortization/accretion of loan basis adjustments and loans transferred to held-for-sale.
(2)Includes $1.3 billion, $316 million and $4.3 billion of loans for the quarters ended March 31, 2013, December 31, 2012 and September 30, 2012, respectively, resulting from the OCC guidance issued in third quarter 2012, which requires consumer loans discharged in bankruptcy to be classified as TDRs, as well as written down to net realizable collateral value.
(3)Fourth quarter 2012 outflows reflect the impact of loans discharged in bankruptcy being reported as TDRs in accordance with the OCC guidance starting in third quarter 2012.
(4)Net change in trial modifications includes: inflows of new TDRs entering the trial payment period, net of outflows for modifications that either (i) successfully perform and enter into a permanent modification, or (ii) did not successfully perform according to the terms of the trial period plan and are subsequently charged-off, foreclosed upon or otherwise resolved. Our recent experience is that most of the mortgages that enter a trial payment period program are successful in completing the program requirements.

 

32


Table of Contents

LOANS 90 DAYS OR MORE PAST DUE AND STILL ACCRUING Loans 90 days or more past due as to interest or principal are still accruing if they are (1) well-secured and in the process of collection or (2) real estate 1-4 family mortgage loans or consumer loans exempt under regulatory rules from being classified as nonaccrual until later delinquency, usually 120 days past due. PCI loans of $5.8 billion, $6.0 billion, $6.2 billion, $6.6 billion and $7.1 billion at March 31, 2013 and December 31, September 30, June 30, and March 31, 2012, respectively, are not included in these past due and still accruing loans even though they are 90 days or more contractually past due. These PCI loans are considered to be accruing due to the existence of the accretable yield and not based on consideration given to contractual interest payments.

Excluding insured/guaranteed loans, loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing at March 31, 2013, were down $75

million, or 5%, from December 31, 2012, due to loss mitigation activities including modifications, seasonality, decline in non-strategic and liquidating portfolios, and credit stabilization.

Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing whose repayments are predominantly insured by the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) for mortgages and the U.S. Department of Education for student loans under the Federal Family Education Loan Program (FFELP) were $21.7 billion at March 31, 2013, down from $21.8 billion at December 31, 2012.

Table 29 reflects non-PCI loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing by class for loans not government insured/guaranteed. For additional information on delinquencies by loan class, see Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.

 

 

Table 29: Loans 90 Days or More Past Due and Still Accruing

 

 

   Mar. 31,   Dec. 31,   Sept. 30,   June 30,   Mar. 31, 
(in millions)  2013   2012   2012   2012   2012 

Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing:

          

Total (excluding PCI):

  $    23,082    23,245    22,894    22,872    22,555 

Less: FHA insured/guaranteed by the VA (1)(2)

   20,745    20,745    20,320    20,368    19,681 

Less: Student loans guaranteed under the FFELP (3)

   977    1,065    1,082    1,144    1,238 

Total, not government insured/guaranteed

  $1,360    1,435    1,492    1,360    1,636 

By segment and class, not government insured/guaranteed:

          

Commercial:

          

Commercial and industrial

  $47    47    49    44    104 

Real estate mortgage

   164    228    206    184    289 

Real estate construction

   47    27    41    25    25 

Foreign

   7    1    2    3    7 

Total commercial

   265    303    298    256    425 

Consumer:

          

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage (2)

   563    564    627    561    616 

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage (2)

   112    133    151    159    156 

Credit card

   306    310    288    274    319 

Automobile

   33    40    43    36    37 

Other revolving credit and installment

   81    85    85    74    83 

Total consumer

   1,095    1,132    1,194    1,104    1,211 

Total, not government insured/guaranteed

  $1,360    1,435    1,492    1,360    1,636 

 

(1)Represents loans whose repayments are predominantly insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA.
(2)Includes mortgages held for sale 90 days or more past due and still accruing.
(3)Represents loans whose repayments are predominantly guaranteed by agencies on behalf of the U.S. Department of Education under the FFELP.

 

33


Table of Contents

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)

 

NET CHARGE-OFFS

Table 30: Net Charge-offs

 

 

   Quarter ended 
   Mar. 31, 2013  Dec. 31, 2012  Sept. 30, 2012  June 30, 2012  Mar. 31, 2012 
($ in millions)  Net loan
charge-
offs
  % of
avg.
loans
(1)
  Net loan
charge-
offs
  % of
avg.
loans (1)
  Net loan
charge-
offs
   % of
avg.
loans (1)
  Net loan
charge-
offs
   % of
avg.
loans (1)
  Net loan
charge-
offs
   % of
avg.
loans (1)
 

Commercial:

              

Commercial and industrial

  $93   0.20 %  $209   0.46 %  $131    0.29 %  $249    0.58 %  $256    0.62 % 

Real estate mortgage

   29   0.11   38   0.14   54    0.21   81    0.31   46    0.17 

Real estate construction

   (34  (0.83  (18  (0.43  1    0.03   17    0.40   67    1.43 

Lease financing

   (1  (0.02  2   0.04   1    0.03   -     -   2    0.06 

Foreign

   3   0.03   24   0.25   30    0.29   11    0.11   14    0.14 

Total commercial

   90   0.10   255   0.29   217    0.24   358    0.42   385    0.45 

Consumer:

              

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

   429   0.69   649   1.05   673    1.15   743    1.30   791    1.39 

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

   449   2.46   690   3.57   1,036    5.17   689    3.38   763    3.62 

Credit card

   235   3.96   222   3.71   212    3.67   240    4.37   242    4.40 

Automobile

   76   0.66   112   0.97   75    0.66   28    0.25   74    0.68 

Other revolving credit and installment

   140   1.37   153   1.46   145    1.38   142    1.35   140    1.32 

Total consumer (2)

   1,329   1.23   1,826   1.68   2,141    2.01   1,842    1.76   2,010    1.91 

Total

  $1,419   0.72 %  $2,081   1.05 %  $2,358    1.21 %  $2,200    1.15 %  $2,395    1.25 % 
                                             

 

(1)Quarterly net charge-offs as a percentage of average respective loans are annualized.
(2)The quarters ended December 31, 2012 and September 30, 2012 include $321 million and $567 million respectively, resulting from the OCC guidance issued in third quarter 2012, which requires consumer loans discharged in bankruptcy to be placed on nonaccrual status and written down to net realizable collateral value, regardless of their delinquency status.

 

Table 30 presents net charge-offs for first quarter 2013 and each of the four quarters of 2012. Net charge-offs in first quarter 2013 were $1.4 billion (0.72% of average total loans outstanding) compared with $2.4 billion (1.25%) in first quarter 2012.

Due to higher dollar amounts associated with individual commercial and industrial and CRE loans, loss recognition tends to be irregular and varies more, compared with consumer loan portfolios.

ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES The allowance for credit losses, which consists of the allowance for loan losses and the allowance for unfunded credit commitments, is management’s estimate of credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio and unfunded credit commitments at the balance sheet date, excluding loans carried at fair value. The detail of the changes in the allowance for credit losses by portfolio segment (including charge-offs and recoveries by loan class) is in Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.

We employ a disciplined process and methodology to establish our allowance for credit losses each quarter. This process takes into consideration many factors, including historical and forecasted loss trends, loan-level credit quality ratings and loan grade-specific loss factors. The process involves subjective and complex judgments. In addition, we review a variety of credit metrics and trends. These credit metrics and trends, however, do not solely determine the amount of the allowance as we use several analytical tools. For additional information on our allowance for credit losses, see the “Critical Accounting Policies – Allowance for Credit Losses” section in our 2012 Form 10-K and Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.

Table 31 presents the allocation of the allowance for credit losses by loan segment and class for the current quarter and last four years.

 

 

34


Table of Contents

Table 31: Allocation of the Allowance for Credit Losses (ACL)

 

 

   Mar. 31, 2013  Dec. 31, 2012  Dec. 31, 2011  Dec. 31, 2010  Dec. 31, 2009 
(in millions)  ACL   Loans
as %
of total
loans
  ACL   Loans
as %
of total
loans
  ACL   Loans
as %
of total
loans
  ACL   Loans
as %
of total
loans
  ACL   Loans
as %
of total
loans
 

Commercial:

                

Commercial and industrial

  $2,694    23 %  $2,543    23 %  $2,649    22 %  $3,299    20 %  $4,014    20 % 

Real estate mortgage

   2,289    13   2,283    13   2,550    14   3,072    13   2,398    12 

Real estate construction

   478    2   552    2   893    2   1,387    4   1,242    5 

Lease financing

   86    2   85    2   82    2   173    2   181    2 

Foreign

   239    5   251    5   184    5   238    4   306    4 

Total commercial

   5,786    45   5,714    45   6,358    45   8,169    43   8,141    43 

Consumer:

                

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

   5,747    32   6,100    31   6,934    30   7,603    30   6,449    29 

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

   3,558    9   3,462    10   3,897    11   4,557    13   5,430    13 

Credit card

   1,210    3   1,234    3   1,294    3   1,945    3   2,745    3 

Automobile

   391    6   417    6   555    6   771    6   1,381    6 

Other revolving credit and installment

   501    5   550    5   630    5   418    5   885    6 

Total consumer

   11,407    55   11,763    55   13,310    55   15,294    57   16,890    57 

Total

  $    17,193    100 %  $    17,477    100 %  $    19,668    100 %  $    23,463    100 %  $    25,031    100 % 
                                               

 

    Mar. 31,
2013
  Dec. 31,
2012
   Dec. 31,
2011
   Dec. 31,
2010
   Dec. 31,
2009
 

Components:

         

Allowance for loan losses

  $        16,711   17,060     19,372     23,022    24,516  

Allowance for unfunded credit commitments

   482   417     296     441    515  

Allowance for credit losses

  $17,193   17,477     19,668     23,463    25,031  

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans

   2.09   2.13     2.52     3.04    3.13  

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total net charge-offs (1)

   290   189     171     130    135  

Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total loans

   2.15   2.19     2.56     3.10    3.20  

Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total nonaccrual loans

   88   85     92     89    103  

 

(1)Total net charge-offs are annualized for quarter ended March 31, 2013.

 

35


Table of Contents

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)

 

In addition to the allowance for credit losses, there was $6.5 billion at March 31, 2013, and $7.0 billion at December 31, 2012, of nonaccretable difference to absorb losses for PCI loans. The allowance for credit losses is lower than otherwise would have been required without PCI loan accounting. As a result of PCI loans, certain ratios of the Company may not be directly comparable with periods prior to the Wachovia merger and credit-related metrics for other financial institutions. For additional information on PCI loans, see the “Risk Management – Credit Risk Management – Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans” section and Note 5 (Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses) to Financial Statements in this Report.

The ratio of the allowance for credit losses to total nonaccrual loans may fluctuate significantly from period to period due to such factors as the mix of loan types in the portfolio, borrower credit strength and the value and marketability of collateral. Over half of nonaccrual loans were home mortgages at March 31, 2013.

The decline in the allowance for loan losses in first quarter 2013 reflected continued improvement in consumer loss severity, delinquency trends and improved portfolio performance. The reduction included a $200 million allowance release due to strong underlying credit. Total provision for credit losses was $1.2 billion in first quarter 2013, compared with $2.0 billion a year ago.

In determining the appropriate allowance attributable to our residential real estate portfolios, our process considers the associated credit cost, including re-defaults of modified loans and projected loss severity for loan modifications that occur or are probable to occur. In addition, our process incorporates the estimated allowance associated with recent events including our settlements announced in February 2012 and January 2013 with federal and state government entities relating to our mortgage servicing and foreclosure practices and high risk portfolios defined in the Interagency Guidance relating to junior lien mortgages.

Changes in the allowance reflect changes in statistically derived loss estimates, historical loss experience, current trends in borrower risk and/or general economic activity on portfolio performance, and management’s estimate for imprecision and uncertainty.

We believe the allowance for credit losses of $17.2 billion at March 31, 2013, was appropriate to cover credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio, including unfunded credit commitments, at that date. The allowance for credit losses is subject to change and reflects existing factors as of the date of determination, including economic or market conditions and ongoing internal and external examination processes. Due to the sensitivity of the allowance for credit losses to changes in the economic and business environment, it is possible that we will incur incremental credit losses not anticipated as of the balance sheet date. Absent significant deterioration in the economy, we continue to expect future allowance releases over the remainder of 2013. Our process for determining the allowance for credit losses is discussed in the “Critical Accounting Policies – Allowance for Credit Losses” section and Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in our 2012 Form 10-K.

 

 

36


Table of Contents

LIABILITY FOR MORTGAGE LOAN REPURCHASE LOSSES We sell residential mortgage loans to various parties, including (1) government-sponsored entities Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae (GSEs) who include the mortgage loans in GSE-guaranteed mortgage securitizations, (2) SPEs that issue private label MBS, and (3) other financial institutions that purchase mortgage loans for investment or private label securitization. In addition, we pool FHA-insured and VA-guaranteed mortgage loans that back securities guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA). We may be required to repurchase these mortgage loans, indemnify the securitization trust, investor or insurer, or reimburse the securitization trust, investor or insurer for credit losses incurred on loans (collectively, repurchase) in the event of a breach of contractual representations or warranties that is not remedied within a period (usually 90 days or less) after we receive notice of the breach.

We have established a mortgage repurchase liability related to various representations and warranties that reflect management’s estimate of probable losses for loans for which we have a repurchase obligation, whether or not we currently service those loans, based on a combination of factors. Our mortgage repurchase liability estimation process also incorporates a forecast of repurchase demands associated with mortgage insurance rescission activity. Our mortgage repurchase liability considers all vintages, however, repurchase demands have predominantly related to 2006 through 2008 vintages and to GSE-guaranteed MBS.

During first quarter 2013, we experienced some levelling off in repurchase activity as measured by outstanding repurchase demands.

We repurchased or reimbursed investors for incurred losses on mortgage loans with original balances of $483 million in first quarter 2013, compared with $659 million a year ago. We incurred net losses on repurchased loans and investor reimbursements totalling $198 million in first quarter 2013, compared with $312 million a year ago.

Table 32 provides the number of unresolved repurchase demands and mortgage insurance rescissions. We do not typically receive repurchase requests from GNMA, FHA and the Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) or VA. As an originator of an FHA-insured or VA-guaranteed loan, we are responsible for obtaining the insurance with FHA or the guarantee with the VA. To the extent we are not able to obtain the insurance or the guarantee we must request permission to repurchase the loan from the GNMA pool. Such repurchases from GNMA pools typically represent a self-initiated process upon discovery of the uninsurable loan (usually within 180 days from funding of the loan). Alternatively, in lieu of repurchasing loans from GNMA pools, we may be asked by FHA/HUD or the VA to indemnify them (as applicable) for defects found in the Post Endorsement Technical Review process or audits performed by FHA/HUD or the VA. The Post Endorsement Technical Review is a process whereby HUD performs underwriting audits of closed/insured FHA loans for potential deficiencies. Our liability for mortgage loan repurchase losses incorporates probable losses associated with such indemnification.

 

 

Table 32: Unresolved Repurchase Demands and Mortgage Insurance Rescissions

 

 

   Government
sponsored entities (1)
   Private   Mortgage insurance
rescissions with no demand (2)
   Total 
($ in millions)  Number of
loans
   Original loan
balance (3)
   Number of
loans
   Original loan
balance (3)
   Number of
loans
   Original loan
balance (3)
   Number of
loans
   Original loan
balance (3)
 

2013

                

March 31,

   5,910   $            1,371    1,278   $            278    652   $            145    7,840   $            1,794 

2012

                

December 31,

   6,621    1,503    1,306    281    753    160    8,680    1,944 

September 30,

   6,525    1,489    1,513    331    817    183    8,855    2,003 

June 30,

   5,687    1,265    913    213    840    188    7,440    1,666 

March 31,

   6,333    1,398    857    241    970    217    8,160    1,856 

 

(1)Includes repurchase demands of 674 and $147, 661 and $132 million, 534 and $111 million, 526 and $103 million and 694 and $131 million for March 31, 2013, and December 31, September 30, June 30 and March 31, 2012, respectively, received from investors on mortgage servicing rights acquired from other originators. We generally have the right of recourse against the seller and may be able to recover losses related to such repurchase demands subject to counterparty risk associated with the seller. The number of repurchase demands from GSEs that are from mortgage loans originated in 2006 through 2008 totaled 86% at March 31, 2013.
(2)As part of our representations and warranties in our loan sales contracts, we typically represent to GSEs and private investors that certain loans have mortgage insurance to the extent there are loans that have loan to value ratios in excess of 80% that require mortgage insurance. To the extent the mortgage insurance is rescinded by the mortgage insurer due to a claim of breach of a contractual representation or warranty, the lack of insurance may result in a repurchase demand from an investor. Similar to repurchase demands, we evaluate mortgage insurance rescission notices for validity and appeal for reinstatement if the rescission was not based on a contractual breach. When investor demands are received due to lack of mortgage insurance, they are reported as unresolved repurchase demands based on the applicable investor category for the loan (GSE or private). Over the last year, approximately 15% of our repurchase demands from GSEs had mortgage insurance rescission as one of the reasons for the repurchase demand. Of all the mortgage insurance rescission notices received in 2012, approximately 70% have resulted in repurchase demands through March 2013. Not all mortgage insurance rescissions received in 2012 have been completed through the appeals process with the mortgage insurer and, upon successful appeal, we work with the investor to rescind the repurchase demand.
(3)While the original loan balances related to these demands are presented above, the establishment of the repurchase liability is based on a combination of factors, such as our appeals success rates, reimbursement by correspondent and other third party originators, and projected loss severity, which is driven by the difference between the current loan balance and the estimated collateral value less costs to sell the property.

 

37


Table of Contents

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)

 

The overall level of unresolved repurchase demands and mortgage insurance rescissions outstanding at March 31, 2013, was down from a year ago in both number of outstanding loans and in total dollar balances as we continued to work through the new demands and mortgage insurance rescissions. Customary with industry practice, we have the right of recourse against correspondent lenders from whom we have purchased loans with respect to representations and warranties. Of total repurchase demands and mortgage insurance recissions outstanding as of March 31, 2013, presented in Table 32, approximately 25% relate to loans purchased from correspondent lenders. Due primarily to the financial difficulties of some correspondent lenders, we are currently recovering on average approximately 45% of losses from these lenders. Historical recovery rates as well as projected lender performance are incorporated in the establishment of our mortgage repurchase liability.

We believe we have a high quality residential mortgage loan servicing portfolio. Of the $1.9 trillion in the residential mortgage loan servicing portfolio at March 31, 2013, 93% was current, less than 2% was subprime at origination, and less than 1% was home equity securitizations. Our combined delinquency and foreclosure rate on this portfolio was 6.54% at March 31, 2013, compared with 7.04% at December 31, 2012. Four percent of this portfolio is private label securitizations for which we originated the loans and therefore have some repurchase risk. We have observed a decrease in outstanding demands, compared to December 31, 2012, associated with our private label securitizations. Investors continue to review defaulted loans for potential breaches of our loan sale representations and warranties, and we continue to believe the risk of repurchase in our private label securitizations is substantially reduced, relative

to third-party issued private label securitizations, because approximately one-half of this portfolio of private label securitizations do not contain representations and warranties regarding borrower or other third party misrepresentations related to the mortgage loan, general compliance with underwriting guidelines, or property valuation, which are commonly asserted bases for repurchase. For this 4% private label securitization segment of our residential mortgage loan servicing portfolio (weighted average age of 89 months), 57% are loans from 2005 vintages or earlier; 78% were prime at origination; and approximately 63% are jumbo loans. The weighted-average LTV as of March 31, 2013 for this private securitization segment was 74%. We believe the highest risk segment of these private label securitizations is the subprime loans originated in 2006 and 2007. These subprime loans have seller representations and warranties and currently have LTVs close to or exceeding 100%, and represent 9% of the private label securitization portion of the residential mortgage servicing portfolio. We had $46 million of repurchases related to private label securitizations in the quarter ended March 31, 2013.

Of the servicing portfolio, 4% is non-agency acquired servicing and 1% is private whole loan sales. We did not underwrite and securitize the non-agency acquired servicing and therefore we have no obligation on that portion of our servicing portfolio to the investor for any repurchase demands arising from origination practices. For the private whole loan segment, while we do have repurchase risk on these loans, less than 2% were subprime at origination and loans that were sold and subsequently securitized are included in the private label securitization segment discussed above.

Table 33 summarizes the changes in our mortgage repurchase liability.

 

 

Table 33: Changes in Mortgage Repurchase Liability

 

 

   Quarter ended 
   Mar. 31,  Dec. 31,  Sept. 30,  June 30,  Mar. 31, 
(in millions)  2013  2012  2012  2012  2012 

Balance, beginning of period

   $            2,206   2,033   1,764   1,444   1,326 

Provision for repurchase losses:

      

Loan sales

   59   66   75   72   62 

Change in estimate (1)

   250   313   387   597   368 

 

 

Total additions

   309   379   462   669   430 

Losses

   (198  (206  (193  (349  (312

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $2,317   2,206   2,033   1,764   1,444 

 

 

 

(1)Results from changes in investor demand and mortgage insurer practices, credit deterioration and changes in the financial stability of correspondent lenders.

 

38


Table of Contents

Our liability for mortgage repurchases, included in “Accrued expenses and other liabilities” in our consolidated balance sheet, was $2.3 billion at March 31, 2013, and $2.2 billion at December 31, 2012. In the quarter ended March 31, 2013, we provided $309 million, which reduced net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities, compared with a provision of $430 million a year ago. Our provision in first quarter 2013 reflected an increase in projected repurchase losses for the GSE pre-2009 vintages to incorporate the impact of recent trends in file requests and repurchase demand activity (comprising approximately 81% of the first quarter 2013 provision) and new loan sales (approximately 19%). The increase in projected repurchase losses for the GSE pre-2009 vintages in the quarter was predominantly a result of an increase in the expected file reviews by the GSEs as well as an increase in expected GSE repurchase activity based on our most recent experience.

The mortgage repurchase liability of $2.3 billion at March 31, 2013, represents our best estimate of the probable loss that we expect to incur for various representations and warranties in the contractual provisions of our sales of mortgage loans. The mortgage repurchase liability estimation process requires management to make difficult, subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain, including demand expectations, economic factors, and the specific characteristics of the loans subject to repurchase. Our evaluation considers all vintages and the collective actions of the GSEs and their regulator, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (FHFA), mortgage insurers and our correspondent lenders. We maintain regular contact with the GSEs, the FHFA, and other significant investors to monitor their repurchase demand practices and issues as part of our process to update our repurchase liability estimate as new information becomes available.

Because of the uncertainty in the various estimates underlying the mortgage repurchase liability, there is a range of losses in excess of the recorded mortgage repurchase liability that are reasonably possible. The estimate of the range of possible loss for representations and warranties does not represent a probable loss, and is based on currently available information, significant judgment, and a number of assumptions that are subject to change. The high end of this range of reasonably possible losses in excess of our recorded liability was $2.2 billion at March 31, 2013, and was determined based upon modifying the assumptions (particularly to assume significant changes in investor repurchase demand practices) utilized in our best estimate of probable loss to reflect what we believe to be the high end of reasonably possible adverse assumptions. For additional information on our repurchase liability, see the “Critical Accounting Policies – Liability for Mortgage Loan Repurchase Losses” section in our 2012 Form 10-K and Note 8 (Mortgage Banking Activities) to Financial Statements in this Report.

To the extent that economic conditions and the housing market do not recover or future investor repurchase demands and appeals success rates differ from past experience, we could continue to have increased demands and increased loss severity on repurchases, causing future additions to the repurchase liability. However, some of the underwriting standards that were

permitted by the GSEs for conforming loans in the 2006 through 2008 vintages, which significantly contributed to recent levels of repurchase demands, were tightened starting in mid to late 2008. Accordingly, we do not expect a similar rate of repurchase requests from the 2009 and prospective vintages, absent deterioration in economic conditions or changes in investor behavior.

RISKS RELATING TO SERVICING ACTIVITIES In addition to servicing loans in our portfolio, we act as servicer and/or master servicer of residential mortgage loans included in GSE-guaranteed mortgage securitizations, GNMA-guaranteed mortgage securitizations of FHA-insured/VA-guaranteed mortgages and private label mortgage securitizations, as well as for unsecuritized loans owned by institutional investors. For additional information regarding risks related to our servicing activities, see pages 77-79 in our 2012 Form 10-K.

In April 2011, the FRB and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) issued Consent Orders that require us to correct deficiencies in our residential mortgage loan servicing and foreclosure practices that were identified by federal banking regulators in their fourth quarter 2010 review. The Consent Orders also require that we improve our servicing and foreclosure practices. We have implemented all of the operational changes that resulted from the expanded servicing responsibilities outlined in the Consent Orders.

On February 9, 2012, a federal/state settlement was announced among the DOJ, HUD, the Department of the Treasury, the Department of Veterans Affairs, the Federal Trade Commission (FTC), the Executive Office of the U.S. Trustee, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, a task force of Attorneys General representing 49 states, Wells Fargo, and four other servicers related to investigations of mortgage industry servicing and foreclosure practices. While Oklahoma did not participate in the larger settlement, it settled separately with the five servicers under a simplified agreement. Under the terms of the larger settlement, which will remain in effect for three and a half years (subject to a trailing review period) we have agreed to the following programmatic commitments, consisting of three components totaling approximately $5.3 billion:

  

Consumer Relief Program commitment of $3.4 billion

  

Refinance Program commitment of $900 million

  

Foreclosure Assistance Program of $1 billion

Additionally and simultaneously, the OCC and FRB announced the imposition of civil money penalties of $83 million and $87 million, respectively, pursuant to the Consent Orders. While still subject to FRB confirmation, Wells Fargo believes the civil money obligations were satisfied through payments made under the Foreclosure Assistance Program to the federal government and participating states for their use to address the impact of foreclosure challenges as they determine and which may include direct payments to consumers.

We are in the process of successfully executing activities under both the Consumer Relief and the Refinance Programs in accordance with the terms of our commitments. In our February 14, 2013, submission to the Monitor of the National Mortgage Settlement, we reported $1.9 billion of earned credits

 

 

39


Table of Contents

Risk Management – Credit Risk Management (continued)

 

toward our Consumer Relief commitment and $1.1 billion of earned credits toward our Refinance Program commitment. Refinance Program earned credits in excess of our required commitment of $900 million can be applied towards our Consumer Relief commitment obligations, subject to a limit of $343 million of earned credits. Our earned credits are subject to review and approval by the Monitor.

We expect that we will be able to meet our commitment (and state-level sub-commitments) on the Consumer Relief Program within the required timeframes, primarily through our first and second lien modification and short sale and other deficiency balance waiver programs. Given the types of relief provided, we consider these loan modifications to be TDRs. We have evaluated our commitment along with the menu of credits and believe that fulfilling our commitment under the Consumer Relief Program has been appropriately considered in our estimation for the allowance for loan losses as well as our cash flow projections to evaluate the nonaccretable difference for our PCI portfolios at March 31, 2013.

As of March 31, 2013, subject to the Monitor of the National Mortgage Settlement review and approval, we have completed the number of refinances necessary to satisfy our commitment under the Refinance Program. We estimate our total calculated credit is approximately $1.7 billion, although we can only receive earned credits for this program of $1.2 billion due to certain limits within the agreement.

We refinanced approximately 31,000 borrowers with an unpaid principal balance of approximately $6.8 billion under the Refinance Program. Based on the mix of loans we have refinanced, the weighted average note rate was reduced by approximately 260 basis points and the weighted average estimated remaining life is approximately 10 years. The impact of fulfilling our commitment under the Refinance Program will be recognized over a period of years in the form of lower interest income as qualified borrowers benefit from reduced interest rates on loans refinanced under the Refinance Program. We expect the future reduction in interest income to be approximately $1.8 billion or $180 million annually. As a result of refinancings under the Refinance Program, we will be forgoing interest that we may not otherwise have agreed to forgo. No loss was recognized in our consolidated financial statements for this estimated forgone interest income at the time of the settlement as the impact will be recognized over a period of years in the form of lower interest income as qualified borrowers benefit from reduced interest rates on loans refinanced under the Refinance Program. The impact of this forgone interest income on our future net interest margin is anticipated to be modestly adverse and will be influenced by the overall mortgage interest rate environment. The Refinance Program also affects our fair value for these loans. The estimated reduction of the fair value of our loans for the Refinance Program is approximately $1.1 billion.

The amounts discussed previously about the volume of loans that we refinanced, the resulting reduction in our lifetime and annual interest income, and the reductions in fair value of loans for the Refinance Program exceed the amounts that would have resulted from just meeting our minimum commitments under the Program due to the significantly higher than expected response we received from our customers, which was partially driven by product changes and the decision to hold interest rates consistent with the prevailing market environment.

Although the Refinance Program related to borrowers in good standing as to their payment history who were not experiencing financial difficulty, we evaluated each borrower to confirm their ability to repay their mortgage obligation. This evaluation included reviewing key credit and underwriting policy metrics to validate that these borrowers were not experiencing financial difficulty and therefore, actions taken under the Refinance Program were not generally considered a TDR. To the extent we determined that an eligible borrower was experiencing financial difficulty, we generally considered alternative modification programs that were intended for loans that may be classified and accounted for as a TDR.

On February 28, 2013, we entered into amendments to the April 2011 Interagency Consent Order with both the OCC and the FRB, which effectively ceased the IFR program created by such Interagency Consent Order and replaced it with an accelerated remediation process to be administered by the OCC and the FRB.

In aggregate, the servicers have agreed to make cash payments into a qualified settlement fund to be administered by the OCC and the FRB and to provide additional assistance, such as loan modifications, to consumers. Our portion of the cash settlement is $766 million, which is based on the proportionate share of Wells Fargo-serviced loans in the overall IFR population. We fully accrued the cash portion of the settlement in 2012, along with our estimate of other remediation-related costs, and we paid this settlement in the first quarter of 2013. We also committed to foreclosure prevention actions which include first and second lien modifications and short sales/deeds-in-lieu of foreclosure on $1.2 billion of loans. We anticipate meeting this commitment primarily through first lien modification and short sale activities. We are required to meet this commitment by January 7, 2015, and we anticipate that we will be able to meet our commitment within the required timeline. This commitment did not result in any charge as we believe that this commitment is covered through the existing allowance for credit losses and the nonaccretable difference relating to the purchased credit-impaired loan portfolios. With this settlement, beginning in the second quarter of 2013, we will no longer incur costs associated with the independent foreclosure reviews, which approximated $125 million per quarter during 2012 for external consultants and additional staffing.

 

 

40


Table of Contents

Asset/Liability Management

Asset/liability management involves evaluating, monitoring and managing of interest rate risk, market risk, liquidity and funding. Primary Board oversight of these risks resides with its Finance Committee, which oversees the administration and effectiveness of financial risk management policies and processes used to assess and manage these risks. At the management level we utilize a Corporate Asset/Liability Management Committee (Corporate ALCO), which consists of senior financial and business executives, to oversee these risks and report on them periodically to the Board’s Finance Committee. Each of our principal lines of business has its own asset/liability management committee and process linked to the Corporate ALCO process. As discussed in more detail for trading activities below, we employ separate management level oversight specific to the market risks related to our trading activities. Market risk, in its broadest sense, refers to the possibility that losses will result from the impact of adverse changes in market rates and prices on our trading and non-trading portfolios and financial instruments. Interest rates are a key driver of market values and a primary driver of potentially significant impact on our earnings.

INTEREST RATE RISK Interest rate risk, which potentially can have a significant earnings impact, is an integral part of being a financial intermediary. We are subject to interest rate risk because:

  

assets and liabilities may mature or reprice at different times (for example, if assets reprice faster than liabilities and interest rates are generally falling, earnings will initially decline);

  

assets and liabilities may reprice at the same time but by different amounts (for example, when the general level of interest rates is falling, we may reduce rates paid on checking and savings deposit accounts by an amount that is less than the general decline in market interest rates);

  

short-term and long-term market interest rates may change by different amounts (for example, the shape of the yield curve may affect new loan yields and funding costs differently);

  

the remaining maturity of various assets or liabilities may shorten or lengthen as interest rates change (for example, if long-term mortgage interest rates decline sharply, MBS held in the securities available-for-sale portfolio may prepay significantly earlier than anticipated, which could reduce portfolio income); or

  

interest rates may also have a direct or indirect effect on loan demand, collateral values, credit losses, mortgage origination volume, the fair value of MSRs and other financial instruments, the value of the pension liability and other items affecting earnings.

We assess interest rate risk by comparing outcomes under various earnings simulations using many interest rate scenarios that differ in the direction of interest rate changes, the degree of change over time, the speed of change and the projected shape of the yield curve. These simulations require assumptions regarding how changes in interest rates and related market

conditions could influence drivers of earnings and balance sheet composition such as loan origination demand, prepayment speeds, deposit balances and mix, as well as pricing strategies.

Our risk measures include both net interest income sensitivity and interest rate sensitive noninterest income and expense impacts. We refer to the combination of these exposures as interest rate sensitive earnings. In general, the Company is positioned to benefit from higher interest rates. Currently, our profile is such that net interest income will benefit from higher interest rates as our assets reprice faster and to a greater degree than our liabilities, and, in response to lower market rates, our assets will reprice downward and to a greater degree than our liabilities. Our interest rate sensitive noninterest income and expense is largely driven by mortgage activity, and tends to move in the opposite direction of our net interest income. So, in response to higher interest rates, mortgage activity, primarily refinancing activity, generally declines. And in response to lower rates, mortgage activity generally increases. Mortgage results are also impacted by the valuation of MSRs and related hedge positions. See the “Risk Management – Mortgage Banking Interest Rate and Market Risk” section in this Report for more information.

The degree to which these sensitivities offset each other is dependent upon the timing and magnitude of changes in interest rates, and the slope of the yield curve. For example, our “weak” scenario measures a faster and more significant decline in long-term interest rates than our “slightly weak” scenario, and although both result in lower earnings relative to the “most likely” scenario given pressure on net interest income, the “weak” scenario performance contains more initial benefit from increased mortgage banking activity. During a transition to a higher or lower interest rate environment, a reduction or increase in interest sensitive earnings from the mortgage banking business could occur quickly, while the benefit or detriment from balance sheet repricing may take more time to develop.

As of March 31, 2013, our most recent simulations estimate earnings at risk over the next 24 months under a range of both lower and higher interest rates. The results of the simulations are summarized in Table 34, indicating cumulative net income after tax earnings sensitivity relative to the most likely earnings plan over the 24 month horizon (a positive range indicates a beneficial earnings sensitivity measurement relative to the most likely earnings plan).

Table 34: Earnings Sensitivity Over 24 Month Horizon Relative to Most Likely Earnings Plan

 

 

    Most
likely
  Weak  Slightly
weak
  Slightly
strong
  Strong 

Ending rates:

      

Fed funds

   0.25   0-0.25    0-0.25    1.25   4.00 

10-year treasury (1)

   2.98   1.45   2.21   3.98   5.10 

Earnings relative to most likely

   N/A    -0.2  -1.3  0-5  >5

 

(1)

U.S. Constant Maturity Treasury Rate

 

 

41


Table of Contents

Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management (continued)

 

We use the available-for-sale securities portfolio and exchange-traded and over-the-counter (OTC) interest rate derivatives to hedge our interest rate exposures. See the “Balance Sheet Analysis – Securities Available for Sale” section of this Report for more information on the use of the available-for-sale securities portfolio. The notional or contractual amount, credit risk amount and fair value of the derivatives used to hedge our interest rate risk exposures as of March 31, 2013, and December 31, 2012, are presented in Note 12 (Derivatives) to Financial Statements in this Report. We use derivatives for asset/liability management in three main ways:

  

to convert a major portion of our long-term fixed-rate debt, which we issue to finance the Company, from fixed-rate payments to floating-rate payments by entering into receive-fixed swaps;

  

to convert the cash flows from selected asset and/or liability instruments/portfolios from fixed-rate payments to floating-rate payments or vice versa; and

  

to economically hedge our mortgage origination pipeline, funded mortgage loans and MSRs using interest rate swaps, swaptions, futures, forwards and options.

MORTGAGE BANKING INTEREST RATE AND MARKET RISK We originate, fund and service mortgage loans, which subjects us to various risks, including credit, liquidity and interest rate risks. For a discussion of mortgage banking interest rate and market risk, see pages 81-83 of our 2012 Form 10-K.

While our hedging activities are designed to balance our mortgage banking interest rate risks, the financial instruments we use may not perfectly correlate with the values and income being hedged. For example, the change in the value of ARM production held for sale from changes in mortgage interest rates may or may not be fully offset by Treasury and LIBOR index-based financial instruments used as economic hedges for such ARMs. Additionally, hedge-carry income on our economic hedges for the MSRs may not continue if the spread between short-term and long-term rates decreases, we shift composition of the hedge to more interest rate swaps, or there are other changes in the market for mortgage forwards that affect the implied carry.

The total carrying value of our residential and commercial MSRs was $13.2 billion at March 31, 2013, and $12.7 billion at December 31, 2012. The weighted-average note rate on our portfolio of loans serviced for others was 4.69% at March 31, 2013, and 4.77% at December 31, 2012. The carrying value of our total MSRs represented 0.70% of mortgage loans serviced for others at March 31, 2013, and 0.67% at December 31, 2012.

MARKET RISK – TRADING ACTIVITIES We engage in trading activities primarily to accommodate the investment and risk management activities of our customers, execute economic hedging to manage certain balance sheet risks and for a very limited amount of proprietary trading for our own account. These activities primarily occur within our trading businesses and include entering into transactions with our customers that are recorded as trading assets and liabilities on our balance sheet. All of our trading assets and liabilities, including securities, foreign exchange transactions, commodity

transactions and derivatives are carried at fair value. Income earned related to these trading activities include net interest income and changes in fair value related to trading assets and liabilities. Net interest income earned on trading assets and liabilities is reflected in the interest income and interest expense components of our income statement. Changes in fair value of trading assets and liabilities are reflected in net gains (losses) on trading activities, a component of noninterest income in our income statement.

From a market risk perspective, our net income is exposed to changes in the fair value of trading assets and liabilities due to changes in interest rates, credit spreads, foreign exchange rates, equity and commodity prices. Our Market Risk Committee, which is a sub-committee of Corporate ALCO, provides governance and oversight over market risk-taking activities across the Company and establishes and monitors risk limits.

Table 35 presents total revenue from trading activities.

Table 35: Income from Trading Activities

 

 

   Quarter ended March 31, 
  

 

 

 
(in millions)  2013   2012 

 

 

Interest income (1)

  $327    377 

Less: Interest expense (2)

   65    64 

 

 

Net interest income

   262    313 

 

 

Noninterest income:

    

Net gains (losses) from trading activities (3):

    

Customer accommodation

   467    334 

Economic hedging and other

   99    291 

Proprietary trading

   4    15 

 

 

Total net trading gains

   570    640 

 

 

Total trading-related net interest and noninterest income

  $832    953 

 

 

 

(1)Represents interest and dividend income earned on trading securities.
(2)Represents interest and dividend expense incurred on trading securities we have sold but have not yet purchased.
(3)Represents realized gains (losses) from our trading activity and unrealized gains (losses) due to changes in fair value of our trading positions, attributable to the type of business activity.

For further information regarding the fair value of our trading assets and liabilities, refer to Note 12 (Derivatives) and Note 13 (Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities) to Financial Statements in this Report.

Customer accommodation Customer accommodation activities are conducted to help customers manage their investment needs and risk management and hedging activities. We engage in market-making activities or act as an intermediary to purchase or sell financial instruments in anticipation or in response to customer needs. This category also includes positions we use to manage our exposure to such transactions.

For the majority of our customer accommodation trading, we serve as intermediary between buyer and seller. For example, we may purchase or sell a derivative to a customer who wants to manage interest rate risk exposure. We typically enter into offsetting derivative(s) or security positions with a separate counterparty or exchange to manage our exposure to the derivative with our customer. We earn income on this activity

 

 

42


Table of Contents

based on the transaction price difference between the customer and offsetting derivative or security positions, which is reflected in the fair value changes of the positions recorded in net gains (losses) on trading activities.

Customer accommodation trading also includes net gains related to market-making activities in which we take positions to facilitate customer order flow. For example, we may own securities recorded as trading assets (long positions) or sold securities we have not yet purchased, recorded as trading liabilities (short positions), typically on a short-term basis, to facilitate anticipated buying and selling demand from our customers. As market-maker in these securities, we earn income due (1) to the difference between the price paid or received for the purchase and sale of the security (bid-ask spread) and (2) the net interest income and change in fair value of the long or short positions during the short-term period held on our balance sheet. Additionally, we may enter into separate derivative or security positions to manage our exposure related to our long or short security positions. Collectively, income earned on this type of market-making activity is reflected in the fair value changes of these positions recorded in net gain (losses) on trading activities.

Economic hedges and other Economic hedges in trading are not designated in a hedge accounting relationship and exclude economic hedging related to our asset/liability risk management and substantially all mortgage banking risk management activities. Economic hedging activities include the use of trading securities to economically hedge risk exposures related to non-trading activities or derivatives to hedge risk exposures related to trading assets or trading liabilities. Economic hedges are unrelated to our customer accommodation activities. Other activities include financial assets held for investment purposes that we elected to carry at fair value with changes in fair value

recorded to earnings in order to mitigate accounting measurement mismatches or avoid embedded derivative accounting complexities.

Proprietary trading Proprietary trading consists of security or derivative positions executed for our own account based upon market expectations or to benefit from price differences between financial instruments and markets. Proprietary trading activity is expected to be restricted by the Dodd-Frank Act prohibitions known as the “Volcker Rule,” which has not yet been finalized. On October 11, 2011, federal banking agencies and the SEC issued proposed regulations to implement the Volcker Rule. We believe our definition of proprietary trading is consistent with the proposed regulations. However, given that final rule-making is required by various governmental regulatory agencies to define proprietary trading within the context of the final Volcker Rule, our definition of proprietary trading may change. We have reduced or exited certain business activities in anticipation of the final Volcker Rule. As discussed within this section and the noninterest income section of our financial results, proprietary trading activity is not significant to our business or financial results.

Table 36 and Table 37 provide information on daily market risk trading-related revenues for the Company’s trading portfolio. This trading-related revenue is defined as the change in value of the trading assets and trading liabilities, trading-related net interest income and trading-related intra-day trading gains and losses. Net market risk trading-related revenue does not include activity related to long-term positions held for economic hedging purposes, one-time and period-end credit adjustments and other activity not representative of daily price changes driven by market risk factors.

 

 

Table 36: Distribution of Daily Trading-Related Revenues (rolling 12 months)

 

LOGO

 

43


Table of Contents

Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management (continued)

 

Table 37: Daily Trading-Related Revenues (rolling 12 months)

 

LOGO

 

Market Risk Governance The Board of Directors reviews and approves the acceptable level of market risk for the Company and delegates authority to Corporate ALCO to establish corporate level Value-at-Risk (VaR) and other risk limits. Corporate ALCO, through its Market Risk Committee, provides governance and oversight over market risk-taking activities across the Company and establishes and monitors risk tolerances and line of business VaR limits. The Corporate Market Risk group, which is part of the independent Corporate Risk Group, administers and monitors compliance with the requirements of the Market Risk Committee. The Corporate Market Risk group has oversight in identifying and managing the Company’s market risk. The group is responsible for quantitative model development, calculation and analysis of market risk capital, and reporting aggregated and line of business market risk information. Each line of business that exposes the Company to market risk has direct responsibility for managing market risk in accordance with defined risk tolerances and approved market risk mandates and hedging strategies.

Management Risk Measurement We use VaR metrics complemented with sensitivity analysis and stress testing in managing and measuring the risk associated with our trading activities.

Value-at-Risk VaR is a statistical risk measure used to estimate the potential loss from adverse market moves on trading and

other positions carried at fair value. We utilize VaR models to measure market risk on an overall basis as well as for individual lines of business. Our VaR models assume that historical changes in market values are representative of the potential future outcomes and measure the worst expected loss over a given time interval (for example, 1 day or 10 days) within a given confidence level. We measure and report VaR for a 1-day holding period at a 99% confidence level based on changes in risk factors over each trading day in the previous 12 months. This means that we would expect to incur single day losses greater than predicted by VaR estimates for the measured trading positions one time in every 100 trading days.

Trading VaRTrading VaR is a risk measure to provide further insight into the market risk exhibited by the Company’s trading positions. The Company calculates Trading VaR for risk management purposes to set line of business risk limits. Trading VaR is calculated with a 1-day holding period at a 99% confidence level using a consecutive 12 month period of historical market data. Trading VaR is calculated for all trading positions classified as trading assets or trading liabilities on our balance sheet. Table 38 shows the results of the Company’s Trading VaR for the quarter ended March 31, 2013. The risk categories for Trading VaR are a measure of exposure to each risk factor class.

 

 

44


Table of Contents

Table 38: Trading 1-Day 99% General Value-at-Risk (VaR) Metrics

 

 

   Quarter ended March 31, 2013 
(in millions)  Period
end
  Average  Low   High 

General VaR Risk Categories

      

Credit

  $25   25   24    26 

Interest rate

   29   28   26    30 

Equity

   5   4   4    5 

Commodity

   2   3   2    3 

Foreign exchange

   2   2   1    2 

Diversification benefit (1)

   (40  (38  -    - 

 

    

General VaR

   23   24    

 

 

 

(1)The period-end VaR and average VaR were less than the sum of the VaR components described above, which is due to portfolio diversification. The diversification effect arises because the risks are not perfectly correlated causing a portfolio of positions to usually be less risky than the sum of the risks of the positions alone.

 

Sensitivities Sensitivity analysis is the estimated risk of loss for a single measure such as a one basis point increase in rates or a 1% increase in equity prices. We conduct and monitor sensitivity on interest rates, credit spreads, volatility, equity, commodity, and foreign exchange. Since VaR is based upon previous moves in market risk factors over recent periods, it may not provide accurate predictions of future market moves. Sensitivity analysis complements VaR as it provides an indication of risk relative to each factor irrespective of historical market moves. Sensitivities are monitored at both the business unit level and at an aggregated level on a daily basis. Our corporate market risk management function aggregates all Company exposures to monitor whether risk sensitivities are within established tolerances. Changes to the Company’s sensitivities are analyzed and reported on a daily basis. The Company monitors risk exposure from a variety of perspectives, which include line of business, product, risk type and legal entity.

Stress Testing While VaR captures the risk of loss due to adverse changes in markets using recent historical data, stress testing captures the Company’s exposure to extreme events. Stress testing measures the impacts from extreme, but low probability market movements. Stress scenarios estimate the risk of losses based on management’s assumptions of abnormal but severe market movements such as severe credit spread widening or a large decline in equity prices. These scenarios also assume that the market moves happen instantaneously and no repositioning or hedging activity takes place to mitigate losses as events unfold. The stress scenarios are updated with recent market trends and are reviewed on a daily basis. The stress scenarios are used for business unit monitoring as well as overall company-wide estimates. Market stress results are a component of the annual Company stress test conducted by the federal regulators as part of the Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR).

The analyses and metrics described above are used for internal risk management purposes and are not the same as those used for calculating Market Risk Regulatory Capital as required by U.S. banking regulators.

Market Risk Regulatory Capital The U.S banking regulators have adopted “Risk-Based Capital Guidelines: Market Risk,” which became effective January 1, 2013. This new market risk

capital rule, commonly known as Basel 2.5, requires adjustment to the determination of risk-weighted assets for the risks inherent in certain “covered” trading positions. The positions that are “covered” by the market risk rule are a subset of our trading assets and trading liabilities, specifically those held by the Company for the purpose of short-term resale or with the intent of benefiting from actual or expected short-term price movements, or to lock in arbitrage profits. Basel 2.5 prescribes various VaR calculations (e.g., Regulatory VaR) in the determination of regulatory capital ratios. The Company’s Basel 2.5 positions are predominantly concentrated in the traded assets managed within Wholesale Banking and a small portfolio of covered positions are managed by the Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement (WBR) and Community Banking operating segments. Wholesale Banking is the predominant contributor to the overall Company VaR and manages the areas traditionally considered as trading lines of business. WBR manages trading assets for retail client accommodation, and Community Banking’s covered positions are used to manage foreign exchange exposures.

Regulatory VaR The VaR measurements required by Basel 2.5 include:

 

 

Total VaR – uses previous 12 months of historical data and is composed of General and Specific Risk VaR.

 

  

General VaR

 

  

Measures the risk of broad market movements such as changes in the level of interest rates, credit spreads, equity prices, foreign exchange rates, or commodity prices.

 

  

Uses historical approximation methodology based on 99% confidence level and a 10-day time horizon.

 

  

Specific Risk VaR

 

  

Measures the risk of loss that could result from factors other than broad market movement.

 

  

Uses historical simulation analysis based on a 99% confidence level and a 10-day time horizon.

 

 

Total Stressed VaR – uses a period of significant historical financial stress over a continuous 12 month period using historically available market data and is composed of General and Specific Risk Stressed VaR.

 

  

General Stressed VaR – see descriptions above.

 

  

Specific Risk Stressed VaR – see descriptions above.

 

 

45


Table of Contents

Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management (continued)

 

 

Incremental Risk Charge

 

  

Measures the risk for both default and credit migration.

 

  

Analysis based on 99.9% confidence level and a 1-year time horizon.

The historical simulation analysis approach uses historical scenarios of the risk factors from each trading day in the previous 12 months and is used to identify the critical risk driver

of each trading position with respect to interest rates, credit spreads, foreign exchange rates, and equity and commodity prices. The risk drivers for each position are updated on a daily basis.

Table 39 shows the results of the Company’s Regulatory General and Specific Risk VaR measures, assuming a 1-day holding period for covered positions at a 99% confidence level, for the quarter ended March 31, 2013.

 

 

Table 39: Total Regulatory 1-Day 99% General Value-at-Risk (VaR) and Specific Risk VaR Metrics

 

 

   Quarter ended March 31, 2013 
   Period end           
(in millions)  Wholesale
Banking
  WBR  Community
Banking
   Consolidated  Average  Low   High 

General VaR Risk Categories

          

Credit

  $13   1   -    13   19   13    24 

Interest rate

   15   -   -    16   15   11    20 

Equity

   4   1   -    4   3   3    5 

Commodity

   2   -   -    2   2   1    2 

Foreign exchange

   1   -   3    3   4   2    5 

Diversification benefit (1)

   (25  (1  -    (27  (26  -    - 

 

       

General VaR

   10   1   3    10   16    

Specific Risk VaR

   11   -   -    11   9    

Total VaR

   15   1   3    15   19    

 

 

 

(1)The period-end VaR and average VaR were less than the sum of the VaR components described above, which is due to portfolio diversification. The diversification effect arises because the risks are not perfectly correlated causing a portfolio of positions to usually be less risky than the sum of the risks of the positions alone.

 

46


Table of Contents

In addition to measuring Regulatory General VaR on a 1-day basis, Basel 2.5 requires measurement of the various regulatory VaR measures using a 10 business day holding period and a 99% confidence level. The 10-day holding period calculation is used for determining the regulatory market risk capital.

Table 40 shows the results of the Company’s measures for regulatory capital calculations for the quarter ended March 31, 2013.

 

 

Table 40: Regulatory 10-Day 99% Value-at-Risk (VaR) Metrics

 

 

   Quarter ended March 31, 2013 
   Period end           
(in millions)  Wholesale
Banking
  WBR  Community
Banking
   Consolidated  Average  Low   High 

General VaR Risk Categories

          

Credit

  $27   3   -    30   59   30    73 

Interest rate

   34   1   -    34   35   26    46 

Equity

   11   3   -    11   7   4    12 

Commodity

   4   -   -    4   5   3    6 

Foreign exchange

   3   -   8    6   10   6    15 

Diversification benefit (1)

   (61  (3  -    (64  (76  -    - 

 

       

General VaR

   18   4   8    21   40   19    63 

Specific Risk VaR

   36   1   -    35   30   25    37 

Total VaR

   40   4   8    41   50    

Stressed VaR

          

Stressed General VaR

   260   24   13    286   315   256    379 

Stressed Specific Risk VaR

   162   2   -    162   140   83    171 

Total Stressed VaR

   306   24   13    329   345    

Incremental Risk Charge
(1 year - 99.9%)

   398   20   -    408   432   372    507 

 

 

 

(1)The period-end VaR and average VaR were less than the sum of the VaR components described above, which is due to portfolio diversification. The diversification effect arises because the risks are not perfectly correlated causing a portfolio of positions to usually be less risky than the sum of the risks of the positions alone.

 

47


Table of Contents

Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management (continued)

 

 

VaR Backtesting Backtesting is a required form of validation of the VaR model. Backtesting is a comparison of pro forma changes in the value of the Company’s covered trading positions that would have occurred were previous end-of-day covered trading positions to remain unchanged (therefore, excluding fees, commissions, net interest income, and intraday trading) with the VaR estimate. The backtesting analysis compares the daily VaR estimate for each of the trading days in the preceding 12 months with the pro forma net trading revenue for changes in the value of covered trading positions for each day. Net trading revenues related to trading positions that are not considered

covered trading positions include activity related to long-term positions held for economic hedging purposes, credit adjustments and other activity not representative of daily price changes driven by market risk factors.

Any observed loss in excess of the VaR estimate is considered an exception. No backtesting exceptions occurred in the first quarter of 2013. The number of actual backtesting exceptions is dependent on current market performance relative to historic market volatility. Table 41 shows daily Total Regulatory VaR (1-day, 99%) for the previous 12 months ended March 31, 2013.

 

 

Table 41: Daily Total Regulatory VaR (rolling 12 months)

 

LOGO

 

48


Table of Contents

There is a separate market risk capital charge required for covered trading securitization products in Basel 2.5. Table 42 shows the aggregate net fair market value of securities and derivative securitization positions by exposure type that meet the regulatory definition of a covered trading securitization position for the quarter ended March 31, 2013. Covered trading securitizations positions under Basel 2.5 include asset-backed securities (ABS), commercial mortgage-backed securities (CMBS), residential mortgage-backed securities (RMBS), and collateralized loan and other debt obligations (CLO/CDO) positions.

Table 42: Covered Securitization Positions by Exposure Type (Market Value)

 

 

    Quarter ended March 31, 2013 
(in millions)  ABS   CMBS  RMBS   CLO/CDO 

 

 

Securitization Exposure

       

Securities

  $592    507   390    690 

Derivatives

   -     (862  36    (77

 

 

Total

  $            592    (355  426    613 

 

 

Furthermore, the regulatory market risk capital rule requires capital for correlation trading positions. The net market value of correlation trading positions that meet the definition of a covered position for the quarter ended March 31, 2013, was $28 million. Correlation trading is a discontinued business currently in wind down mode.

MARKET RISK – EQUITY INVESTMENTS We are directly and indirectly affected by changes in the equity markets. We make and manage direct equity investments in start-up businesses, emerging growth companies, management buy-outs, acquisitions and corporate recapitalizations. We also invest in non-affiliated funds that make similar private equity investments. These private equity investments are made within capital allocations approved by management and the Board. The Board’s policy is to review business developments, key risks and historical returns for the private equity investment portfolio at least annually. Management reviews the valuations of these investments at least quarterly and assesses them for possible OTTI. For nonmarketable investments, the analysis is based on facts and circumstances of each individual investment and the expectations for that investment’s cash flows and capital needs, the viability of its business model and our exit strategy. Nonmarketable investments include private equity investments accounted for under the cost method and equity method. Private equity investments are subject to OTTI.

As part of our business to support our customers, we trade public equities, listed/OTC equity derivatives and convertible bonds. We have parameters that govern these activities. We also have marketable equity securities in the securities available-for-sale portfolio, including securities relating to our venture capital activities. We manage these investments within capital risk limits approved by management and the Board and monitored by Corporate ALCO. Gains and losses on these securities are recognized in net income when realized and periodically include OTTI charges.

Changes in equity market prices may also indirectly affect our net income by (1) the value of third party assets under

management and, hence, fee income, (2) particular borrowers, whose ability to repay principal and/or interest may be affected by the stock market, or (3) brokerage activity, related commission income and other business activities. Each business line monitors and manages these indirect risks.

Table 43 provides information regarding our marketable and nonmarketable equity investments.

Table 43: Nonmarketable and Marketable Equity Investments

 

 

   Mar. 31,   Dec. 31, 
(in millions)  2013   2012 

 

 

Nonmarketable equity investments:

    

Cost method:

    

Private equity investments

  $2,451    2,572 

Federal bank stock

   4,198    4,227 

 

 

Total cost method

   6,649    6,799 

 

 

Equity method and other:

    

LIHTC investments (1)

   4,863    4,767 

Private equity and other

   6,667    6,156 

 

 

Total equity method and other

   11,530    10,923 

 

 

Total nonmarketable equity investments (2)

  $18,179    17,722 

 

 

Marketable equity securities:

    

Cost

  $2,263    2,337 

Net unrealized gains

   516    448 

 

 

Total marketable equity securities (3)

  $            2,779    2,785 

 

 

 

(1)Represents low income housing tax credit investments
(2)Included in other assets on the balance sheet. See Note 6 (Other Assets) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information.
(3)Included in securities available for sale. See Note 4 (Securities Available for Sale) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information.
 

 

49


Table of Contents

Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management (continued)

 

LIQUIDITY AND FUNDING The objective of effective liquidity management is to ensure that we can meet customer loan requests, customer deposit maturities/withdrawals and other cash commitments efficiently under both normal operating conditions and under unpredictable circumstances of industry or market stress. To achieve this objective, the Corporate ALCO establishes and monitors liquidity guidelines that require sufficient asset-based liquidity to cover potential funding requirements and to avoid over-dependence on volatile, less reliable funding markets. We set these guidelines for both the consolidated balance sheet and for the Parent to ensure that the Parent is a source of strength for its regulated, deposit-taking banking subsidiaries.

Unencumbered debt and equity securities in the securities available-for-sale portfolio provide asset liquidity, in addition to

the immediately liquid resources of cash and due from banks and federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and other short-term investments. Asset liquidity is further enhanced by our ability to sell or securitize loans in secondary markets and to pledge loans to access secured borrowing facilities through the Federal Home Loan Banks (FHLB) and the FRB.

Core customer deposits have historically provided a sizeable source of relatively stable and low-cost funds. At March 31, 2013, core deposits were 117% of total loans, compared with 116% a year ago. Additional funding is provided by long-term debt, other foreign deposits, and short-term borrowings.

Table 44 shows selected information for short-term borrowings, which generally mature in less than 30 days.

 

 

Table 44: Short-Term Borrowings

 

 

    Quarter ended 
   Mar. 31,   Dec. 31,   Sept. 30,   June 30,   Mar. 31, 
(in millions)  2013   2012   2012   2012   2012 

 

 

Balance, period end

          

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  $ 22,263    22,202    20,474    19,695    17,759 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   38,430    34,973    31,483    36,328    33,205 

 

 

Total

  $60,693    57,175    51,957    56,023    50,964 

 

 

Average daily balance for period

          

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings

  $20,850    20,609    19,675    18,072    18,038 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase

   34,561    32,212    32,182    33,626    30,344 

 

 

Total

  $55,411    52,821    51,857    51,698    48,382 

 

 

Maximum month-end balance for period

          

Commercial paper and other short-term borrowings (1)

  $22,263    22,202    20,474    19,695    18,323 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase (2)

   38,430    35,941    32,766    36,328    33,205 

 

 

 

(1)Highest month-end balance in each of the last five quarters was in March 2013 and December, September, June and January 2012.
(2)Highest month-end balance in each of the last five quarters was in March 2013 and October, July, June and March 2012.

 

We access domestic and international capital markets for long-term funding (generally greater than one year) through issuances of registered debt securities, private placements and asset-backed secured funding. Investors in the long-term capital markets, as well as other market participants, generally will consider, among other factors, a company’s debt rating in making investment decisions. Rating agencies base their ratings on many quantitative and qualitative factors, including capital adequacy, liquidity, asset quality, business mix, the level and quality of earnings, and rating agency assumptions regarding the probability and extent of Federal financial assistance or support for certain large financial institutions. Adverse changes in these factors could result in a reduction of our credit rating; however, a reduction in credit rating would not cause us to violate any of our debt covenants. Generally, rating agencies review a firm’s ratings at least annually. There were no changes to our credit ratings in first quarter 2013. See the “Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management” and “Risk Factors” sections in our 2012 Form 10-K for additional information regarding our credit ratings as of December 31, 2012, and the potential impact a credit rating downgrade would have on our liquidity and operations, as well as Note 12 (Derivatives) to Financial Statements in this Report for information regarding additional

collateral and funding obligations required for certain derivative instruments in the event our credit ratings were to fall below investment grade.

On December 20, 2011, the FRB proposed enhanced liquidity risk management rules. On January 6, 2013, the Basel Committee on Bank Supervision (BCBS) endorsed a revised liquidity framework for banks. These rules have not yet been finalized and adopted by the FRB. The proposed rules would require modifications to our existing liquidity risk management processes. This includes increased frequency of liquidity reporting and stress testing, maintenance of a 30-day liquidity buffer comprised of highly-liquid assets and additional corporate governance requirements. We will continue to analyze the proposed rules and other regulatory proposals that may affect liquidity risk management, including Basel III, to determine the level of operational or compliance impact to Wells Fargo. For additional information see the “Capital Management” and “Regulatory Reform” sections in this Report and in our 2012 Form 10-K.

Parent Under SEC rules, our Parent is classified as a “well-known seasoned issuer,” which allows it to file a registration statement that does not have a limit on issuance capacity. In April 2012, the Parent filed a registration statement with the

 

 

 

50


Table of Contents

SEC for the issuance of senior and subordinated notes, preferred stock and other securities. The Parent’s ability to issue debt and other securities under this registration statement is limited by the debt issuance authority granted by the Board. The Parent is currently authorized by the Board to issue $60 billion in outstanding short-term debt and $170 billion in outstanding long-term debt. During first quarter 2013, the Parent issued $2.1 billion of senior notes, of which $385 million were registered with the SEC. In addition, during first quarter 2013, the Parent issued $2.0 billion of registered subordinated medium term notes. Since March 31, 2013, the Parent has issued $2.0 billion of registered senior notes, and $1.8 billion of unregistered senior notes.

The Parent’s proceeds from securities issued in the first quarter 2013 were used for general corporate purposes, and, unless otherwise specified in the applicable prospectus or prospectus supplement, we expect the proceeds from securities issued in the future will be used for the same purposes. Depending on market conditions, we may purchase our outstanding debt securities from time to time in privately negotiated or open market transactions, by tender offer, or otherwise.

Table 45 provides information regarding the Parent’s medium-term note (MTN) programs. The Parent may issue senior and subordinated debt securities under Series L & M, and the European and Australian programmes. Under Series K, the Parent may issue senior debt securities linked to one or more indices or bearing interest at a fixed or floating rate.

Table 45: Medium-Term Note (MTN) Programs

 

 

         March 31, 2013 
(in billions) Date
established
     Debt
issuance
authority
  Available
for
issuance
 

 

 

MTN program:

    

Series L & M (1)

  May 2012    $25.0   18.9 

Series K (1) (3)

  April 2010     25.0   22.8 

European (2) (3)

  December 2009     25.0   20.2 

Australian (2) (4)

  June 2005    AUD    10.0   5.8 
    

 

 

 

(1)SEC registered.
(2)Not registered with the SEC. May not be offered in the United States without applicable exemptions from registration.
(3)As amended in April 2012.
(4)As amended in October 2005 and March 2010.

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. is authorized by its board of directors to issue $100 billion in outstanding short-term debt and $125 billion in outstanding long-term debt. At March 31, 2013, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. had available $100 billion in short-term debt issuance authority and $99.5 billion in long-term debt issuance authority. In March 2012, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. established a $100 billion bank note program under which, subject to any other debt outstanding under the limits described above, it may issue $50 billion in outstanding short-term senior notes and $50 billion in outstanding long-term senior or subordinated notes. During first quarter 2013, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. issued $3.0 billion of senior notes. At March 31, 2013, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. had remaining issuance capacity under the bank note program of $50 billion in short-term

senior notes and $42.5 billion in long-term senior or subordinated notes.

Wells Fargo Canada Corporation In January 2012, Wells Fargo Canada Corporation (WFCC, formerly known as Wells Fargo Financial Canada Corporation), an indirect wholly owned Canadian subsidiary of the Parent, qualified with the Canadian provincial securities commissions a base shelf prospectus for the distribution from time to time in Canada of up to CAD $7.0 billion in medium-term notes. During first quarter 2013, WFCC issued CAD $500 million in medium-term notes. At March 31, 2013, CAD $3.5 billion remained available for future issuance. All medium-term notes issued by WFCC are unconditionally guaranteed by the Parent.

FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK MEMBERSHIP We are a member of the Federal Home Loan Banks based in Dallas, Des Moines and San Francisco (collectively, the FHLBs). Each member of the FHLBs is required to maintain a minimum investment in capital stock of the applicable FHLB. The board of directors of each FHLB can increase the minimum investment requirements in the event it has concluded that additional capital is required to allow it to meet its own regulatory capital requirements. Any increase in the minimum investment requirements outside of specified ranges requires the approval of the Federal Housing Finance Board. Because the extent of any obligation to increase our investment in any of the FHLBs depends entirely upon the occurrence of a future event, potential future payments to the FHLBs are not determinable.

The FHLBs are a group of cooperatives that lending institutions use to finance housing and economic development in local communities. About 80% of U.S. lending institutions, including Wells Fargo, rely on the FHLBs for low-cost funds. We use the funds to support home mortgage lending and other community investments.

 

 

51


Table of Contents

Capital Management

 

 

We have an active program for managing stockholders’ equity and regulatory capital, and maintain a comprehensive process for assessing the Company’s overall capital adequacy. We generate capital primarily through the retention of earnings net of dividends. Our objective is to maintain capital at an amount commensurate with our risk profile and risk tolerance objectives, and to meet both regulatory and market expectations. Our potential sources of stockholders’ equity include retained earnings and issuances of common and preferred stock. Retained earnings increased $3.6 billion from December 31, 2012, predominantly from Wells Fargo net income of $5.2 billion, less common and preferred stock dividends of $1.6 billion. During first quarter 2013, we issued approximately 39 million shares of common stock, substantially all of which related to employee benefit plans. We also issued 25 million Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share of the Company’s newly issued Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock, Series P, for an aggregate public offering price of $625 million. We also repurchased approximately 11 million shares of common stock in open market transactions and from employee benefit plans, at a net cost of $383 million, and approximately 6 million shares of common stock in settlement of a $200 million forward purchase contract entered into in fourth quarter 2012. In addition, the Company entered into a forward purchase contract in April 2013 and paid $500 million to an unrelated third party. This contract expires in third quarter 2013; however, the counterparty has the right to accelerate settlement. Also, the Company redeemed $2.8 billion of trust preferred securities in first quarter 2013 consistent with the capital plan included in the 2012 CCAR. For additional information about our forward repurchase agreements see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in this Report.

Regulatory Capital Guidelines

The Company and each of our subsidiary banks are subject to various regulatory capital adequacy requirements administered by the FRB and the OCC. Risk-based capital (RBC) guidelines establish a risk-adjusted ratio relating capital to different categories of assets and off-balance sheet exposures. At March 31, 2013, the Company and each of our subsidiary banks were “well-capitalized” under applicable regulatory capital adequacy guidelines. See Note 19 (Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements) to Financial Statements in this Report for additional information.

Current regulatory RBC rules are based primarily on broad credit-risk considerations and limited market-related risks, but do not take into account other types of risk facing a financial services company. Our capital adequacy assessment process contemplates a wide range of risks that the Company is exposed to and also takes into consideration our performance under a variety of stressed economic conditions, as well as regulatory expectations and guidance, rating agency viewpoints and the view of capital markets participants.

Effective January 1, 2013, the Company implemented changes to the market risk capital rule, commonly referred to as

Basel 2.5, as required by the U.S. banking regulators. Basel 2.5 requires banking organizations with significant trading activities to adjust their capital requirements to better account for the market risks of those activities. Adoption of the market risk capital rule is reflected in the Company’s calculation of risk weighted assets and negatively impacted first quarter capital ratios under Basel I by approximately 25 basis points, but did not impact our ratio under Basel III, as its impact has historically been included in our calculations. For additional information see the “Risk Management – Asset/Liability Management” section in this Report.

In 2007, U.S. banking regulators approved a final rule adopting international guidelines for determining regulatory capital known as “Basel II.” Basel II incorporates three pillars that address (a) capital adequacy, (b) supervisory review, which relates to the computation of capital and internal assessment processes, and (c) market discipline, through increased disclosure requirements. We entered the “parallel run phase” of Basel II in July 2012. During the “parallel run phase,” banks must successfully complete at least a four quarter evaluation period under supervision from regulatory agencies in order to be compliant with the Basel II final rule.

In December 2010, the BCBS finalized a set of international guidelines for determining regulatory capital known as “Basel III.” These guidelines were developed in response to the financial crisis of 2008 and 2009 and were intended to address many of the weaknesses identified in the banking sector as contributing to the crisis including excessive leverage, inadequate and low quality capital and insufficient liquidity buffers. The guidelines, among other things, increase minimum capital requirements and when fully phased in require bank holding companies (BHCs) to maintain a minimum ratio of Tier 1 common equity to risk-weighted assets of at least 7.0% consisting of a minimum ratio of 4.5% plus a 2.5% capital conservation buffer.

The BCBS has also issued additional Tier 1 common equity surcharge requirements for global systemically important banks (G-SIBs). The surcharge ranges from 1.0% to 3.5% of risk-weighted assets depending on the bank’s systemic importance, which is determined under an indicator-based approach that considers five broad categories: cross-jurisdictional activity; size; inter-connectedness; substitutability/financial institution infrastructure and complexity. These additional capital requirements for G-SIBs, which will be phased in beginning in January 2016 and become fully effective on January 1, 2019, are in addition to the minimum Basel III 7.0% Tier 1 common equity requirement finalized in December 2010. The Financial Stability Board (FSB), in an updated list published in November 2012 based on year-end 2011 data, identified the Company as one of the 28 G-SIBs and provisionally determined that the Company’s surcharge would be 1.0%. The FSB may revise the list of G-SIBs and their required surcharges prior to implementation based on additional or future data.

U.S. regulatory authorities have been considering the BCBS capital guidelines and proposals, and in June 2012, the U.S. banking regulators jointly issued three notices of proposed

 

 

52


Table of Contents

rulemaking that are essentially intended to implement the BCBS capital guidelines for U.S. banks. Together these notices of proposed rulemaking would, among other things:

 

  

implement in the United States the Basel III regulatory capital reforms including those that revise the definition of capital, increase minimum capital ratios, and introduce a minimum Tier 1 common equity ratio of 4.5% and a capital conservation buffer of 2.5% (for a total minimum Tier 1 common equity ratio of 7.0%) and a potential countercyclical buffer of up to 2.5%, which would be imposed by regulators at their discretion if it is determined that a period of excessive credit growth is contributing to an increase in systemic risk;

 

  

revise “Basel I” rules for calculating risk-weighted assets to enhance risk sensitivity;

 

  

modify the existing Basel II advanced approaches rules for calculating risk-weighted assets to implement Basel III; and

 

  

comply with the Dodd-Frank Act provision prohibiting the reliance on external credit ratings.

Although the proposals contemplated an effective date of January 1, 2013, with phased in compliance requirements, the rules have not yet been finalized by the U.S. banking regulators due to the volume of comments received and concerns expressed during the comment period. The notices of proposed rulemaking did not address the BCBS capital surcharge proposals for G-SIBs or the proposed Basel III liquidity standards. U.S. regulatory authorities have indicated that these proposals will be addressed at a later date.

Although uncertainty exists regarding final capital rules, we evaluate the impact of Basel III on our capital ratios based on our interpretation of the proposed capital requirements and we estimate that our Tier 1 common equity ratio under the Basel III capital proposals exceeded the fully phased-in minimum of 7.0% by 139 basis points at March 31, 2013. The proposed Basel III capital rules and interpretations and assumptions used in estimating our Basel III calculations are subject to change depending on final promulgation of Basel III capital rulemaking.

In October 2012, the FRB issued final rules regarding stress testing requirements as required under the Dodd-Frank Act provision imposing enhanced prudential standards on large BHCs such as Wells Fargo. The OCC issued and finalized similar rules during 2012 for stress testing of large national banks. These stress testing rules, which became effective for Wells Fargo on November 15, 2012, set forth the timing and type of stress test activities large BHCs and banks must undertake as well as rules governing stress testing controls, oversight and disclosure requirements.

Table 46 and Table 47, which appear at the end of this Capital Management section, provide information regarding our Tier 1 common equity calculations under Basel I and as estimated under Basel III, respectively.

Capital Planning

Under the FRB’s capital plan rule, large BHCs are required to submit capital plans annually for review to determine if the FRB had any objections before making any capital distributions. The rule requires updates to capital plans in the event of material changes in a BHC’s risk profile, including as a result of any significant acquisitions.

Under the FRB’s capital plan rule, our 2013 CCAR included a comprehensive capital plan supported by an assessment of expected uses and sources of capital over a given planning horizon under a range of expected and stress scenarios, similar to the process the FRB used to conduct a CCAR in 2012. As part of the 2013 CCAR, the FRB also generated a supervisory stress test driven by a sharp decline in the economy and significant decline in asset pricing using the information provided by the Company to estimate performance. The FRB reviewed the supervisory stress results both as required under the Dodd-Frank Act using a common set of capital actions for all large BHCs and by taking into account the Company’s proposed capital actions. The FRB published its supervisory stress test results as required under the Dodd-Frank Act on March 7, 2013. On March 14, 2013, the FRB notified us that it did not object to our capital plan included in the 2013 CCAR. The capital plan included an increase in our second quarter 2013 common stock dividend rate to $0.30 per share, which was approved by the Board on April 23, 2013.

Securities Repurchases

From time to time the Board authorizes the Company to repurchase shares of our common stock. Although we announce when the Board authorizes share repurchases, we typically do not give any public notice before we repurchase our shares. Future stock repurchases may be private or open-market repurchases, including block transactions, accelerated or delayed block transactions, forward transactions, and similar transactions. Additionally, we may enter into plans to purchase stock that satisfy the conditions of Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Various factors determine the amount and timing of our share repurchases, including our capital requirements, the number of shares we expect to issue for employee benefit plans and acquisitions, market conditions (including the trading price of our stock), and regulatory and legal considerations, including the FRB’s response to our capital plan and to changes in our risk profile.

In October 2012, the Board authorized the repurchase of 200 million shares. At March 31, 2013, we had remaining authority under this authorization to purchase approximately 181 million shares, subject to regulatory and legal conditions. For more information about share repurchases during 2013, see Part II, Item 2 of this Report.

Historically, our policy has been to repurchase shares under the “safe harbor” conditions of Rule 10b-18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 including a limitation on the daily volume of repurchases. Rule 10b-18 imposes an additional daily volume limitation on share repurchases during a pending merger or acquisition in which shares of our stock will constitute some or all of the consideration. Our management may determine that during a pending stock merger or acquisition when the safe

 

 

53


Table of Contents

Capital Management (continued)

 

harbor would otherwise be available, it is in our best interest to repurchase shares in excess of this additional daily volume limitation. In such cases, we intend to repurchase shares in compliance with the other conditions of the safe harbor, including the standing daily volume limitation that applies whether or not there is a pending stock merger or acquisition.

In connection with our participation in the Capital Purchase Program (CPP), a part of the Troubled Asset Relief Program (TARP), we issued to the U.S. Treasury Department warrants to purchase 110,261,688 shares of our common stock with an exercise price of $34.01 per share expiring on October 28, 2018. The Board authorized the repurchase by the Company of up to

$1 billion of the warrants. On May 26, 2010, in an auction by the U.S. Treasury, we purchased 70,165,963 of the warrants at a price of $7.70 per warrant. We have purchased an additional 986,426 warrants, all on the open market, since the U.S. Treasury auction. At March 31, 2013, there were 39,109,299 warrants outstanding and exercisable and $452 million of unused warrant repurchase authority. Depending on market conditions, we may purchase from time to time additional warrants in privately negotiated or open market transactions, by tender offer or otherwise.

 

 

Table 46: Tier 1 Common Equity Under Basel I (1)

 

 
     Mar. 31,  Dec. 31, 
(in billions)    2013  2012 

 

 

Total equity

   $            163.4   158.9 

Noncontrolling interests

    (1.3  (1.3

 

 

Total Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity

    162.1   157.6 

 

 

Adjustments:

    

Preferred equity

    (12.6  (12.0

Goodwill and intangible assets (other than MSRs)

    (32.5  (32.9

Applicable deferred taxes

    3.1   3.2 

MSRs over specified limitations

    (0.8  (0.7

Cumulative other comprehensive income

    (5.1  (5.6

Other

    (0.6  (0.6

 

 

Tier 1 common equity

  (A) $113.6   109.0 

 

 

Total risk-weighted assets (2)

  (B) $1,094.3   1,077.1 

 

 

Tier 1 common equity to total risk-weighted assets (2)

  (A)/(B)  10.39  10.12 

 

 

 

(1)Tier 1 common equity is a non-GAAP financial measure that is used by investors, analysts and bank regulatory agencies to assess the capital position of financial services companies. Management reviews Tier 1 common equity along with other measures of capital as part of its financial analyses and has included this non-GAAP financial information, and the corresponding reconciliation to total equity, because of current interest in such information on the part of market participants. Effective January 1, 2013, we implemented changes to the market risk capital rule, commonly referred to as Basel 2.5. Adoption of Basel 2.5 negatively impacted the ratios under Basel I by approximately 25 basis points as of March 31, 2013.
(2)Under the regulatory guidelines for risk-based capital, on-balance sheet assets and credit equivalent amounts of derivatives and off-balance sheet items are assigned to one of several broad risk categories according to the obligor or, if relevant, the guarantor or the nature of any collateral. The aggregate dollar amount in each risk category is then multiplied by the risk weight associated with that category. The resulting weighted values from each of the risk categories are aggregated for determining total risk-weighted assets.

 

54


Table of Contents

Table 47: Tier 1 Common Equity Under Basel III (Estimated) (1)(2)

 

 
(in billions)    March 31,
2013
 

 

 

Tier 1 common equity under Basel I

   $113.6 

 

 

Adjustments from Basel I to Basel III (3) (5):

   

Cumulative other comprehensive income related to AFS securities and defined benefit pension plans

    4.8 

Other

    0.5 

 

 

Total adjustments from Basel I to Basel III

    5.3 

Threshold deductions, as defined under Basel III (4) (5)

    (0.9

 

 

Tier 1 common equity anticipated under Basel III

  (C) $118.0 

 

 

Total risk-weighted assets anticipated under Basel III (6)

  (D) $1,406.2 

 

 

Tier 1 common equity to total risk-weighted assets anticipated under Basel III

  (C)/(D)  8.39

 

 

 

(1)Tier 1 common equity is a non-GAAP financial measure that is used by investors, analysts and bank regulatory agencies to assess the capital position of financial services companies. Management reviews Tier 1 common equity along with other measures of capital as part of its financial analyses and has included this non-GAAP financial information, and the corresponding reconciliation to total equity, because of current interest in such information on the part of market participants.
(2)The Basel III Tier 1 common equity and risk-weighted assets are calculated based on management’s current interpretation of the Basel III capital rules proposed by federal banking agencies in notices of proposed rulemaking announced in June 2012. The proposed rules and interpretations and assumptions used in estimating Basel III calculations are subject to change depending on final promulgations of Basel III capital rules.
(3)Adjustments from Basel I to Basel III represent reconciling adjustments, primarily certain components of cumulative other comprehensive income deducted for Basel I purposes, to derive Tier 1 common equity under Basel III.
(4)Threshold deductions, as defined under Basel III, include individual and aggregate limitations, as a percentage of Tier 1 common equity, with respect to MSRs (net of related deferred tax liability, which approximates the MSR book value times the applicable statutory tax rates), deferred tax assets and investments in unconsolidated financial companies.
(5)Volatility in interest rates can have a significant impact on the valuation of cumulative other comprehensive income and MSRs and therefore, may impact adjustments from Basel I to Basel III, and MSRs subject to threshold deductions, as defined under Basel III, in future reporting periods.
(6)Under current Basel proposals, risk-weighted assets incorporate different classifications of assets, with certain risk weights based on a borrower’s credit rating or Wells Fargo’s own risk models, along with adjustments to address a combination of credit/counterparty, operational and market risks, and other Basel III elements. The amount of risk-weighted assets anticipated under Basel III is preliminary and subject to change depending on final promulgation of Basel III capital rulemaking and interpretations thereof by regulatory authorities.

Regulatory Reform

 

 

The financial services industry is experiencing a significant increase in regulation and regulatory oversight initiatives that may substantially change how most U.S. financial services companies conduct business. Regulation mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act is the source of most current U.S. regulatory reform, and many aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act remain subject to final

rulemaking, guidance, and interpretation by regulatory authorities.

For a discussion of the significant regulations and regulatory oversight initiatives that have affected or may affect our business, we refer you to the “Regulatory Reform” section of our 2012 Form 10-K.

 

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

 

Our significant accounting policies (see Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in our 2012 Form 10-K) are fundamental to understanding our results of operations and financial condition because they require that we use estimates and assumptions that may affect the value of our assets or liabilities and financial results. Six of these policies are critical because they require management to make difficult, subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because it is likely that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions or using different assumptions. These policies govern:

 

 

the allowance for credit losses;

 

PCI loans;

 

 

the valuation of residential MSRs;

 

 

liability for mortgage loan repurchase losses;

 

 

the fair valuation of financial instruments; and

 

 

income taxes.

Management has reviewed and approved these critical accounting policies and has discussed these policies with the Board’s Audit and Examination Committee. These policies are described further in the “Financial Review – Critical Accounting Policies” section and Note 1 (Summary of Significant Accounting Policies) to Financial Statements in our 2012 Form 10-K.

 

 

Current Accounting Developments

 

 

There are no pending accounting pronouncements issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) that would impact the Company.

 

 

55


Table of Contents

Forward-Looking Statements

 

 

This Report contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements can be identified by words such as “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “seeks,” “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “target,” “projects,” “outlook,” “forecast,” “will,” “may,” “could,” “should,” “can” and similar references to future periods. Examples of forward-looking statements in this Report include, but are not limited to, statements we make about: (i) future results of the Company, including our outlook for future growth; (ii) our noninterest expense and efficiency ratio, including our targeted efficiency ratio range as part of our expense management initiatives; (iii) future credit quality and performance, including our expectations regarding future loan losses in our loan portfolios and life-of-loan estimates; our foreign loan exposure; the level and loss content of NPAs and nonaccrual loans; the appropriateness of the allowance for credit losses, including our current expectation of future allowance releases; the recast risk in our Pick-a-Pay portfolio; and the reduction or mitigation of risk in our loan portfolios and the effects of loan modification programs; (iv) our expectations regarding net interest income and net interest margin; (v) future capital levels and our estimated Tier 1 common equity ratio as of March 31, 2013, under proposed Basel III capital standards; (vi) our mortgage repurchase exposure and exposure relating to our mortgage practices, including foreclosures and servicing; (vii) our mortgage originations, including mortgage volume, sale or retention of our mortgage production, and gain on sale margins; (viii) our expectations regarding compliance and the anticipated impact of regulations and initiatives of federal and state government entities related to our mortgage servicing and foreclosure practices, our loan modification efforts and our refinancing activities; (ix) the expected outcome and impact of legal, regulatory and legislative developments, including the Dodd-Frank Act; (x) future common stock dividends, common share repurchases and other uses of capital; (xi) our targeted range for ROA and ROE; (xii) our full year 2013 effective income tax rate; and (xiii) the Company’s plans, objectives and strategies, including our belief that we have more opportunity to increase cross-sell of our products.

Forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations and assumptions regarding our business, the economy and other future conditions. Because forward-looking statements relate to the future, they are subject to inherent uncertainties, risks and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict. Our actual results may differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements. We caution you, therefore, against relying on any of these forward-looking statements. They are neither statements of historical fact nor guarantees or assurances of future performance. While there is no assurance that any list of risks and uncertainties or risk factors is complete, important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements include the following, without limitation:

 

 

current and future economic and market conditions, including the effects of declines in housing prices, high unemployment rates, U.S. fiscal debt, budget and tax

 

matters, the sovereign debt crisis and economic difficulties in Europe, and the overall slowdown in global economic growth;

 

 

our capital and liquidity requirements (including under regulatory capital standards, such as the proposed Basel III capital standards, as determined and interpreted by applicable regulatory authorities) and our ability to generate capital internally or raise capital on favorable terms;

 

 

financial services reform and other current, pending or future legislation or regulation that could have a negative effect on our revenue and businesses, including the Dodd-Frank Act and other legislation and regulation relating to bank products and services, as well as the extent of our ability to mitigate the loss of revenue and income from financial services reform and other legislation and regulation;

 

 

the extent of our success in our loan modification efforts, as well as the effects of regulatory requirements or guidance regarding loan modifications or changes in such requirements or guidance;

 

 

the amount of mortgage loan repurchase demands that we receive and our ability to satisfy any such demands without having to repurchase loans related thereto or otherwise indemnify or reimburse third parties, and the credit quality of or losses on such repurchased mortgage loans;

 

 

negative effects relating to our mortgage servicing and foreclosure practices, including our ability to meet our obligations under the settlement in principle with the Department of Justice and other federal and state government entities, as well as changes in our procedures or practices and/or industry standards or practices, regulatory or judicial requirements, penalties or fines, increased servicing and other costs or obligations, including loan modification requirements, or delays or moratoriums on foreclosures;

 

 

our ability to realize our efficiency ratio target as part of our expense management initiatives when and in the range targeted, including as a result of business and economic cyclicality, seasonality, changes in our business composition and operating environment, growth in our businesses and/or acquisitions, and unexpected expenses relating to, among other things, litigation and regulatory matters;

 

 

losses relating to Super Storm Sandy, including the result of damage or loss to our collateral for loans in our consumer and commercial loan portfolios, the extent of insurance coverage, or the level of government assistance for our borrowers;

 

 

the effect of the current low interest rate environment or changes in interest rates on our net interest income, net interest margin and our mortgage originations, MSRs and MHFS;

 

 

hedging gains or losses;

 

a recurrence of significant turbulence or disruption in the capital or financial markets, which could result in, among other things, reduced investor demand for mortgage loans, a reduction in the availability of funding or increased funding

 

 

56


Table of Contents
 

costs, and declines in asset values and/or recognition of OTTI on securities held in our available-for-sale portfolio due to volatility or changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates and/or debt, equity and commodity prices;

 

 

our ability to sell more products to our existing customers through our cross-selling efforts;

 

 

the effect of a fall in stock market prices on our investment banking business and our fee income from our brokerage, asset and wealth management businesses;

 

 

changes in the value of our venture capital investments;

 

 

changes in our accounting policies or in accounting standards or in how accounting standards are to be applied or interpreted;

 

 

mergers, acquisitions and divestitures;

 

 

changes in the Company’s credit ratings and changes in the credit quality of the Company’s customers or counterparties;

 

 

reputational damage from negative publicity, protests, fines, penalties and other negative consequences from regulatory violations and legal actions;

 

 

a failure in or breach of our operational or security systems or infrastructure, or those of our third party vendors and other service providers, including as a result of cyber attacks;

 

the loss of checking and savings account deposits to other investments such as the stock market, and the resulting increase in our funding costs and impact on our net interest margin;

 

 

fiscal and monetary policies of the FRB; and

 

 

the other risk factors and uncertainties described under “Risk Factors” in our 2012 Form 10-K.

In addition to the above factors, we also caution that there is no assurance that our allowance for credit losses will be appropriate to cover future credit losses, especially if housing prices decline or unemployment worsens. Increases in loan charge-offs or in the allowance for credit losses and related provision expense could materially adversely affect our financial results and condition.

Any forward-looking statement made by us in this Report speaks only as of the date on which it is made. Factors or events that could cause our actual results to differ may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of them. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as may be required by law.

 

 

Risk Factors

 

 

An investment in the Company involves risk, including the possibility that the value of the investment could fall substantially and that dividends or other distributions on the investment could be reduced or eliminated. For a discussion of risk factors that could adversely affect our financial results and condition, and the value of, and return on, an investment in the Company, we refer you to the “Risk Factors” section of our 2012 Form 10-K.

 

 

57


Table of Contents

Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

The Company’s management evaluated the effectiveness, as of March 31, 2013, of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures. The Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer participated in the evaluation. Based on this evaluation, the Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of March 31, 2013.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the Company’s Board, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and includes those policies and procedures that:

 

 

pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of assets of the Company;

 

 

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and

 

 

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. No change occurred during first quarter 2013 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

58


Table of Contents

Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statement of Income (Unaudited)

 

 
   Quarter ended March 31, 
(in millions, except per share amounts)  2013   2012 

 

 

Interest income

    

Trading assets

  $327    377 

Securities available for sale

   1,925    2,088 

Mortgages held for sale

   371    459 

Loans held for sale

   3    9 

Loans

   8,861    9,197 

Other interest income

   163    125 

 

 

Total interest income

   11,650    12,255 

 

 

Interest expense

    

Deposits

   369    457 

Short-term borrowings

   20    16 

Long-term debt

   697    830 

Other interest expense

   65    64 

 

 

Total interest expense

   1,151    1,367 

 

 

Net interest income

   10,499    10,888 

Provision for credit losses

   1,219    1,995 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for credit losses

   9,280    8,893 

 

 

Noninterest income

    

Service charges on deposit accounts

   1,214    1,084 

Trust and investment fees

   3,202    2,839 

Card fees

   738    654 

Other fees

   1,034    1,095 

Mortgage banking

   2,794    2,870 

Insurance

   463    519 

Net gains from trading activities

   570    640 

Net gains (losses) on debt securities available for sale (1)

   45    (7

Net gains from equity investments (2)

   113    364 

Lease income

   130    59 

Other

   457    631 

 

 

Total noninterest income

   10,760    10,748 

 

 

Noninterest expense

    

Salaries

   3,663    3,601 

Commission and incentive compensation

   2,577    2,417 

Employee benefits

   1,583    1,608 

Equipment

   528    557 

Net occupancy

   719    704 

Core deposit and other intangibles

   377    419 

FDIC and other deposit assessments

   292    357 

Other

   2,661    3,330 

 

 

Total noninterest expense

   12,400    12,993 

 

 

Income before income tax expense

   7,640    6,648 

Income tax expense

   2,420    2,328 

 

 

Net income before noncontrolling interests

   5,220    4,320 

Less: Net income from noncontrolling interests

   49    72 

 

 

Wells Fargo net income

  $5,171    4,248 

 

 

Less: Preferred stock dividends and other

   240    226 

 

 

Wells Fargo net income applicable to common stock

  $                4,931    4,022 

 

 

Per share information

    

Earnings per common share

  $0.93    0.76 

Diluted earnings per common share

   0.92    0.75 

Dividends declared per common share

   0.25    0.22 

Average common shares outstanding

   5,279.0    5,282.6 

Diluted average common shares outstanding

   5,353.5    5,337.8 

 

 

 

(1)Total other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) losses (gains) were $(15) million and $35 million for first quarter 2013 and 2012, respectively. Of total OTTI, losses of $34 million and $50 million were recognized in earnings, and gains of $(49) million and $(15) million were recognized as non-credit-related OTTI in other comprehensive income for first quarter 2013 and 2012, respectively.
(2)Includes OTTI losses of $44 million and $15 million for first quarter 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

 

59


Table of Contents

Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Unaudited)

 

 
   Quarter ended March 31, 
(in millions)  2013  2012 

 

 

Wells Fargo net income

  $5,171   4,248 

 

 

Other comprehensive income, before tax:

   

Foreign currency translation adjustments (1):

   

Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period

   (18  10 

Securities available for sale:

   

Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period

   (634  1,874 

Reclassification of net gains to net income

   (113  (226

Derivatives and hedging activities:

   

Net unrealized gains arising during the period

   7   42 

Reclassification of net gains on cash flow hedges to net income

   (87  (107

Defined benefit plans adjustments:

   

Net actuarial gains (losses) arising during the period

   6   (5

Amortization of net actuarial loss and other costs to net income

   49   36 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), before tax

   (790  1,624 

Income tax (expense) benefit related to other comprehensive income

   288   (611

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

   (502  1,013 

Less: Other comprehensive income from noncontrolling interests

   3   4 

 

 

Wells Fargo other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

   (505  1,009 

 

 

Wells Fargo comprehensive income

   4,666   5,257 

Comprehensive income from noncontrolling interests

   52   76 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

  $            4,718   5,333 

 

 

 

(1)There was no sale or liquidation of an investment in a foreign entity, and therefore no reclassification adjustment for the quarters ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

 

60


Table of Contents

Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheet (Unaudited)

 

 
   Mar. 31,  Dec. 31, 
(in millions, except shares)  2013  2012 

 

 

Assets

   

Cash and due from banks

  $16,217   21,860 

Federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and other short-term investments

   143,804   137,313 

Trading assets

   62,274   57,482 

Securities available for sale

   248,160   235,199 

Mortgages held for sale (includes $42,624 and $42,305 carried at fair value)

   46,702   47,149 

Loans held for sale (includes $0 and $6 carried at fair value)

   194   110 

Loans (includes $6,183 and $6,206 carried at fair value)

   799,966   799,574 

Allowance for loan losses

   (16,711  (17,060

 

 

Net loans

   783,255   782,514 

 

 

Mortgage servicing rights:

   

Measured at fair value

   12,061   11,538 

Amortized

   1,181   1,160 

Premises and equipment, net

   9,263   9,428 

Goodwill

   25,637   25,637 

Other assets (includes $197 and $0 carried at fair value)

   87,886   93,578 

 

 

Total assets (1)

  $1,436,634   1,422,968 

 

 

Liabilities

   

Noninterest-bearing deposits

  $278,909   288,207 

Interest-bearing deposits

   731,824   714,628 

 

 

Total deposits

   1,010,733   1,002,835 

Short-term borrowings

   60,693   57,175 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

   75,622   76,668 

Long-term debt (includes $0 and $1 carried at fair value)

   126,191   127,379 

 

 

Total liabilities (2)

   1,273,239   1,264,057 

 

 

Equity

   

Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity:

   

Preferred stock

   14,412   12,883 

Common stock – $1-2/3 par value, authorized 9,000,000,000 shares;
issued 5,481,811,474 shares and 5,481,811,474 shares

   9,136   9,136 

Additional paid-in capital

   60,136   59,802 

Retained earnings

   81,264   77,679 

Cumulative other comprehensive income

   5,145   5,650 

Treasury stock – 193,038,624 shares and 215,497,298 shares

   (6,036  (6,610

Unearned ESOP shares

   (1,971  (986

 

 

Total Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity

   162,086   157,554 

Noncontrolling interests

   1,309   1,357 

 

 

Total equity

   163,395   158,911 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

  $        1,436,634   1,422,968 

 

 

 

(1)Our consolidated assets at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, include the following assets of certain variable interest entities (VIEs) that can only be used to settle the liabilities of those VIEs: Cash and due from banks, $156 million and $260 million; Trading assets, $135 million and $114 million; Securities available for sale, $2.6 billion and $2.8 billion; Mortgages held for sale, $257 million and $469 million; Net loans, $9.7 billion and $10.6 billion; Other assets, $434 million and 457 million, and Total assets, $13.2 billion and $14.6 billion, respectively.
(2)Our consolidated liabilities at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, include the following VIE liabilities for which the VIE creditors do not have recourse to Wells Fargo: Short-term borrowings, $3 million and $0 million; Accrued expenses and other liabilities, $105 million and $134 million; Long-term debt, $2.9 billion and $3.5 billion; and Total liabilities, $3.0 billion and $3.6 billion, respectively.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

 

61


Table of Contents

Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity (Unaudited)

 

 

   

 

 
         
   Preferred stock   Common stock 
(in millions, except shares)  Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount 

Balance December 31, 2011

   10,450,690     $11,431      5,262,611,636     $8,931   

Cumulative effect of fair value election for certain residential mortgage servicing rights

                    

Balance January 1, 2012

   10,450,690     $11,431      5,262,611,636     $8,931   

Net income

                    

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

                    

Noncontrolling interests

                    

Common stock issued

             38,592,451      64   

Common stock repurchased

             (7,631,609)         

Preferred stock issued to ESOP

   940,000      940             

Preferred stock released by ESOP

                    

Preferred stock converted to common shares

   (269,694)       (270)       7,928,700      13   

Common stock dividends

                    

Preferred stock dividends

                    

Tax benefit from stock incentive compensation

                    

Stock incentive compensation expense

                    

Net change in deferred compensation and related plans

                    

Net change

   670,306      670      38,889,542      77   

Balance March 31, 2012

   11,120,996     $12,101      5,301,501,178     $9,008   

Balance January 1, 2013

   10,558,865     $12,883      5,266,314,176     $9,136   

Net income

                    

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

                    

Noncontrolling interests

                    

Common stock issued

             31,062,036        

Common stock repurchased

             (16,635,291)         

Preferred stock issued to ESOP

   1,200,000      1,200             

Preferred stock released by ESOP

                    

Preferred stock converted to common shares

   (295,879)       (296)       8,031,929        

Preferred stock issued

   25,000      625             

Common stock dividends

                    

Preferred stock dividends

                    

Tax benefit from stock incentive compensation

                    

Stock incentive compensation expense

                    

Net change in deferred compensation and related plans

                    

Net change

   929,121      1,529      22,458,674      -   

Balance March 31, 2013

   11,487,986     $    14,412      5,288,772,850     $    9,136   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.

 

62


Table of Contents

 

 

Wells Fargo stockholders’ equity    

Additional

paid-in

capital

  

Retained

earnings

 

Cumulative

other

comprehensive

income

 

Treasury

stock

 

Unearned

ESOP

shares

 

Total

Wells Fargo

stockholders’

equity

 

Noncontrolling

interests

 

Total

equity

 55,957  64,385 3,207 (2,744) (926) 140,241 1,446 141,687
    2       2   2
 55,957  64,387 3,207 (2,744) (926) 140,243 1,446 141,689
    4,248       4,248 72 4,320
      1,009     1,009 4 1,013
 (6         (6) (189) (195)
 815          879   879
 150      (214)   (64)   (64)
 88        (1,028) -   -
 (25       295 270   270
 257          -   -
 12  (1,177)       (1,165)   (1,165)
    (219)       (219)   (219)
 104          104   104
 269          269   269
 (52         (52)   (52)
 1,612  2,852 1,009 (214) (733) 5,273 (113) 5,160
 57,569  67,239 4,216 (2,958) (1,659) 145,516 1,333 146,849
 59,802  77,679 5,650 (6,610) (986) 157,554 1,357 158,911
    5,171       5,171 49 5,220
      (505)     (505) 3 (502)
            - (100) (100)
 (10 (10)   898   878   878
 200      (583)   (383)   (383)
 108        (1,308) -   -
 (27       323 296   296
 51      245   -   -
 (15         610   610
 17  (1,336)       (1,319)   (1,319)
    (240)       (240)   (240)
 84          84   84
 317          317   317
 (391     14   (377)   (377)
 334  3,585 (505) 574 (985) 4,532 (48) 4,484
 60,136  81,264 5,145 (6,036) (1,971) 162,086 1,309 163,395

 

63


Table of Contents

Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

 

 

   Quarter ended March 31, 
(in millions)  2013  2012 

Cash flows from operating activities:

   

Net income before noncontrolling interests

  $5,220   4,320 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

   

Provision for credit losses

   1,219   1,995 

Changes in fair value of MSRs, MHFS and LHFS carried at fair value

   (984  (1,007

Depreciation and amortization

   834   649 

Other net gains

   (2,695  (1,663

Stock-based compensation

   625   539 

Excess tax benefits related to stock incentive compensation

   (86  (98

Originations of MHFS

   (99,777  (123,671

Proceeds from sales of and principal collected on mortgages originated for sale

   86,880   91,464 

Originations of LHFS

   -    (5

Proceeds from sales of and principal collected on LHFS

   92   2,893 

Purchases of LHFS

   (75  (2,095

Net change in:

   

Trading assets

   13,135   43,480 

Deferred income taxes

   235   87 

Accrued interest receivable

   (288  (113

Accrued interest payable

   156   184 

Other assets, net

   3,110   5,561 

Other accrued expenses and liabilities, net

   1,536   (6,615

Net cash provided by operating activities

   9,137   15,905 

Cash flows from investing activities:

   

Net change in:

   

Federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and other short-term investments

   (8,186  (29,776

Securities available for sale:

   

Sales proceeds

   1,303   4,242 

Prepayments and maturities

   13,302   12,317 

Purchases

   (32,098  (18,156

Nonmarketable equity investments:

   

Sales proceeds

   283   390 

Purchases

   (467  (524

Loans:

   

Loans originated by banking subsidiaries, net of principal collected

   (6,252  (3,103

Proceeds from sales (including participations) of loans originated for investment

   2,764   2,193 

Purchases (including participations) of loans

   (1,105  (2,423

Principal collected on nonbank entities’ loans

   5,828   2,003 

Loans originated by nonbank entities

   (5,289  (1,620

Net cash paid for acquisitions

   -    (426

Proceeds from sales of foreclosed assets

   2,001   2,365 

Changes in MSRs from purchases and sales

   396   (14

Other, net

   1,363   (429

Net cash used by investing activities

   (26,157  (32,961

Cash flows from financing activities:

   

Net change in:

   

Deposits

   7,898   10,194 

Short-term borrowings

   3,507   1,488 

Long-term debt:

   

Proceeds from issuance

   7,820   8,999 

Repayment

   (7,134  (5,237

Preferred stock:

   

Proceeds from issuance

   610   - 

Cash dividends paid

   (306  (286

Common stock:

   

Proceeds from issuance

   644   879 

Repurchased

   (383  (64

Cash dividends paid

   (1,284  (1,165

Excess tax benefits related to stock incentive compensation

   86   98 

Net change in noncontrolling interests

   (81  (290

Net cash provided by financing activities

   11,377   14,616 

Net change in cash and due from banks

   (5,643  (2,440

Cash and due from banks at beginning of period

   21,860   19,440 

Cash and due from banks at end of period

  $16,217   17,000 

Supplemental cash flow disclosures:

   

Cash paid for interest

  $995   1,183 

Cash paid for income taxes

   377   333 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements. See Note 1 for noncash activities.

 

64


Table of Contents

See the Glossary of Acronyms at the end of this Report for terms used throughout the Financial Statements and related Notes of this Form 10-Q.

Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

 

Wells Fargo & Company is a diversified financial services company. We provide banking, insurance, trust and investments, mortgage banking, investment banking, retail banking, brokerage, and consumer and commercial finance through banking stores, the internet and other distribution channels to consumers, businesses and institutions in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, and in foreign countries. When we refer to “Wells Fargo,” “the Company,” “we,” “our” or “us,” we mean Wells Fargo & Company and Subsidiaries (consolidated). Wells Fargo & Company (the Parent) is a financial holding company and a bank holding company. We also hold a majority interest in a real estate investment trust, which has publicly traded preferred stock outstanding.

Our accounting and reporting policies conform with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and practices in the financial services industry. To prepare the financial statements in conformity with GAAP, management must make estimates based on assumptions about future economic and market conditions (for example, unemployment, market liquidity, real estate prices, etc.) that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and income and expenses during the reporting period and the related disclosures. Although our estimates contemplate current conditions and how we expect them to change in the future, it is reasonably possible that actual conditions could be worse than anticipated in those estimates, which could materially affect our results of operations and financial condition. Management has made significant estimates in several areas, including allowance for credit losses and purchased credit-impaired (PCI) loans (Note 5), valuations of residential mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) (Notes 7 and 8) and financial instruments (Note 13), liability for mortgage loan repurchase losses (Note 8) and income taxes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

These unaudited interim financial statements reflect all adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair statement of the results for the periods presented. These adjustments are of a normal recurring nature, unless otherwise disclosed in this Form 10-Q. The results of operations in the interim financial statements do not necessarily indicate the results that may be expected for the full year. The interim financial information should be read in conjunction with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 (2012 Form 10-K).

Accounting Standards Adopted in 2013

In first quarter 2013, we adopted the following new accounting guidance:

  

Accounting Standards Update (ASU or Update) 2011-11, Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities;

  

ASU 2013-01, Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities; and

  

ASU 2013-02, Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.

 

ASU 2011-11 expands the disclosure requirements for certain financial instruments and derivatives that are subject to enforceable master netting agreements or similar arrangements. The disclosures are required regardless of whether the instruments have been offset (or netted) in the statement of financial position. Under ASU 2011-11, companies must describe the nature of offsetting arrangements and provide quantitative information about those agreements, including the gross and net amounts of financial instruments that are recognized in the statement of financial position. In January 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-01, which clarifies the scope of ASU 2011-11 by limiting the disclosures to derivatives, repurchase agreements, and securities lending transactions to the extent they are subject to an enforceable master netting or similar arrangement. We adopted this guidance in first quarter 2013 with retrospective application. These Updates did not affect our consolidated financial results since they amend only the disclosure requirements for offsetting financial instruments. See Notes 10 and 12 for the new disclosures.

ASU 2013-02 requires companies to disclose the effect on net income line items from significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income and entirely into net income. If reclassifications are partially or entirely capitalized on the balance sheet, then companies must provide a cross-reference to disclosures that provide information about the effect of the reclassifications. We adopted this guidance in first quarter 2013 with retrospective application. This Update did not affect our consolidated financial results as it amends only the disclosure requirements for accumulated other comprehensive income. See Note 17 for expanded disclosures on reclassification adjustments.

Private Share Repurchases

In December 2012, we entered into a private forward repurchase contract with an unrelated third party. This contract settled in first quarter 2013 for approximately 6 million shares of our common stock. We entered into this transaction to complement our open-market common stock repurchase strategies, to allow us to manage our share repurchases in a manner consistent with our capital plan submitted under the 2012 Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR), and to provide an economic benefit to the Company. In connection with this contract, we paid $200 million to the counterparty, which was recorded in permanent equity in the quarter paid and was not subject to re-measurement. The classification of the up-front payment as permanent equity assured that we would have appropriate repurchase timing consistent with our 2012 capital plan, which contemplated a fixed dollar amount available per quarter for share repurchases pursuant to Federal Reserve Board (FRB) supervisory guidance. In return, the counterparty agreed to deliver a variable number of shares based on a per share

 

 

65


Table of Contents

Note 1: Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

discount to the volume-weighted average stock price over the contract period. The counterparty had the right to accelerate settlement with delivery of shares prior to the contractual settlement. There were no scenarios where the contracts would not either physically settle in shares or allow us to choose the settlement method.

 

In April 2013 we entered into a similar private forward repurchase contract and paid $500 million to an unrelated third party. This contract expires in third quarter 2013; however, the counterparty has the right to accelerate settlement. The amount we paid to the counterparty meets accounting requirements to be treated as a permanent equity reduction.

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION  Noncash activities are presented below, including information on transfers affecting MHFS, LHFS, and MSRs.

 

  
   Quarter ended March 31, 
(in millions)  2013  2012 

Transfers from (to) loans to (from) securities available for sale

  $(108  588 

Trading assets retained from securitization of MHFS

   17,940   41,362 

Capitalization of MSRs from sale of MHFS

   991   1,484 

Transfers from MHFS to foreclosed assets

   9   59 

Transfers from loans to MHFS

   2,475   1,355 

Transfers from loans to LHFS

   86   36 

Transfers from loans to foreclosed assets

   1,308   2,335 

Changes in consolidations (deconsolidations) of variable interest entities:

   

Loans

   (304  (515

Long-term debt

   (342  (515
          

 

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS  We have evaluated the effects of events that have occurred subsequent to period end March 31, 2013, and there have been no material events that would require recognition in our first quarter 2013 consolidated financial statements or disclosure in the Notes to the financial statements.

 

 

66


Table of Contents

Note 2: Business Combinations

 

 

We regularly explore opportunities to acquire financial services companies and businesses. Generally, we do not make a public announcement about an acquisition opportunity until a definitive agreement has been signed. For information on

additional contingent consideration related to acquisitions, which is considered to be a guarantee, see Note 10.

We did not complete any acquisitions in the first quarter 2013 and we had no pending business combinations as of March 31, 2013.

 

 

Note 3: Federal Funds Sold, Securities Purchased under Resale Agreements and Other Short-Term Investments

 

 

The following table provides the detail of federal funds sold, securities purchased under short-term resale agreements (generally less than one year) and other short-term investments. The majority of interest-earning deposits at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, were held at the Federal Reserve.

 

   
   Mar. 31,   Dec. 31, 
(in millions)  2013   2012 

Federal funds sold and securities
purchased under resale agreements

  $37,582    33,884 

Interest-earning deposits

   105,506    102,408 

Other short-term investments

   716    1,021 

Total

  $  143,804    137,313 

We have classified securities purchased under long-term resale agreements (generally one year or more), which totaled $10.5 billion and $9.5 billion at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, in loans. For additional information on the collateral we receive from other entities under resale agreements and securities borrowings, see the “Offsetting of Resale and Repurchase Agreements and Securities Borrowing and Lending Agreements” section of Note 10.

 

 

67


Table of Contents

Note 4: Securities Available for Sale

 

 

The following table provides the amortized cost and fair value by major categories of securities available for sale carried at fair value. The net unrealized gains (losses) are reported on an after-tax basis as a component of cumulative OCI. There were no securities classified as held to maturity as of the periods presented.

 

 

(in millions)  Cost   Gross
unrealized
gains
   Gross
unrealized
losses
  Fair
value
 

March 31, 2013

       

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

  $6,862    34    (12  6,884 

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

   38,925    1,932    (401  40,456 

Mortgage-backed securities:

       

Federal agencies

   101,876    3,767    (171  105,472 

Residential

   13,472    1,829    (42  15,259 

Commercial

   18,492    1,623    (195  19,920 

Total mortgage-backed securities

   133,840    7,219    (408  140,651 

Corporate debt securities

   20,223    1,286    (60  21,449 

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations (1)

   16,085    647    (69  16,663 

Other (2)

   18,792    555    (69  19,278 

Total debt securities

   234,727    11,673    (1,019  245,381 

Marketable equity securities:

       

Perpetual preferred securities

   1,930    357    (25  2,262 

Other marketable equity securities

   333    192    (8  517 

Total marketable equity securities

   2,263    549    (33  2,779 

Total

  $236,990    12,222    (1,052  248,160 

December 31, 2012

       

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

  $7,099    47    -   7,146 

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

   37,120    2,000    (444  38,676 

Mortgage-backed securities:

       

Federal agencies

   92,855    4,434    (4  97,285 

Residential

   14,178    1,802    (49  15,931 

Commercial

   18,438    1,798    (268  19,968 

Total mortgage-backed securities

   125,471    8,034    (321  133,184 

Corporate debt securities

   20,120    1,282    (69  21,333 

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations (1)

   12,726    557    (95  13,188 

Other (2)

   18,410    553    (76  18,887 

Total debt securities

   220,946    12,473    (1,005  232,414 

Marketable equity securities:

       

Perpetual preferred securities

   1,935    281    (40  2,176 

Other marketable equity securities

   402    216    (9  609 

Total marketable equity securities

   2,337    497    (49  2,785 

Total

  $223,283    12,970    (1,054  235,199 

 

(1)Includes collateralized debt obligations with a cost basis and fair value of $543 million and $674 million, respectively, at March 31, 2013, and $556 million and $644 million, respectively, at December 31, 2012.
(2)Included in the “Other” category are asset-backed securities collateralized by auto leases or loans and cash reserves with a cost basis and fair value of $5.6 billion and $5.7 billion, respectively, at March 31, 2013, and $5.9 billion each at December 31, 2012. Also included in the “Other” category are asset-backed securities collateralized by home equity loans with a cost basis and fair value of $626 million and $853 million, respectively, at March 31, 2013, and $695 million and $918 million, respectively, at December 31, 2012. The remaining balances primarily include asset-backed securities collateralized by credit cards and student loans.

 

68


Table of Contents

Gross Unrealized Losses and Fair Value

The following table shows the gross unrealized losses and fair value of securities in the securities available-for-sale portfolio by length of time that individual securities in each category had been in a continuous loss position. Debt securities on which we

have taken credit-related OTTI write-downs are categorized as being “less than 12 months” or “12 months or more” in a continuous loss position based on the point in time that the fair value declined to below the cost basis and not the period of time since the credit-related OTTI write-down.

 

 

    
   Less than 12 months   12 months or more   Total 
(in millions)  

 

Gross

unrealized

losses

  

Fair

value

   

Gross

unrealized

losses

  

Fair

value

   

Gross

unrealized

losses

  

Fair

value

 

March 31, 2013

         

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

  $(12  4,369    -    -     (12  4,369 

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

   (81  5,053    (320  4,031    (401  9,084 

Mortgage-backed securities:

         

Federal agencies

   (171  20,109    -    -     (171  20,109 

Residential

   (16  791    (26  975    (42  1,766 

Commercial

   (14  1,672    (181  2,268    (195  3,940 

Total mortgage-backed securities

   (201  22,572    (207  3,243    (408  25,815 

Corporate debt securities

   (15  1,351    (45  249    (60  1,600 

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations

   (2  2,879    (67  490    (69  3,369 

Other

   (11  1,928    (58  1,005    (69  2,933 

Total debt securities

   (322  38,152    (697  9,018    (1,019  47,170 

Marketable equity securities:

         

Perpetual preferred securities

   (3  175    (22  446    (25  621 

Other marketable equity securities

   (8  58    -    -     (8  58 

Total marketable equity securities

   (11  233    (22  446    (33  679 

Total

  $(333  38,385    (719  9,464    (1,052  47,849 

December 31, 2012

         

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

  $-   -     -    -     -    -  

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

   (55  2,709    (389  4,662    (444  7,371 

Mortgage-backed securities:

         

Federal agencies

   (4  2,247    -    -     (4  2,247 

Residential

   (4  261    (45  1,564    (49  1,825 

Commercial

   (6  491    (262  2,564    (268  3,055 

Total mortgage-backed securities

   (14  2,999    (307  4,128    (321  7,127 

Corporate debt securities

   (14  1,217    (55  305    (69  1,522 

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations

   (2  1,485    (93  798    (95  2,283 

Other

   (11  2,153    (65  1,010    (76  3,163 

Total debt securities

   (96  10,563    (909  10,903    (1,005  21,466 

Marketable equity securities:

         

Perpetual preferred securities

   (3  116    (37  538    (40  654 

Other marketable equity securities

   (9  48    -    -     (9  48 

Total marketable equity securities

   (12  164    (37  538    (49  702 

Total

  $(108  10,727    (946  11,441    (1,054  22,168 

 

69


Table of Contents

Note 4: Securities Available for Sale (continued)

 

 

We do not have the intent to sell any securities included in the previous table. For debt securities included in the table, we have concluded it is more likely than not that we will not be required to sell prior to recovery of the amortized cost basis. We have assessed each security with gross unrealized losses for credit impairment. For debt securities, we evaluate, where necessary, whether credit impairment exists by comparing the present value of the expected cash flows to the securities’ amortized cost basis. For equity securities, we consider numerous factors in determining whether impairment exists, including our intent and ability to hold the securities for a period of time sufficient to recover the cost basis of the securities.

For complete descriptions of the factors we consider when analyzing debt securities for impairment, see Note 1 and Note 5 in our 2012 Form 10-K. There have been no material changes to our methodologies for assessing impairment in first quarter 2013.

The following table shows the gross unrealized losses and fair value of debt and perpetual preferred securities available for sale by those rated investment grade and those rated less than

investment grade, according to their lowest credit rating by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services (S&P) or Moody’s Investors Service (Moody’s). Credit ratings express opinions about the credit quality of a security. Securities rated investment grade, that is those rated BBB- or higher by S&P or Baa3 or higher by Moody’s, are generally considered by the rating agencies and market participants to be low credit risk. Conversely, securities rated below investment grade, labeled as “speculative grade” by the rating agencies, are considered to be distinctively higher credit risk than investment grade securities. We have also included securities not rated by S&P or Moody’s in the table below based on the internal credit grade of the securities (used for credit risk management purposes) equivalent to the credit rating assigned by major credit agencies. The unrealized losses and fair value of unrated securities categorized as investment grade based on internal credit grades were $22 million and $2.5 billion, respectively, at March 31, 2013, and $19 million and $2.0 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2012. If an internal credit grade was not assigned, we categorized the security as non-investment grade.

 

 

 

 

   Investment grade   Non-investment grade 
   Gross      Gross    
   unrealized  Fair   unrealized  Fair 
(in millions)  losses  value   losses  value 

 

 

March 31, 2013

      

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

  $(12  4,369    -    -  

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

   (346  8,556    (55  528 

Mortgage-backed securities:

      

Federal agencies

   (171  20,109    -    -  

Residential

   (3  64    (39  1,702 

Commercial

   (35  2,993    (160  947 

 

 

Total mortgage-backed securities

   (209  23,166    (199  2,649 

 

 

Corporate debt securities

   (23  1,170    (37  430 

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations

   (36  3,183    (33  186 

Other

   (46  2,844    (23  89 

 

 

Total debt securities

   (672  43,288    (347  3,882 

Perpetual preferred securities

   (25  621    -    -  

 

 

Total

  $(697  43,909    (347  3,882 

 

 

December 31, 2012

      

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

  $-   -     -    -  

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

   (378  6,839    (66  532 

Mortgage-backed securities:

      

Federal agencies

   (4  2,247    -    -  

Residential

   (3  78    (46  1,747 

Commercial

   (31  2,110    (237  945 

 

 

Total mortgage-backed securities

   (38  4,435    (283  2,692 

 

 

Corporate debt securities

   (19  1,112    (50  410 

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations

   (49  2,065    (46  218 

Other

   (49  3,034    (27  129 

 

 

Total debt securities

   (533  17,485    (472  3,981 

Perpetual preferred securities

   (40  654    -    -  

 

 

Total

  $(573  18,139    (472  3,981 

 

 

 

70


Table of Contents

Contractual Maturities

The following table shows the remaining contractual maturities and contractual yields (taxable-equivalent basis) of debt securities available for sale. The remaining contractual principal maturities for MBS do not consider prepayments. Remaining

expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to prepay obligations before the underlying mortgages mature.

 

 

             Remaining contractual maturity 
   Total   

Weighted-

average

  Within one year  

After one year

through five years

  

After five years

through ten years

  After ten years 
     

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
(in millions)  amount   yield  Amount   Yield  Amount   Yield  Amount   Yield  Amount   Yield 

 

 

March 31, 2013

                

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

  $6,884    1.62  $386     0.42  $498     1.57  $6,000     1.70  $    

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

   40,456    5.22    2,050     2.49    11,156     2.15    3,209     5.57    24,041     6.82  

Mortgage-backed securities:

                

Federal agencies

   105,472    3.64        3.46    172     4.97    988     3.42    104,309     3.64  

Residential

   15,259    4.36                3.14    533     2.04    14,722     4.44  

Commercial

   19,920    5.34        5.74    93     3.81    108     2.88    19,710     5.36  

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total mortgage-backed securities

   140,651    3.96    12     5.13    269     4.54    1,629     2.93    138,741     3.97  

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Corporate debt securities

   21,449    4.26    1,564     4.07    12,373     3.23    6,159     6.04    1,353     5.78  

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations

   16,663    1.49    84     0.63    1,065     0.80    7,246     1.09    8,268     1.94  

Other

   19,278    1.74    1,973     1.60    9,035     1.70    3,242     1.74    5,028     1.85  

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total debt securities at fair value

  $245,381    3.78  $6,069     2.45  $34,396     2.39  $27,485     3.04  $177,431     4.21 

 

 

December 31, 2012

                

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

  $7,146    1.59  $376     0.43  $661     1.24  $6,109     1.70  $    

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

   38,676    5.29    1,861     2.61    11,620     2.18    3,380     5.51    21,815     7.15  

Mortgage-backed securities:

                

Federal agencies

   97,285    3.82        5.40    106     4.87    1,144     3.41    96,034     3.83  

Residential

   15,931    4.38                  569     2.06    15,362     4.47  

Commercial

   19,968    5.33           78     3.69    101     2.84    19,789     5.35  

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total mortgage-backed securities

   133,184    4.12        5.40    184     4.37    1,814     2.95    131,185     4.13  

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Corporate debt securities

   21,333    4.26    1,037     4.29    12,792     3.19    6,099     6.14    1,405     5.88  

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations

   13,188    1.35    44     0.96    1,246     0.71    7,376     1.01    4,522     2.08  

Other

   18,887    1.85    1,715     1.14    9,589     1.75    3,274     2.11    4,309     2.14  

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total debt securities at fair value

  $232,414    3.91  $5,034     2.28  $36,092     2.37  $28,052     3.07  $163,236     4.44 

 

 

 

71


Table of Contents

Note 4: Securities Available for Sale (continued)

 

Realized Gains and Losses

The following table shows the gross realized gains and losses on sales and OTTI write-downs related to the securities available-

for-sale portfolio, which includes marketable equity securities, as well as net realized gains and losses on nonmarketable equity investments (see Note 6 – Other Assets).

 

 

  
   Quarter ended March 31, 
(in millions)  2013  2012 

Gross realized gains

  $156   281 

Gross realized losses

   (5  (4

OTTI write-downs

   (38  (51

Net realized gains from securities available for sale

   113   226 

Net realized gains from private equity investments

   45   131 

Net realized gains from debt securities and equity investments

  $158   357 

 

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment

The following table shows the detail of total OTTI write-downs included in earnings for debt securities, marketable securities and nonmarketable equity investments.

 

 

 

 

   Quarter ended March 31, 
(in millions)  2013   2012 

 

 

OTTI write-downs included in earnings

    

Debt securities:

    

U.S. states and political subdivisions

  $        -     

Mortgage-backed securities:

    

Residential

   15    14  

Commercial

   15    30  

Corporate debt securities

   2     

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations

   -     

Other debt securities

   2     

 

 

Total debt securities

   34    50  

 

 

Equity securities:

    

Marketable equity securities:

    

Perpetual preferred securities

   -      

Other marketable equity securities

   4      

 

 

Total marketable equity securities

   4     

 

 

Total securities available for sale

   38    51  

Nonmarketable equity investments

   40    14  

 

 

Total OTTI write-downs included in earnings

  $78    65  

 

 

 

72


Table of Contents

Other-Than-Temporarily Impaired Debt Securities

The following table shows the detail of OTTI write-downs on debt securities available for sale included in earnings and the related changes in OCI for the same securities.

 

 

 

 

   Quarter ended March 31, 
(in millions)  2013    2012  

 

 

OTTI on debt securities

    

Recorded as part of gross realized losses:

    

Credit-related OTTI

  $        23     50  

Intent-to-sell OTTI

   11       

 

 

Total recorded as part of gross realized losses

   34     50  

 

 

Changes to OCI for increase (decrease) in non-credit-related OTTI (1):

    

U.S. states and political subdivisions

          

Residential mortgage-backed securities

   (9)     (9)  

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

   (41)     (6)  

Corporate debt securities

        (1)  

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations

   (1)       

Other debt securities

        

 

 

Total changes to OCI for non-credit-related OTTI

   (49)     (15)  

 

 

Total OTTI losses (gains) recorded on debt securities

  $(15)     35  

 

 

 

(1)Represents amounts recorded to OCI on debt securities in periods where credit-related OTTI write-downs have occurred. Increases represent initial or subsequent non-credit-related OTTI on debt securities. Decreases represent partial to full reversal of impairment due to recoveries in the fair value of securities due to factors other than credit.

 

The following table presents a rollforward of the credit loss component recognized in earnings for debt securities we still own (referred to as “credit-impaired” debt securities). The credit loss component of the amortized cost represents the difference between the present value of expected future cash flows discounted using the security’s current effective interest rate and the amortized cost basis of the security prior to considering credit losses. OTTI recognized in earnings for credit-impaired debt securities is presented as additions and is classified into one of two components based upon whether the current period is the first time the debt security was credit-impaired (initial credit impairment) or if the debt security was previously credit-impaired (subsequent credit

impairments). The credit loss component is reduced if we sell, intend to sell or believe we will be required to sell previously credit-impaired debt securities. Additionally, the credit loss component is reduced if we receive or expect to receive cash flows in excess of what we previously expected to receive over the remaining life of the credit-impaired debt security, the security matures or is fully written down.

Changes in the credit loss component of credit-impaired debt securities that were recognized in earnings and related to securities that we do not intend to sell were:

 

 

 

 

   Quarter ended March 31, 
(in millions)  2013  2012  

 

 

Credit loss component, beginning of period

  $        1,289   1,272  

Additions:

   

Initial credit impairments

   1    

Subsequent credit impairments

   22   45  

 

 

Total additions

   23   50  

 

 

Reductions:

   

For securities sold

   (52  (12)  

For recoveries of previous credit impairments (1)

   (8  (8)  

 

 

Total reductions

   (60  (20)  

 

 

Credit loss component, end of period

  $1,252   1,302  

 

 

 

(1)Recoveries of previous credit impairments result from increases in expected cash flows subsequent to credit loss recognition. Such recoveries are reflected prospectively as interest yield adjustments using the effective interest method.

 

73


Table of Contents

Note 4: Securities Available for Sale (continued)

 

To determine credit impairment losses for asset-backed securities (e.g., residential MBS, commercial MBS), we estimate expected future cash flows of the security by estimating the expected future cash flows of the underlying collateral and applying those collateral cash flows, together with any credit enhancements such as subordinated interests owned by third parties, to the security. The expected future cash flows of the underlying collateral are determined using the remaining contractual cash flows adjusted for future expected credit losses (which consider current delinquencies and nonperforming assets

(NPAs), future expected default rates and collateral value by vintage and geographic region) and prepayments. The expected cash flows of the security are then discounted at the security’s current effective interest rate to arrive at a present value amount. Total credit impairment losses on residential MBS that we do not intend to sell are shown in the table below. The table also presents a summary of the significant inputs considered in determining the measurement of the credit loss component recognized in earnings for residential MBS.

 

 

 

 

   Quarter ended March 31, 
  

 

 

 
($ in millions)  2013  2012 

 

 

Credit impairment losses on residential MBS

   

Non-investment grade

  $15   14  

Significant inputs (non-agency – non-investment grade MBS)

   

Expected remaining life of loan loss rate (1):

   

Range (2)

   1-20   1-44   

Credit impairment loss rate distribution (3):

   

0 - 10% range

   94   46  

10 - 20% range

   4   11  

20 - 30% range

   2    

Greater than 30%

   -   42  

Weighted average loss rate (4)

   6    

Current subordination levels (5):

   

Range (2)

   0-41    0-57   

Weighted average (4)

   -    

Prepayment speed (annual CPR (6)):

   

Range (2)

   4-18    5-29   

Weighted average (4)

   14   15  

 

 

 

(1)Represents future expected credit losses on each pool of loans underlying respective securities expressed as a percentage of the total current outstanding loan balance of the pool for each respective security.
(2)Represents the range of inputs/assumptions based upon the individual securities within each category.
(3)Represents distribution of credit impairment losses recognized in earnings categorized based on range of expected remaining life of loan losses. For example 94% of credit impairment losses recognized in earnings for the quarter ended March 31, 2013, had expected remaining life of loan loss assumptions of 0 to 10%.
(4)Calculated by weighting the relevant input/assumption for each individual security by current outstanding amortized cost basis of the security.
(5)Represents current level of credit protection provided by tranches subordinate to our security holdings (subordination), expressed as a percentage of total current underlying loan balance.
(6)Constant prepayment rate.

 

Total credit impairment losses on commercial MBS that we do not intend to sell were $6 million and $30 million for the quarters ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Significant inputs considered in determining the credit impairment losses for commercial MBS are the expected remaining life of loan loss rates and current subordination levels. Prepayment activity on commercial MBS does not significantly impact the determination of their credit impairment because, unlike residential MBS, commercial MBS experience significantly lower prepayments due to certain contractual restrictions, impacting the borrower’s ability to prepay the mortgage. The expected remaining life of loan loss rates for commercial MBS with credit impairment losses ranged from 4% to 14% and 5% to 14%, while the current subordination level ranges were 0% to 21% and 0% to 12% for the quarters ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

 

74


Table of Contents

Note 5: Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses

 

 

The following table presents total loans outstanding by portfolio segment and class of financing receivable. Outstanding balances include a total net reduction of $7.0 billion and $7.4 billion at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, for unearned income, net deferred loan fees, and unamortized

discounts and premiums. Outstanding balances also include PCI loans net of any remaining purchase accounting adjustments. Information about PCI loans is presented separately in the “Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans” section of this Note.

 

 

 

 

(in millions)  Mar. 31,
2013
   Dec. 31,
2012 
 

 

 

Commercial:

    

Commercial and industrial

  $    185,623    187,759  

Real estate mortgage

   106,119    106,340  

Real estate construction

   16,650    16,904  

Lease financing

   12,402    12,424  

Foreign (1)

   40,920    37,771  

 

 

Total commercial

   361,714    361,198  

 

 

Consumer:

    

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

   252,307    249,900  

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

   72,543    75,465  

Credit card

   24,120    24,640  

Automobile

   47,259    45,998  

Other revolving credit and installment

   42,023    42,373  

 

 

Total consumer

   438,252    438,376  

 

 

Total loans

  $799,966    799,574  

 

 

 

(1)Substantially all of our foreign loan portfolio is commercial loans. Loans are classified as foreign if the borrower’s primary address is outside of the United States.

 

Loan Purchases, Sales, and Transfers

The following table summarizes the proceeds paid or received for purchases and sales of loans and transfers from loans held for investment to mortgages/loans held for sale at lower of cost or market. This loan activity primarily includes loans added in business combinations and asset acquisitions, as well as

purchases or sales of commercial loan participation interests, whereby we receive or transfer a portion of a loan after origination. The table excludes PCI loans and loans recorded at fair value, including loans originated for sale because their loan activity normally does not impact the allowance for credit losses.

 

 

 

 

   Quarter ended March 31, 
   2013  2012 
(in millions)  Commercial  Consumer  Total  Commercial  Consumer  Total 

 

 

Loans - held for investment:

       

Purchases (1)

  $        1,026           79   1,105   1,956   83   2,039 

Sales

   (2,016  (316  (2,332          (1,820  (153      (1,973

Transfers to MHFS/LHFS (1)

   (80  (7  (87  (36  (1  (37

 

 

 

(1)The “Purchases” and “Transfers to MHFS/LHFS” categories exclude activity in government insured/guaranteed loans. As servicer, we are able to buy delinquent insured/guaranteed loans out of the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA) pools. These loans have different risk characteristics from the rest of our consumer portfolio, whereby this activity does not impact the allowance for loan losses in the same manner because the loans are predominantly insured by the Federal Housing Administration (FHA) or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA). On a net basis, such purchases net of transfers to MHFS were $2.0 billion and $3.5 billion for the quarters ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

Commitments to Lend

A commitment to lend is a legally binding agreement to lend funds to a customer, usually at a stated interest rate, if funded, and for specific purposes and time periods. We generally require a fee to extend such commitments. Certain commitments are subject to loan agreements with covenants regarding the financial performance of the customer or borrowing base formulas on an ongoing basis that must be met before we are required to fund the commitment. We may reduce or cancel consumer commitments, including home equity lines and credit card lines, in accordance with the contracts and applicable law.

When we make commitments, we are exposed to credit risk. The maximum credit risk for these commitments will generally be lower than the contractual amount because a significant portion of these commitments are expected to expire without being used by the customer. In addition, we manage the potential risk in commitments to lend by limiting the total amount of commitments, both by individual customer and in total, by monitoring the size and maturity structure of these commitments and by applying the same credit standards for these commitments as for all of our credit activities. In some cases, we participate a portion of our interest in a commitment

 

 

75


Table of Contents

Note 5: Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)

 

to others in an arrangement that reduces our contractual commitment amount. We also originate multipurpose lending commitments under which borrowers have the option to draw on the facility for different purposes in one of several forms, including a standby letter of credit. See Note 10 for information on standby letters of credit.

For certain loans and commitments to lend, we may require collateral or a guarantee, based on our assessment of a customer’s credit risk. We may require various types of collateral, including commercial and consumer real estate, autos, other short-term liquid assets such as accounts receivable or inventory and long-lived asset, such as equipment and other business assets. Collateral requirements for each loan or commitment may vary according to the specific credit underwriting, including terms and structure of loans funded immediately or under a commitment to fund at a later date.

The contractual amount of our unfunded credit commitments, net of participations and net of all standby and commercial letters of credit issued under the terms of these commitments, is summarized by portfolio segment and class of financing receivable in the following table:

 

 

 

(in millions) Mar. 31,
2013
  Dec. 31,
2012 
 

 

 

Commercial:

  

Commercial and industrial

 $223,784   215,626  

Real estate mortgage

  6,887   6,165  

Real estate construction

  9,328   9,109  

Foreign

  8,151   8,423  

 

 

Total commercial

  248,150   239,323  

 

 

Consumer:

  

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

  37,064   42,657  

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

  50,237   50,934  

Credit card

  73,911   70,960  

Other revolving credit and installment

  20,852   19,791  

 

 

Total consumer

  182,064   184,342  

 

 

Total unfunded credit commitments

 $    430,214   423,665  

 

 
 

 

76


Table of Contents

Allowance for Credit Losses

The allowance for credit losses consists of the allowance for loan losses and the allowance for unfunded credit commitments. Changes in the allowance for credit losses were:

 

  
   Quarter ended March 31, 
(in millions)  2013  2012  

Balance, beginning of period

  $17,477   19,668 

Provision for credit losses

   1,219   1,995 

Interest income on certain impaired loans (1)

   (73  (87

Loan charge-offs:

   

Commercial:

   

Commercial and industrial

   (181  (359

Real estate mortgage

   (60  (82

Real estate construction

   (5  (80

Lease financing

   (3  (8

Foreign

   (11  (29

 

 

Total commercial

   (260  (558

 

 

Consumer:

   

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

   (475  (828

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

   (514  (820

Credit card

   (266  (301

Automobile

   (164  (179

Other revolving credit and installment

   (182  (194

 

 

Total consumer

   (1,601  (2,322

 

 

Total loan charge-offs

   (1,861  (2,880

 

 

Loan recoveries:

   

Commercial:

   

Commercial and industrial

   88   103 

Real estate mortgage

   31   36 

Real estate construction

   39   13 

Lease financing

   4   6 

Foreign

   8   15 

 

 

Total commercial

   170   173 

 

 

Consumer:

   

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

   46   37 

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

   65   57 

Credit card

   31   59 

Automobile

   88   105 

Other revolving credit and installment

   42   54 

 

 

Total consumer

   272   312 

 

 

Total loan recoveries

   442   485 

 

 

Net loan charge-offs (2)

   (1,419  (2,395

 

 

Allowances related to business combinations/other

   (11  (52

 

 

Balance, end of period

  $17,193   19,129 

 

 

Components:

   

Allowance for loan losses

  $16,711   18,852 

Allowance for unfunded credit commitments

   482   277 

 

 

Allowance for credit losses (3)

  $17,193   19,129 

 

 

Net loan charge-offs (annualized) as a percentage of average total loans (2)

   0.72  1.25 

Allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans (3)

   2.09   2.46 

Allowance for credit losses as a percentage of total loans (3)

   2.15   2.50 

 

 

 

(1)Certain impaired loans with an allowance calculated by discounting expected cash flows using the loan’s effective interest rate over the remaining life of the loan recognize reductions in the allowance as interest income.
(2)For PCI loans, charge-offs are only recorded to the extent that losses exceed the purchase accounting estimates.
(3)The allowance for credit losses includes $80 million and $245 million at March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, related to PCI loans acquired from Wachovia. Loans acquired from Wachovia are included in total loans net of related purchase accounting net write-downs.

 

77


Table of Contents

Note 5: Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)

 

The following table summarizes the activity in the allowance for credit losses by our commercial and consumer portfolio segments.

 

    Quarter ended March 31, 
   2013  2012 
(in millions)          Commercial  Consumer  Total  Commercial  Consumer  Total 

 

 

Balance, beginning of period

  $5,714   11,763   17,477   6,358   13,310   19,668 

Provision for credit losses

   192   1,027   1,219   188   1,807   1,995 

Interest income on certain impaired loans

   (19  (54  (73  (31  (56  (87

Loan charge-offs

   (260  (1,601  (1,861  (558  (2,322  (2,880

Loan recoveries

   170   272   442   173   312   485 

 

 

Net loan charge-offs

   (90  (1,329  (1,419  (385  (2,010  (2,395

 

 

Allowance related to business combinations/other

   (11  -   (11  -   (52  (52

 

 

Balance, end of period

  $5,786   11,407   17,193   6,130   12,999   19,129 

 

 

The following table disaggregates our allowance for credit losses and recorded investment in loans by impairment methodology.

 

   
   Allowance for credit losses   Recorded investment in loans 
(in millions)          Commercial   Consumer   Total   Commercial   Consumer   Total 

 

 

March 31, 2013

            

Collectively evaluated (1) 

  $4,200    7,150    11,350    350,765    389,084    739,849 

Individually evaluated (2)

   1,533    4,230    5,763    7,447    22,941    30,388 

PCI (3)

   53    27    80    3,502    26,227    29,729 

 

 

Total

  $5,786    11,407    17,193    361,714    438,252    799,966 

 

 

December 31, 2012

            

Collectively evaluated (1)

  $3,951    7,524    11,475    349,035    389,559    738,594 

Individually evaluated (2)

   1,675    4,210    5,885    8,186    21,826    30,012 

PCI (3)

   88    29    117    3,977    26,991    30,968 

 

 

Total

  $5,714    11,763    17,477    361,198    438,376    799,574 

 

 

 

(1)Represents loans collectively evaluated for impairment in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 450-20, Loss Contingencies (formerly FAS 5), and pursuant to amendments by ASU 2010-20 regarding allowance for non-impaired loans.
(2)Represents loans individually evaluated for impairment in accordance with ASC 310-10, Receivables (formerly FAS 114), and pursuant to amendments by ASU 2010-20 regarding allowance for impaired loans.
(3)Represents the allowance and related loan carrying value determined in accordance with ASC 310-30, Receivables – Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality (formerly SOP 03-3) and pursuant to amendments by ASU 2010-20 regarding allowance for PCI loans.

 

Credit Quality

We monitor credit quality by evaluating various attributes and utilize such information in our evaluation of the appropriateness of the allowance for credit losses. The following sections provide the credit quality indicators we most closely monitor. The credit quality indicators are generally based on information as of our financial statement date, with the exception of updated Fair Isaac Corporation (FICO) scores and updated loan-to-value (LTV)/combined LTV (CLTV), which are obtained at least quarterly. Generally, these indicators are updated in the second month of each quarter, with updates no older than December 31, 2012. See the “Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans” section of this Note for credit quality information on our PCI portfolio.

COMMERCIAL CREDIT QUALITY INDICATORS In addition to monitoring commercial loan concentration risk, we manage a consistent process for assessing commercial loan credit quality. Generally, commercial loans are subject to individual risk assessment using our internal borrower and collateral quality ratings. Our ratings are aligned to Pass and Criticized categories. The Criticized category includes Special Mention, Substandard, and Doubtful categories which are defined by bank regulatory agencies.

The following table provides a breakdown of outstanding commercial loans by risk category. Of the $18.6 billion in criticized commercial real estate (CRE) loans, $4.0 billion has been placed on nonaccrual status and written down to net realizable collateral value. CRE loans have a high level of monitoring in place to manage these assets and mitigate loss exposure.

 

 

78


Table of Contents

 

 
(in millions)  Commercial
and
industrial
   Real
estate
mortgage
   

Real

estate
construction

   Lease
financing
   Foreign   Total 

 

 

March 31, 2013

            

By risk category:

            

Pass

  $167,516    88,613    12,983    11,776    39,014    319,902 

Criticized

   17,916    15,667    2,900    626    1,201    38,310 

 

 

Total commercial loans (excluding PCI)

   185,432    104,280    15,883    12,402    40,215    358,212 

Total commercial PCI loans (carrying value)

   191    1,839    767    -    705    3,502 

 

 

Total commercial loans

  $185,623    106,119    16,650    12,402    40,920    361,714 

 

 

December 31, 2012

            

By risk category:

            

Pass

  $169,293    87,183    12,224    11,787    35,380    315,867 

Criticized

   18,207    17,187    3,803    637    1,520    41,354 

 

 

Total commercial loans (excluding PCI)

   187,500    104,370    16,027    12,424    36,900    357,221 

Total commercial PCI loans (carrying value)

   259    1,970    877    -    871    3,977 

 

 

Total commercial loans

  $187,759    106,340    16,904    12,424    37,771    361,198 

 

 

 

    The following table provides past due information for commercial loans, which we monitor as part of our credit risk management practices.

 

 

 

 
(in millions)  Commercial
and
industrial
   Real
estate
mortgage
   

Real

estate
construction

   Lease
financing
   Foreign   Total 

 

 

March 31, 2013

            

By delinquency status:

            

Current-29 DPD and still accruing

  $183,759    100,399    14,827    12,339    40,140    351,464 

30-89 DPD and still accruing

   433    619    139    38    12    1,241 

90+ DPD and still accruing

   47    164    47    -    7    265 

Nonaccrual loans

   1,193    3,098    870    25    56    5,242 

 

 

Total commercial loans (excluding PCI)

   185,432    104,280    15,883    12,402    40,215    358,212 

Total commercial PCI loans (carrying value)

   191    1,839    767    -    705    3,502 

 

 

Total commercial loans

  $185,623    106,119    16,650    12,402    40,920    361,714 

 

 

December 31, 2012

            

By delinquency status:

            

Current-29 DPD and still accruing

  $185,614    100,317    14,861    12,344    36,837    349,973 

30-89 DPD and still accruing

   417    503    136    53    12    1,121 

90+ DPD and still accruing

   47    228    27    -    1    303 

Nonaccrual loans

   1,422    3,322    1,003    27    50    5,824 

 

 

Total commercial loans (excluding PCI)

   187,500    104,370    16,027    12,424    36,900    357,221 

Total commercial PCI loans (carrying value)

   259    1,970    877    -    871    3,977 

 

 

Total commercial loans

  $187,759    106,340    16,904    12,424    37,771    361,198 

 

 

 

CONSUMER CREDIT QUALITY INDICATORS We have various classes of consumer loans that present unique risks. Loan delinquency, FICO credit scores and LTV for loan types are common credit quality indicators that we monitor and utilize in our evaluation of the appropriateness of the allowance for credit losses for the consumer portfolio segment.

Many of our loss estimation techniques used for the allowance for credit losses rely on delinquency-based models; therefore, delinquency is an important indicator of credit quality and the establishment of our allowance for credit losses.

 

 

79


Table of Contents

Note 5: Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)

 

The following table provides the outstanding balances of our consumer portfolio by delinquency status.

 

 

 

(in millions)  Real estate
1-4 family
first
mortgage
   Real estate
1-4 family
junior lien
mortgage
   Credit
card
   Automobile   Other
revolving
credit and
installment
   Total 

March 31, 2013

            

By delinquency status:

            

Current-29 DPD

  $183,532    70,561    23,527    46,580    29,766    353,966 

30-59 DPD

   3,071    521    163    532    162    4,449 

60-89 DPD

   1,340    284    124    103    97    1,948 

90-119 DPD

   700    215    111    39    65    1,130 

120-179 DPD

   960    300    193    5    24    1,482 

180+ DPD

   6,251    521    2    -    5    6,779 

Government insured/guaranteed loans (1)

   30,367    -    -    -    11,904    42,271 

Total consumer loans (excluding PCI)

   226,221    72,402    24,120    47,259    42,023    412,025 

Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)

   26,086    141    -    -    -    26,227 

Total consumer loans

  $252,307    72,543    24,120    47,259    42,023    438,252 

December 31, 2012

            

By delinquency status:

            

Current-29 DPD

  $179,870    73,256    23,976    44,973    29,546    351,621 

30-59 DPD

   3,295    577    211    798    168    5,049 

60-89 DPD

   1,528    339    143    164    108    2,282 

90-119 DPD

   853    265    122    57    73    1,370 

120-179 DPD

   1,141    358    187    5    28    1,719 

180+ DPD

   6,655    518    1    1    4    7,179 

Government insured/guaranteed loans (1)

   29,719    -    -    -    12,446    42,165 

Total consumer loans (excluding PCI)

   223,061    75,313    24,640    45,998    42,373    411,385 

Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)

   26,839    152    -    -    -    26,991 

Total consumer loans

  $249,900    75,465    24,640    45,998    42,373    438,376 

 

(1)Represents loans whose repayments are predominantly insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA and student loans whose repayments are predominantly guaranteed by agencies on behalf of the U.S. Department of Education under the Federal Family Education Loan Program (FFELP). Loans insured/guaranteed by the FHA/VA and 90+ DPD totaled $20.2 billion at March 31, 2013, and at December 31, 2012. Student loans 90+ DPD totaled $1.0 billion at March 31, 2013, compared with $1.1 billion at December 31, 2012.

 

Of the $9.4 billion of consumer loans not government insured/guaranteed that are 90 days or more past due at March 31, 2013, $1.1 billion was accruing, compared with $10.3 billion past due and $1.1 billion accruing at December 31, 2012.

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage loans 180 days or more past due totaled $6.3 billion, or 2.8% of total first mortgages (excluding PCI), at March 31, 2013, compared with $6.7 billion, or 3.0%, at December 31, 2012.

The following table provides a breakdown of our consumer portfolio by updated FICO. We obtain FICO scores at loan origination and the scores are updated at least quarterly. The majority of our portfolio is underwritten with a FICO score of 680 and above. FICO is not available for certain loan types and may not be obtained if we deem it unnecessary due to strong collateral and other borrower attributes, primarily securities-based margin loans of $5.1 billion at March 31, 2013, and $5.4 billion at December 31, 2012.

 

 

 

80


Table of Contents

 

 

(in millions)  

Real estate
1-4 family
first

mortgage

   Real estate
1-4 family
junior lien
mortgage
   Credit
card
   Automobile   Other
revolving
credit and
installment
   Total 

March 31, 2013

            

By updated FICO:

            

< 600

  $17,358    5,935    2,400    8,506    1,157    35,356 

600-639

   10,055    3,576    1,965    5,716    976    22,288 

640-679

   15,852    6,419    3,693    8,410    2,049    36,423 

680-719

   24,669    11,012    4,846    8,141    3,787    52,455 

720-759

   31,648    15,218    4,898    5,934    4,986    62,684 

760-799

   65,842    20,773    3,843    5,568    7,086    103,112 

800+

   27,530    8,323    1,998    4,648    1,957    44,456 

No FICO available

   2,900    1,146    477    336    3,049    7,908 

FICO not required

   -    -     -     -     5,072    5,072 

Government insured/guaranteed loans (1)

   30,367    -     -     -     11,904    42,271 

Total consumer loans (excluding PCI)

   226,221    72,402    24,120    47,259    42,023    412,025 

Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)

   26,086    141    -     -     -     26,227 

Total consumer loans

  $252,307    72,543    24,120    47,259    42,023    438,252 

December 31, 2012

            

By updated FICO:

            

< 600

  $17,662    6,122    2,314    7,928    1,163    35,189 

600-639

   10,208    3,660    1,961    5,451    952    22,232 

640-679

   15,764    6,574    3,772    8,142    2,011    36,263 

680-719

   24,725    11,361    4,990    7,949    3,691    52,716 

720-759

   31,502    15,992    5,114    5,787    4,942    63,337 

760-799

   63,946    21,874    4,109    5,400    6,971    102,300 

800+

   26,044    8,526    2,223    4,443    1,912    43,148 

No FICO available

   3,491    1,204    157    898    2,882    8,632 

FICO not required

   -     -     -     -     5,403    5,403 

Government insured/guaranteed loans (1)

   29,719    -     -     -     12,446    42,165 

Total consumer loans (excluding PCI)

   223,061    75,313    24,640    45,998    42,373    411,385 

Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)

   26,839    152    -     -     -     26,991 

Total consumer loans

  $        249,900    75,465    24,640    45,998    42,373    438,376 

 

(1)Represents loans whose repayments are predominantly insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA and student loans whose repayments are predominantly guaranteed by agencies on behalf of the U.S. Department of Education under FFELP.

 

LTV refers to the ratio comparing the loan’s unpaid principal balance to the property’s collateral value. CLTV refers to the combination of first mortgage and junior lien mortgage (including unused line amounts for credit line products) ratios. LTVs and CLTVs are updated quarterly using a cascade approach which first uses values provided by automated valuation models (AVMs) for the property. If an AVM is not available, then the value is estimated using the original appraised value adjusted by the change in Home Price Index (HPI) for the property location. If an HPI is not available, the original appraised value is used. The HPI value is normally the only method considered for high value properties, generally with an original value of $1 million or more, as the AVM values have proven less accurate for these properties.

The following table shows the most updated LTV and CLTV distribution of the real estate 1-4 family first and junior lien mortgage loan portfolios. In recent years, the residential real estate markets experienced significant declines in property values and several markets, particularly California and Florida have experienced more significant declines than the national decline. These trends are considered in the way that we monitor credit risk and establish our allowance for credit losses. LTV does not necessarily reflect the likelihood of performance of a given loan, but does provide an indication of collateral value. In the event of a default, any loss should be limited to the portion of the loan amount in excess of the net realizable value of the underlying real estate collateral value. Certain loans do not have an LTV or CLTV primarily due to industry data availability and portfolios acquired from or serviced by other institutions.

 

 

81


Table of Contents

Note 5: Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)

 

   
   March 31, 2013   December 31, 2012 
(in millions)  Real estate
1-4 family
first
mortgage
by LTV
   Real estate
1-4 family
junior lien
mortgage
by CLTV
   Total   Real estate
1-4 family
first
mortgage
by LTV
   Real estate
1-4 family
junior lien
mortgage
by CLTV
   Total 

By LTV/CLTV:

            

0-60%

  $        58,559    11,626    70,185    56,247    12,170    68,417 

60.01-80%

   70,413    14,796    85,209    69,759    15,168    84,927 

80.01-100%

   36,406    17,464    53,870    34,830    18,038    52,868 

100.01-120% (1)

   16,626    13,259    29,885    17,004    13,576    30,580 

> 120% (1)

   12,268    13,675    25,943    13,529    14,610    28,139 

No LTV/CLTV available

   1,582    1,582    3,164    1,973    1,751    3,724 

Government insured/guaranteed loans (2)

   30,367    -    30,367    29,719    -    29,719 

Total consumer loans (excluding PCI)

   226,221    72,402    298,623    223,061    75,313    298,374 

Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)

   26,086    141    26,227    26,839    152    26,991 

Total consumer loans

  $252,307    72,543    324,850    249,900    75,465    325,365 

 

(1)Reflects total loan balances with LTV/CLTV amounts in excess of 100%. In the event of default, the loss content would generally be limited to only the amount in excess of 100% LTV/CLTV.
(2)Represents loans whose repayments are predominantly insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA.

 

NONACCRUAL LOANS The following table provides loans on nonaccrual status. PCI loans are excluded from this table due to the existence of the accretable yield.

 

 

 

   Mar. 31,   Dec. 31, 
(in millions)  2013   2012 

Commercial:

    

Commercial and industrial

  $1,193    1,422 

Real estate mortgage

   3,098    3,322 

Real estate construction

   870    1,003 

Lease financing

   25    27 

Foreign

   56    50 

Total commercial (1)

   5,242    5,824 

Consumer:

    

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage (2)

   11,320    11,455 

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

   2,712    2,922 

Automobile

   220    245 

Other revolving credit and installment

   32    40 

Total consumer

   14,284    14,662 

Total nonaccrual loans (excluding PCI)

  $        19,526    20,486 

 

(1)Includes LHFS of $15 million and $16 million at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.
(2)Includes MHFS of $368 million and $336 million at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.
 

 

82


Table of Contents

LOANS 90 DAYS OR MORE PAST DUE AND STILL ACCRUING Certain loans 90 days or more past due as to interest or principal are still accruing, because they are (1) well-secured and in the process of collection or (2) real estate 1-4 family mortgage loans or consumer loans exempt under regulatory rules from being classified as nonaccrual until later delinquency, usually 120 days past due. PCI loans of $5.8 billion at March 31, 2013, and $6.0 billion at December 31, 2012, are not included in these past due and still accruing loans even though they are 90 days or more contractually past due. These PCI loans are considered to be accruing due to the existence of the accretable yield and not based on consideration given to contractual interest payments. Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing whose repayments are predominantly insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA for mortgages and the U.S. Department of Education for student loans under the FFELP were $21.7 billion at March 31, 2013, down from $21.8 billion at December 31, 2012.

The following table shows non-PCI loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing by class for loans not government insured/guaranteed.

 

 

 

           Mar. 31,   Dec. 31, 
(in millions)  2013   2012 

Loan 90 days or more past due and still accruing:

    

Total (excluding PCI):

  $23,082    23,245 

Less: FHA insured/guaranteed by the VA (1)(2)

   20,745    20,745 

Less: Student loans guaranteed under the FFELP (3)

   977    1,065 

Total, not government insured/guaranteed

  $1,360    1,435 

By segment and class, not government insured/guaranteed:

    

Commercial:

    

Commercial and industrial

  $47    47 

Real estate mortgage

   164    228 

Real estate construction

   47    27 

Foreign

   7    1 

Total commercial

   265    303 

Consumer:

    

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage (2)

   563    564 

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage (2)

   112    133 

Credit card

   306    310 

Automobile

   33    40 

Other revolving credit and installment

   81    85 

Total consumer

   1,095    1,132 

Total, not government insured/guaranteed

  $1,360    1,435 

 

(1)Represents loans whose repayments are predominantly insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA.
(2)Includes mortgage loans held for sale 90 days or more past due and still accruing.
(3)Represents loans whose repayments are predominantly guaranteed by agencies on behalf of the U.S. Department of Education under the FFELP.

 

 

 

83


Table of Contents

Note 5: Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)

 

IMPAIRED LOANS The table below summarizes key information for impaired loans. Our impaired loans predominantly include loans on nonaccrual status in the commercial portfolio segment and loans modified in a TDR, whether on accrual or nonaccrual status. These impaired loans generally have estimated losses

which are included in the allowance for credit losses. Impaired loans exclude PCI loans. The table below includes trial modifications that totaled $723 million at March 31, 2013, and $705 million at December 31, 2012.

 

 

 

 

       Recorded investment     
(in millions)  Unpaid
principal
balance
   Impaired
loans
   Impaired loans
with related
allowance for
credit losses
   Related
allowance for
credit losses
 

March 31, 2013

        

Commercial:

        

Commercial and industrial

  $        2,851    1,821    1,732    305 

Real estate mortgage

   5,567    4,371    4,249    984 

Real estate construction

   1,701    1,181    1,166    228 

Lease financing

   50    35    35    10 

Foreign

   104    39    22    6 

Total commercial (1)

   10,273    7,447    7,204    1,533 

Consumer:

        

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

   22,547    19,610    15,116    3,063 

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

   2,911    2,523    2,143    942 

Credit card

   502    501    501    203 

Automobile

   331    279    162    21 

Other revolving credit and installment

   34    27    21    1 

Total consumer

   26,325    22,940    17,943    4,230 

Total impaired loans (excluding PCI)

  $36,598    30,387    25,147    5,763 

December 31, 2012

        

Commercial:

        

Commercial and industrial

  $3,331    2,086    2,086    353 

Real estate mortgage

   5,766    4,673    4,537    1,025 

Real estate construction

   1,975    1,345    1,345    276 

Lease financing

   54    39    39    11 

Foreign

   109    43    43    9 

Total commercial (1)

   11,235    8,186    8,050    1,674 

Consumer:

        

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

   21,293    18,472    15,224    3,074 

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

   2,855    2,483    2,070    859 

Credit card

   531    531    531    244 

Automobile

   314    314    314    27 

Other revolving credit and installment

   27    26    26    6 

Total consumer

   25,020    21,826    18,165    4,210 

Total impaired loans (excluding PCI)

  $36,255    30,012    26,215    5,884 

 

(1)Excludes the unpaid principal balance for loans with zero recorded investment.

 

84


Table of Contents

Commitments to lend additional funds on loans whose terms have been modified in a TDR amounted to $409 million at March 31, 2013, and $421 million at December 31, 2012.

The following tables provide the average recorded investment in impaired loans and the amount of interest income recognized on impaired loans by portfolio segment and class.

 

 

 

 

    Quarter ended March 31, 
   2013   2012 
(in millions)  Average
recorded
investment
   Recognized
interest
income
   Average
recorded
investment
   Recognized
interest
income
 

Commercial:

        

Commercial and industrial

  $1,943    26    2,888    39 

Real estate mortgage

   4,421    32    5,135    17 

Real estate construction

   1,271    12    2,197    10 

Lease financing

   37    -     63    -  

Foreign

   32    -     30    -  

Total commercial

   7,704    70    10,313    66 

Consumer:

        

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

   18,944    251    14,501    189 

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

   2,482    35    2,054    22 

Credit card

   517    15    594    14 

Automobile

   298    10    309    18 

Other revolving credit and installment

   26    1    23    - 

Total consumer (1)

   22,267    312    17,481    243 

Total impaired loans (excluding PCI)

  $        29,971    382    27,794    309 

Interest income:

        

Cash basis of accounting

    $123      49 

Other (2)

        259         260 

Total interest income

       $            382         309 

 

(1)Quarter ended March 31, 2013, reflects the OCC guidance issued in third quarter 2012, which requires consumer loans discharged in bankruptcy to be classified as TDRs, as well as written down to net realizable collateral value.
(2)Includes interest recognized on accruing TDRs, interest recognized related to certain impaired loans which have an allowance calculated using discounting, and amortization of purchase accounting adjustments related to certain impaired loans. See footnote 1 to the table of changes in the allowance for credit losses.

 

TROUBLED DEBT RESTRUCTURINGS (TDRs) When, for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, we grant a concession for other than an insignificant period of time to a borrower that we would not otherwise consider, the related loan is classified as a TDR. We do not consider any loans modified through a loan resolution such as foreclosure or short sale to be a TDR.

We may require some borrowers experiencing financial difficulty to make trial payments generally for a period of three to four months, according to the terms of a planned permanent modification, to determine if they can perform according to those terms. These arrangements represent trial modifications, which we classify and account for as TDRs. While loans are in trial payment programs, their original terms are not considered modified and they continue to advance through delinquency status and accrue interest according to their original terms. The planned modifications for these arrangements predominantly involve interest rate reductions or other interest rate concessions; however, the exact concession type and resulting financial effect are usually not finalized and do not take effect until the loan is permanently modified. The trial period terms are developed in accordance with our proprietary programs or the U.S. Treasury’s Making Homes Affordable programs for real estate 1-4 family first lien (i.e. Home Affordable Modification Program – HAMP) and junior lien (i.e. Second Lien Modification Program – 2MP) mortgage loans.

At March 31, 2013, the loans in trial modification period were $395 million under HAMP, $47 million under 2MP and $281 million under proprietary programs, compared with $402 million, $45 million and $258 million at December 31, 2012, respectively. Trial modifications with a recorded investment of $306 million at March 31, 2013, and $429 million at December 31, 2012, were accruing loans and $417 million and $276 million, respectively, were nonaccruing loans. Our recent experience is that most of the mortgages that enter a trial payment period program are successful in completing the program requirements and are then permanently modified at the end of the trial period. As previously discussed, our allowance process considers the impact of those modifications that are probable to occur including the associated credit cost and related re-default risk.

The following table summarizes our TDR modifications for the periods presented by primary modification type and includes the financial effects of these modifications. For those loans that may be modified more than once, the table reflects each modification.

 

 

85


Table of Contents

Note 5: Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)

 

   
   Primary modification type (1)   Financial effects of modifications 
(in millions)  Principal (2)   Interest
rate
reduction
   

Other

interest

rate
concessions (3)

   Total   Charge-
offs (4)
   Weighted
average
interest
rate
reduction
  Recorded
investment
related to
interest rate
reduction (5)
 

Quarter ended March 31, 2013

             

Commercial:

             

Commercial and industrial

  $-     67    327    394    1    7.60  $67 

Real estate mortgage

   24    75    422    521    5    1.82   75 

Real estate construction

   -     -     109    109    4    -   - 

Lease financing

   -     -     -     -     -     -   - 

Foreign

   15    -     -     15    -     -   - 

Total commercial

   39    142    858    1,039    10    4.54   142 

Consumer:

             

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

   344    379    1,381    2,104    97    2.43   623 

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

   27    48    168    243    15    3.24   72 

Credit card

   -     46    -     46    -     10.73   46 

Automobile

   1    6    24    31    8    6.39   6 

Other revolving credit and installment

   -     2    3    5    -     3.89   2 

Trial modifications (6)

   -     -     32    32    -     -   - 

Total consumer

   372    481    1,608    2,461    120    3.06   749 

Total

  $411    623    2,466    3,500    130    3.29  $891 

Quarter ended March 31, 2012

             

Commercial:

             

Commercial and industrial

  $1    8    401    410    3    1.28  $9 

Real estate mortgage

   4    52    485    541    -     1.90   53 

Real estate construction

   -     2    107    109    8    1.06   1 

Lease financing

   -     -     1    1    -     -   - 

Foreign

   -     -     2    2    -     -   - 

Total commercial

   5    62    996    1,063    11    1.79   63 

Consumer:

             

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

   306    297    199    802    59    2.83   540 

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

   19    70    34    123    9    4.02   86 

Credit card

   -     74    -     74    -     10.88   74 

Automobile

   2    19    22    43    6    7.51   20 

Other revolving credit and installment

   -     -     1    1    -     -   - 

Trial modifications (6)

   -     -     577    577    -     -   - 

Total consumer

   327    460    833    1,620    74    3.93   720 

Total

  $        332    522    1,829    2,683    85    3.76  $783 

 

(1)Amounts represent the recorded investment in loans after recognizing the effects of the TDR, if any. TDRs with multiple types of concessions are presented only once in the table in the first category type based on the order presented.
(2)Principal modifications include principal forgiveness at the time of the modification, contingent principal forgiveness granted over the life of the loan based on borrower performance, and principal that has been legally separated and deferred to the end of the loan, with a zero percent contractual interest rate.
(3)Other interest rate concessions include loans modified to an interest rate that is not commensurate with the credit risk, even though the rate may have been increased. These modifications would include renewals, term extensions and other interest adjustments, but exclude modifications that also forgive principal and/or reduce the interest rate. Quarter ended March 31, 2013, includes $1.3 billion of consumer loans resulting from the OCC guidance issued in third quarter 2012, which requires consumer loans discharged in bankruptcy to be classified as TDRs, as well as written down to net realizable collateral value.
(4)Charge-offs include write-downs of the investment in the loan in the period it is contractually modified. The amount of charge-off will differ from the modification terms if the loan has been charged down prior to the modification based on our policies. In addition, there may be cases where we have a charge-off/down with no legal principal modification. Modifications resulted in legally forgiving principal (actual, contingent or deferred) of $134 million and $92 million for quarters ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
(5)Reflects the effect of reduced interest rates on loans with principal or interest rate reduction primary modification type.
(6)Trial modifications are granted a delay in payments due under the original terms during the trial payment period. However, these loans continue to advance through delinquency status and accrue interest according to their original terms. Any subsequent permanent modification generally includes interest rate related concessions; however, the exact concession type and resulting financial effect are usually not known until the loan is permanently modified. Trial modifications for the period are presented net of previously reported trial modifications that became permanent in the current period.

 

86


Table of Contents

The table below summarizes permanent modification TDRs that have defaulted in the current period within 12 months of their permanent modification date. We are reporting these defaulted TDRs based on a payment default definition of 90 days past due for the commercial portfolio segment and 60 days past due for the consumer portfolio segment.

 

 

 

   Recorded
investment of defaults
 
   Quarter ended March 31, 
(in millions)  2013   2012 

Commercial:

    

Commercial and industrial

  $21    110 

Real estate mortgage

   61    252 

Real estate construction

   28    155 

Total commercial

   110    517 

Consumer:

    

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

   83    147 

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

   10    20 

Credit card

   16    27 

Automobile

   4    6 

Total consumer

   113    200 

Total

  $        223    717 
 

 

Purchased Credit-Impaired Loans

Substantially all of our PCI loans were acquired from Wachovia on December 31, 2008. The following table presents PCI loans net of any remaining purchase accounting adjustments. Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage PCI loans are predominantly Pick-a-Pay loans.

 

 

 

 

   March 31,   December 31, 
(in millions)  2013   2012   2008 

Commercial:

      

Commercial and industrial

  $191    259    4,580 

Real estate mortgage

   1,839    1,970    5,803 

Real estate construction

   767    877    6,462 

Foreign

   705    871    1,859 

Total commercial

   3,502    3,977    18,704 

Consumer:

      

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

   26,086    26,839    39,214 

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

   141    152    728 

Automobile

   -    -    151 

Total consumer

   26,227    26,991    40,093 

Total PCI loans (carrying value)

  $29,729    30,968    58,797 

Total PCI loans (unpaid principal balance)

  $        42,971    45,174    98,182 

 

87


Table of Contents

Note 5: Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)

 

ACCRETABLE YIELD The excess of cash flows expected to be collected over the carrying value of PCI loans is referred to as the accretable yield and is recognized in interest income using an effective yield method over the remaining life of the loan, or pools of loans. The accretable yield is affected by:

 

changes in interest rate indices for variable rate PCI loans – expected future cash flows are based on the variable rates in effect at the time of the regular evaluations of cash flows expected to be collected;

 

changes in prepayment assumptions – prepayments affect the estimated life of PCI loans which may change the amount of interest income, and possibly principal, expected to be collected; and

 

changes in the expected principal and interest payments over the estimated life – updates to expected cash flows are driven by the credit outlook and actions taken with borrowers. Changes in expected future cash flows from loan modifications are included in the regular evaluations of cash flows expected to be collected.

The change in the accretable yield related to PCI loans is presented in the following table.

 

 

 

 

(in millions)     

Balance, December 31, 2008

  $10,447 

Addition of accretable yield due to acquisitions

   131 

Accretion into interest income (1)

   (9,351

Accretion into noninterest income due to sales (2)

   (242

Reclassification from nonaccretable difference for loans with improving credit-related cash flows

   5,354 

Changes in expected cash flows that do not affect nonaccretable difference (3)

   12,209 

Balance, December 31, 2012

   18,548 

Addition of accretable yield due to acquisitions

   - 

Accretion into interest income (1)

   (447

Accretion into noninterest income due to sales (2)

   (151

Reclassification from nonaccretable difference for loans with improving credit-related cash flows

   31 

Changes in expected cash flows that do not affect nonaccretable difference (3)

   (16

Balance, March 31, 2013

  $        17,965 

 

(1)Includes accretable yield released as a result of settlements with borrowers, which is included in interest income.
(2)Includes accretable yield released as a result of sales to third parties, which is included in noninterest income.
(3)Represents changes in cash flows expected to be collected due to the impact of modifications, changes in prepayment assumptions, changes in interest rates on variable rate PCI loans and sales to third parties.

 

88


Table of Contents

PCI ALLOWANCE Based on our regular evaluation of estimates of cash flows expected to be collected, we may establish an allowance for a PCI loan or pool of loans, with a charge to income though the provision for losses. The following table summarizes the changes in allowance for PCI loan losses.

 

 

(in millions)  Commercial  Pick-a-Pay   Other
consumer
  Total 

Balance, December 31, 2008

  $ -   -    -   - 

Provision for losses due to credit deterioration

   1,693   -    123   1,816 

Charge-offs

   (1,605  -    (94  (1,699

Balance, December 31, 2012

   88   -    29   117 

Reversal of provision for losses

   (32  -    -   (32

Charge-offs

   (3  -    (2  (5

Balance, March 31, 2013

  $53   -    27   80 

 

COMMERCIAL PCI CREDIT QUALITY INDICATORS The following table provides a breakdown of commercial PCI loans by risk category.

 

 

 

 

(in millions)  Commercial
and
industrial
   Real
estate
mortgage
   

Real

estate
construction

   Foreign   Total 

March 31, 2013

          

By risk category:

          

Pass

  $96    341    222    8    667 

Criticized

   95    1,498    545    697    2,835 

Total commercial PCI loans

  $191    1,839    767    705    3,502 

December 31, 2012

          

By risk category:

          

Pass

  $95    341    207    255    898 

Criticized

   164    1,629    670    616    3,079 

Total commercial PCI loans

  $        259    1,970    877    871    3,977 

 

89


Table of Contents

Note 5: Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses (continued)

 

The following table provides past due information for commercial PCI loans.

 

 

 
(in millions)  Commercial
and
industrial
   Real
estate
mortgage
   

Real

estate
construction

   Foreign   Total     

 

 

March 31, 2013

          

By delinquency status:

          

Current-29 DPD and still accruing

  $187    1,703    608    533    3,031     

30-89 DPD and still accruing

   2    57    28    -     87     

90+ DPD and still accruing

   2    79    131    172    384     

 

 

Total commercial PCI loans

  $191    1,839    767    705    3,502     

 

 

December 31, 2012

          

By delinquency status:

          

Current-29 DPD and still accruing

  $235    1,804    699    704    3,442     

30-89 DPD and still accruing

   1    26    51    -     78     

90+ DPD and still accruing

   23    140    127    167    457     

 

 

Total commercial PCI loans

  $259    1,970    877    871    3,977     

 

 

 

CONSUMER PCI CREDIT QUALITY INDICATORS Our consumer PCI loans were aggregated into several pools of loans at acquisition. Below, we have provided credit quality indicators based on the unpaid principal balance (adjusted for write-downs)

of the individual loans included in the pool, but we have not allocated the remaining purchase accounting adjustments, which were established at a pool level. The following table provides the delinquency status of consumer PCI loans.

 

 

   
   March 31, 2013   December 31, 2012 
(in millions)  Real estate
1-4 family
first
mortgage
   Real estate
1-4 family
junior lien
mortgage
   Total   Real estate
1-4 family
first
mortgage
   Real estate
1-4 family
junior lien
mortgage
   Total 

By delinquency status:

            

Current-29 DPD and still accruing

  $        21,608    188    21,796    22,304    198    22,502 

30-59 DPD and still accruing

   2,341    9    2,350    2,587    11    2,598 

60-89 DPD and still accruing

   1,243    5    1,248    1,361    7    1,368 

90-119 DPD and still accruing

   555    3    558    650    6    656 

120-179 DPD and still accruing

   706    7    713    804    7    811 

180+ DPD and still accruing

   5,245    109    5,354    5,356    116    5,472 

Total consumer PCI loans (adjusted unpaid principal balance)

  $31,698    321    32,019    33,062    345    33,407 

Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)

  $26,086    141    26,227    26,839    152    26,991 

 

90


Table of Contents

The following table provides FICO scores for consumer PCI loans.

 

   
   March 31, 2013   December 31, 2012 
(in millions)  Real estate
1-4 family
first
mortgage
   Real estate
1-4 family
junior lien
mortgage
   Total   Real estate
1-4 family
first
mortgage
   Real estate
1-4 family
junior lien
mortgage
   Total 

By FICO:

            

< 600

  $        12,638    134    12,772    13,163    144    13,307 

600-639

   6,388    64    6,452    6,673    68    6,741 

640-679

   6,358    69    6,427    6,602    73    6,675 

680-719

   3,443    35    3,478    3,635    39    3,674 

720-759

   1,675    10    1,685    1,757    11    1,768 

760-799

   840    5    845    874    6    880 

800+

   192    1    193    202    1    203 

No FICO available

   164    3    167    156    3    159 

Total consumer PCI loans (adjusted unpaid principal balance)

  $31,698    321    32,019    33,062    345    33,407 

Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)

  $26,086    141    26,227    26,839    152    26,991 

 

The following table shows the distribution of consumer PCI loans by LTV for real estate 1-4 family first mortgages and by CLTV for real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgages.

 

 

   
   March 31, 2013   December 31, 2012 
(in millions)  Real estate
1-4 family
first
mortgage
by LTV
   Real estate
1-4 family
junior lien
mortgage
by CLTV
   Total   Real estate
1-4 family
first
mortgage
by LTV
   Real estate
1-4 family
junior lien
mortgage
by CLTV
   Total 

By LTV/CLTV:

            

0-60%

  $1,414    21    1,435    1,374    21    1,395 

60.01-80%

   4,484    30    4,514    4,119    30    4,149 

80.01-100%

   9,987    59    10,046    9,576    61    9,637 

100.01-120% (1)

   7,617    90    7,707    8,084    93    8,177 

> 120% (1)

   8,150    120    8,270    9,889    138    10,027 

No LTV/CLTV available

   46    1    47    20    2    22 

Total consumer PCI loans (adjusted unpaid principal balance)

  $31,698    321    32,019    33,062    345    33,407 

Total consumer PCI loans (carrying value)

  $        26,086    141    26,227    26,839    152    26,991 

 

(1)Reflects total loan balances with LTV/CLTV amounts in excess of 100%. In the event of default, the loss content would generally be limited to only the amount in excess of 100% LTV/CLTV.

 

91


Table of Contents

Note 6: Other Assets

 

The components of other assets were:

 

(in millions)  Mar. 31,
2013
   

 

Dec. 31,
2012

 

Nonmarketable equity investments:

    

Cost method:

    

Private equity investments

  $2,451    2,572 

Federal bank stock

   4,198    4,227 

Total cost method

   6,649    6,799 

Equity method and other:

    

LIHTC investments (1)

   4,863    4,767 

Private equity and other (2)

   6,667    6,156 

Total equity method and other

   11,530    10,923 

Total nonmarketable equity investments

   18,179    17,722 

Corporate/bank-owned life insurance

   18,721    18,649 

Accounts receivable

   24,091    25,828 

Interest receivable

   5,294    5,006 

Core deposit intangibles

   5,605    5,915 

Customer relationship and other amortized intangibles

   1,284    1,352 

Foreclosed assets:

    

GNMA (3)

   969    1,509 

Other

   2,381    2,514 

Operating lease assets

   1,984    2,001 

Due from customers on acceptances

   275    282 

Other

   9,103    12,800 

Total other assets

  $      87,886          93,578 

 

(1)Represents low income housing tax credit investments.
(2)March 31, 2013, includes $197 million in nonmarketable equity investments that are measured at fair value. See Note 13 for additional information.
(3)These are foreclosed real estate securing GNMA loans. Both principal and interest for government insured/guaranteed loans secured by the foreclosed real estate are collectible because the loans are insured by the FHA or guaranteed by the VA.
 

Income related to nonmarketable equity investments was:

 

 

 

   Quarter ended March 31, 
(in millions)  2013   2012 

Net realized gains from private equity investments

  $              45    131 

All other

   37    21 

Total

  $82    152 
 

 

92


Table of Contents

Note 7: Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities

 

 

Involvement with SPEs

In the normal course of business, we enter into various types of on- and off-balance sheet transactions with special purpose entities (SPEs), which are corporations, trusts or partnerships that are established for a limited purpose. Generally, SPEs are formed in connection with securitization transactions. In a securitization transaction, assets from our balance sheet are transferred to an SPE, which then issues to investors various forms of interests in those assets and may also enter into derivative transactions. In a securitization transaction, we typically receive cash and/or other interests in an SPE as proceeds for the assets we transfer. Also, in certain transactions, we may retain the right to service the transferred receivables and to repurchase those receivables from the SPE if the outstanding balance of the receivables falls to a level where the cost exceeds the benefits of servicing such receivables. In addition, we may purchase the right to service loans in an SPE that were transferred to the SPE by a third party.

In connection with our securitization activities, we have various forms of ongoing involvement with SPEs, which may include:

 

underwriting securities issued by SPEs and subsequently making markets in those securities;

 

providing liquidity facilities to support short-term obligations of SPEs issued to third party investors;

 

providing credit enhancement on securities issued by SPEs or market value guarantees of assets held by SPEs through the use of letters of credit, financial guarantees, credit default swaps and total return swaps;

 

entering into other derivative contracts with SPEs;

 

holding senior or subordinated interests in SPEs;

 

acting as servicer or investment manager for SPEs; and

 

providing administrative or trustee services to SPEs.

SPEs are generally considered variable interest entities (VIEs). A VIE is an entity that has either a total equity investment that is insufficient to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support or whose equity investors lack the ability to control the entity’s activities. A VIE is consolidated by its primary beneficiary, the party that has both the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE and a variable interest that could potentially be significant to the VIE. A variable interest is a contractual, ownership or other interest that changes with changes in the fair value of the VIE’s net assets. To determine whether or not a variable interest we hold could potentially be significant to the VIE, we consider both qualitative and quantitative factors regarding the nature, size and form of our involvement with the VIE. We assess whether or not we are the primary beneficiary of a VIE on an on-going basis.

We have segregated our involvement with VIEs between those VIEs which we consolidate, those which we do not consolidate and those for which we account for the transfers of financial assets as secured borrowings. Secured borrowings are transactions involving transfers of our financial assets to third parties that are accounted for as financings with the assets pledged as collateral. Accordingly, the transferred assets remain recognized on our balance sheet. Subsequent tables within this Note further segregate these transactions by structure type.

 

 

93


Table of Contents

Note 7: Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities (continued)

 

The classifications of assets and liabilities in our balance sheet associated with our transactions with VIEs follow:

 

(in millions)  VIEs that we
do not
consolidate
   

VIEs

that we
consolidate

  

 

Transfers that
we account
for as secured
borrowings

   Total 

 

 

March 31, 2013

       

Cash

  $ -     156   8    164 

Trading assets

   2,034    135   215    2,384 

Securities available for sale (1)

   20,586    2,600   14,711    37,897 

Mortgages held for sale

   -     257   -     257 

Loans

   9,686    9,660   6,900    26,246 

Mortgage servicing rights

   11,688    -    -     11,688 

Other assets

   5,058    434   172    5,664 

 

 

Total assets

   49,052    13,242   22,006    84,300 

 

 

Short-term borrowings

   -     2,067 (2)   12,305    14,372 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

   3,938     834 (2)   7    4,779  

Long-term debt

   -     2,973 (2)   6,379    9,352 

 

 

Total liabilities

   3,938      5,874   18,691    28,503  

 

 

Noncontrolling interests

   -     25   -     25 

 

 

Net assets

  $45,114     7,343   3,315    55,772  

 

 

December 31, 2012

       

Cash

  $ -     260   30    290 

Trading assets

   1,902    114   218    2,234 

Securities available for sale (1)

   19,900    2,772   14,848    37,520 

Mortgages held for sale

   -     469   -     469 

Loans

   9,841    10,553   7,088    27,482 

Mortgage servicing rights

   11,114    -    -     11,114 

Other assets

   4,993    457   161    5,611 

 

 

Total assets

   47,750    14,625   22,345    84,720 

 

 

Short-term borrowings

   -     2,059 (2)   13,228    15,287 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

   3,441    901 (2)   20    4,362 

Long-term debt

   -     3,483 (2)   6,520    10,003 

 

 

Total liabilities

   3,441    6,443   19,768    29,652 

 

 

Noncontrolling interests

   -     48   -     48 

 

 

Net assets

  $44,309    8,134   2,577    55,020 

 

 

 

(1)Excludes certain debt securities related to loans serviced for the Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC) and GNMA.
(2)Includes the following VIE liabilities at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, with recourse to the general credit of Wells Fargo: Short-term borrowings, $2.1 billion and $2.1 billion; Accrued expenses and other liabilities, $729 million and $767 million; and Long-term debt, $29 million and $29 million.

 

Transactions with Unconsolidated VIEs

Our transactions with VIEs include securitizations of residential mortgage loans, CRE loans, student loans and auto loans and leases; investment and financing activities involving CDOs backed by asset-backed and CRE securities, collateralized loan obligations (CLOs) backed by corporate loans, and other types of structured financing. We have various forms of involvement with VIEs, including holding senior or subordinated interests, entering into liquidity arrangements, credit default swaps and other derivative contracts. Involvements with these unconsolidated VIEs are recorded on our balance sheet primarily in trading assets, securities available for sale, loans, MSRs, other assets and other liabilities, as appropriate.

The following tables provide a summary of unconsolidated VIEs with which we have significant continuing involvement, but we are not the primary beneficiary. We do not consider our

continuing involvement in an unconsolidated VIE to be significant when it relates to third-party sponsored VIEs for which we were not the transferor or if we were the sponsor but do not have any other significant continuing involvement.

Significant continuing involvement includes transactions where we were the sponsor or transferor and have other significant forms of involvement. Sponsorship includes transactions with unconsolidated VIEs where we solely or materially participated in the initial design or structuring of the entity or marketing of the transaction to investors. When we transfer assets to a VIE and account for the transfer as a sale, we are considered the transferor. We consider investments in securities held outside of trading, loans, guarantees, liquidity agreements, written options and servicing of collateral to be other forms of involvement that may be significant. We have excluded certain transactions with unconsolidated VIEs from the

 

 

94


Table of Contents

balances presented in the table below where we have determined that our continuing involvement is not significant due to the temporary nature and size of our variable interests, because we

were not the transferor or because we were not involved in the design or operations of the unconsolidated VIEs.

 

 

 

 
(in millions)  

Total

VIE

assets

   Debt and
equity
interests (1)
   Servicing
assets
   Derivatives  Other
commitments
and
guarantees
  Net
assets
 

 

 

March 31, 2013

          
     Carrying value - asset (liability)  
    

 

 

 

Residential mortgage loan securitizations:

          

Conforming

  $        1,274,961    3,712    10,970    -    (1,931  12,751 

Other/nonconforming

   46,968    2,119    258    -    (33  2,344 

Commercial mortgage securitizations

   174,917    7,809    433    373   -    8,615 

Collateralized debt obligations:

          

Debt securities

   6,737    12    -     422   (138)  296  

Loans (2)

   8,102    7,920    -     -    -    7,920 

Asset-based finance structures

   11,623    7,437    -     (94  -    7,343 

Tax credit structures

   21,047    5,256    -     -    (1,624  3,632  

Collateralized loan obligations

   5,618    1,233    -     -    -    1,233 

Investment funds

   4,409    53    -     -    -    53 

Other (3)

   9,994    980    27    (41  (39  927 

 

 

Total

  $1,564,376    36,531    11,688    660   (3,765  45,114  

 

 
     Maximum exposure to loss  
    

 

 

 

Residential mortgage loan securitizations:

          

Conforming

    $3,712    10,970    -    5,458   20,140 

Other/nonconforming

     2,119    258    -    353   2,730 

Commercial mortgage securitizations

     7,809    433    426   -    8,668 

Collateralized debt obligations:

          

Debt securities

     12    -     422   138   572 

Loans (2)

     7,920    -     -    -    7,920 

Asset-based finance structures

     7,437    -     94   1,974   9,505 

Tax credit structures

     5,256    -     -    387   5,643 

Collateralized loan obligations

     1,233    -     -    261   1,494 

Investment funds

     53    -     -    24   77 

Other (3)

     980    27    214   119   1,340 

 

 

Total

    $36,531    11,688    1,156   8,714   58,089 

 

 

(continued on following page)

 

95


Table of Contents

Note 7: Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities (continued)

 

(continued from previous page)

 

(in millions)  

Total

VIE

assets

   Debt and
equity
interests (1)
   Servicing
assets
   Derivatives  Other
commitments
and
guarantees
  Net
assets
 

 

 

December 31, 2012

          
     Carrying value - asset (liability)  
    

 

 

 

Residential mortgage loan securitizations:

          

Conforming

  $1,268,494    3,620    10,336    -    (1,690  12,266 

Other/nonconforming

   49,794    2,188    284    -    (53  2,419 

Commercial mortgage securitizations

   168,126    7,081    466    404   -    7,951 

Collateralized debt obligations:

          

Debt securities

   6,940    13    -     471   144   628 

Loans (2)

   8,155    7,962    -     -    -    7,962 

Asset-based finance structures

   10,404    7,155    -     (104  -    7,051 

Tax credit structures

   20,098    5,180    -     -    (1,657  3,523 

Collateralized loan obligations

   6,641    1,439    -     1   -    1,440 

Investment funds

   4,771    49    -     -    -    49 

Other (3)

   10,401    977    28    14   1   1,020 

 

 

Total

  $        1,553,824    35,664    11,114    786   (3,255  44,309 

 

 
     Maximum exposure to loss  
    

 

 

 

Residential mortgage loan securitizations:

          

Conforming

    $3,620    10,336    -    5,061   19,017 

Other/nonconforming

     2,188    284    -    353   2,825 

Commercial mortgage securitizations

     7,081    466    446   -    7,993 

Collateralized debt obligations:

           -  

Debt securities

     13    -     471   144   628 

Loans (2)

     7,962    -     -    -    7,962 

Asset-based finance structures

     7,155    -     104   1,967   9,226 

Tax credit structures

     5,180    -     -    247   5,427 

Collateralized loan obligations

     1,439    -     1   261   1,701 

Investment funds

     49    -     -    27   76 

Other (3)

     977    28    318   119   1,442 

 

 

Total

    $        35,664    11,114    1,340   8,179   56,297 

 

 

 

(1)Includes total equity interests of $5.9 billion and $5.8 billion at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. Also includes debt interests in the form of both loans and securities. Excludes certain debt securities held related to loans serviced for FNMA, FHLMC and GNMA.
(2)Represents senior loans to trusts that are collateralized by asset-backed securities. The trusts invest primarily in senior tranches from a diversified pool of primarily U.S. asset securitizations, of which all are current, and over 77% and 83% were rated as investment grade by the primary rating agencies at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. These senior loans are accounted for at amortized cost and are subject to the Company’s allowance and credit charge-off policies.
(3)Includes structured financing, student loan securitizations, auto loan and lease securitizations and credit-linked note structures. Also contains investments in auction rate securities (ARS) issued by VIEs that we do not sponsor and, accordingly, are unable to obtain the total assets of the entity.

 

96


Table of Contents

In the two preceding tables, “Total VIE assets” represents the remaining principal balance of assets held by unconsolidated VIEs using the most current information available. For VIEs that obtain exposure to assets synthetically through derivative instruments, the remaining notional amount of the derivative is included in the asset balance. “Carrying value” is the amount in our consolidated balance sheet related to our involvement with the unconsolidated VIEs. “Maximum exposure to loss” from our involvement with off-balance sheet entities, which is a required disclosure under GAAP, is determined as the carrying value of our involvement with off-balance sheet (unconsolidated) VIEs plus the remaining undrawn liquidity and lending commitments, the notional amount of net written derivative contracts, and generally the notional amount of, or stressed loss estimate for, other commitments and guarantees. It represents estimated loss that would be incurred under severe, hypothetical circumstances, for which we believe the possibility is extremely remote, such as where the value of our interests and any associated collateral declines to zero, without any consideration of recovery or offset from any economic hedges. Accordingly, this required disclosure is not an indication of expected loss.

For complete descriptions of our types of transactions with unconsolidated VIEs with which we have significant continuing involvement, but we are not the primary beneficiary, see Note 8 in our 2012 Form 10-K.

OTHER TRANSACTIONS WITH VIEs In 2008, legacy Wachovia reached an agreement to purchase auction rate securities (ARS) at par that were sold to third-party investors by certain of its subsidiaries. ARS are debt instruments with long-term maturities, but which re-price more frequently, and preferred equities with no maturity. We purchased all outstanding ARS that were issued by VIEs and subject to the agreement. At March 31, 2013, we held in our securities available-for-sale portfolio $358 million of ARS issued by VIEs redeemed pursuant to this agreement, compared with $357 million at December 31, 2012.

In 2009, we reached agreements to purchase additional ARS from eligible investors who bought ARS through one of our broker-dealer subsidiaries. We purchased all outstanding ARS that were issued by VIEs and subject to the agreement. As of March 31, 2013, we held in our securities available-for-sale portfolio $336 million of ARS issued by VIEs redeemed pursuant

to this agreement, compared with $329 million at December 31, 2012.

We do not consolidate the VIEs that issued the ARS because we do not have power over the activities of the VIEs.

TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES In addition to the involvements disclosed in the preceding table, through the issuance of trust preferred securities we had junior subordinated debt financing with a carrying value of $2.1 billion at March 31, 2013, and $4.9 billion at December 31, 2012 and $2.5 billion of preferred stock at both March 31, 2013, and December 31, 2012. In these transactions, VIEs that we wholly own issue debt securities or preferred equity to third party investors. All of the proceeds of the issuance are invested in debt securities or preferred equity that we issue to the VIEs. The VIEs’ operations and cash flows relate only to the issuance, administration and repayment of the securities held by third parties. We do not consolidate these VIEs because the sole assets of the VIEs are receivables from us. This is the case even though we own all of the voting equity shares of the VIEs, have fully guaranteed the obligations of the VIEs and may have the right to redeem the third party securities under certain circumstances. We report the debt securities issued to the VIEs as long-term junior subordinated debt and the preferred equity securities issued to the VIEs as preferred stock in our consolidated balance sheet.

In first quarter 2013, we redeemed $2.8 billion of trust preferred securities that will no longer count as Tier 1 capital under the Dodd-Frank Act and the Basel Committee recommendations known as the Basel III standards.

Securitization Activity Related to Unconsolidated VIEs

We use VIEs to securitize consumer and CRE loans and other types of financial assets, including student loans and auto loans. We typically retain the servicing rights from these sales and may continue to hold other beneficial interests in the VIEs. We may also provide liquidity to investors in the beneficial interests and credit enhancements in the form of standby letters of credit. Through these securitizations we may be exposed to liability under limited amounts of recourse as well as standard representations and warranties we make to purchasers and issuers. We had the following cash flows with our securitization trusts that were involved in transfers accounted for as sales.

 

 

 

 

   2013   2012 
(in millions)  Mortgage
loans
   Other
financial
assets
   Mortgage
loans
   Other
financial
assets
 

Quarter ended March 31,

        

Sales proceeds from securitizations (1)

  $      106,306      -      143,105      -   

Servicing fees

   1,076      2      1,111      3   

Other interests held

   406      27      426      49   

Purchases of delinquent assets

   9      -      -      -   

Net servicing advances

   802      -      14      -   
                     

 

(1)Represents cash flow data for all loans securitized in the period presented.

 

97


Table of Contents

Note 7: Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities (continued)

 

In first quarter 2013 and 2012, we recognized net gains of $64 million and $11 million, respectively, from transfers accounted for as sales of financial assets in securitizations. These net gains primarily relate to commercial mortgage securitizations and residential mortgage securitizations where the loans were not already carried at fair value.

Sales with continuing involvement during the first quarter of 2013 and 2012 predominantly related to conforming residential mortgage securitizations. During the first quarter of 2013 and 2012 we transferred $100.7 billion and $139.4 billion respectively, in fair value of conforming residential mortgages to unconsolidated VIEs and recorded the transfers as sales. Substantially all of these transfers did not result in a gain or loss because the loans were already carried at fair value. In connection with all of these transfers, in the first quarter of 2013 we recorded a $935 million servicing asset, measured at fair value using a Level 3 measurement technique, and a $59 million liability for probable repurchase losses. In the first quarter of 2012, we recorded a $1.5 billion servicing asset and a $62 million liability.

We used the following key weighted-average assumptions to measure mortgage servicing assets at the date of securitization:

 

    

 

Residential mortgage
servicing rights

 
            2013          2012 
Quarter ended March 31,       

Prepayment speed (1)

   11.9  13.1 

Discount rate

   7.1   7.1 

Cost to service ($ per loan) (2)

  $178   119 
          

 

(1)The prepayment speed assumption for residential mortgage servicing rights includes a blend of prepayment speeds and default rates. Prepayment speed assumptions are influenced by mortgage interest rate inputs as well as our estimation of drivers of borrower behavior.
(2)Includes costs to service and unreimbursed foreclosure costs.

During first quarter 2013 we transferred $1.7 billion in fair value of commercial mortgages to unconsolidated VIEs and recorded the transfers as sales. These transfers resulted in a gain of $62 million in first quarter 2013 because the loans were carried at LOCOM. In connection with these transfers, in first quarter 2013 we recorded a servicing asset of $5 million, initially measured at fair value using a Level 3 measurement technique, and securities available for sale of $23 million, classified as Level 2. In first quarter 2012, we did not transfer commercial mortgages to unconsolidated VIEs.

 

 

98


Table of Contents

The following table provides key economic assumptions and the sensitivity of the current fair value of residential mortgage servicing rights and other retained interests to immediate adverse changes in those assumptions. “Other interests held” relate predominantly to residential and commercial mortgage loan securitizations. Residential mortgage-backed securities retained in securitizations issued through GSEs, such as FNMA, FHLMC and GNMA, are excluded from the table because these securities have a remote risk of credit loss due to the GSE

guarantee. These securities also have economic characteristics similar to GSE mortgage-backed securities that we purchase, which are not included in the table. Subordinated interests include only those bonds whose credit rating was below AAA by a major rating agency at issuance. Senior interests include only those bonds whose credit rating was AAA by a major rating agency at issuance. The information presented excludes trading positions held in inventory.

 

 

   
      Other interests held 

($ in millions, except cost to service amounts)

  Residential      Consumer   Commercial (2) 
  mortgage
servicing
rights (1)
  Interest-
only
strips
   Subordinated
bonds
  Senior
bonds
   Subordinated
bonds
   Senior
bonds
 

Fair value of interests held at March 31, 2013

  $    12,061      176       42      -       252       988    

Expected weighted-average life (in years)

   5.2      4.0       6.0      -       4.6       5.7    

Key economic assumptions:

          

Prepayment speed assumption (3)

   14.2    10.4       6.7      -        

Decrease in fair value from:

          

10% adverse change

  $862      5       -      -        

25% adverse change

   2,030      11       -      -        

Discount rate assumption

   7.3    17.3       3.8      -       2.8       3.2    

Decrease in fair value from:

          

100 basis point increase

  $619      4       2      -       10       47    

200 basis point increase

   1,175      8       4      -       19       90    

Cost to service assumption ($ per loan)

   216            

Decrease in fair value from:

          

10% adverse change

   626            

25% adverse change

   1,566            

Credit loss assumption

      0.4    -       8.4       -    

Decrease in fair value from:

          

10% higher losses

     $ -      -       9       -    

25% higher losses

      -      -       15       -    
                             

Fair value of interests held at December 31, 2012

  $11,538      187       40      -       249       982    

Expected weighted-average life (in years)

   4.8      4.1       5.9      -       4.7       5.3    

Key economic assumptions:

          

Prepayment speed assumption (3)

   15.7    10.6       6.8      -        

Decrease in fair value from:

          

10% adverse change

  $869      5       -      -        

25% adverse change

   2,038      12       -      -        

Discount rate assumption

   7.4    16.9       8.9      -       3.5       2.2    

Decrease in fair value from:

          

100 basis point increase

  $562      4       2      -       12       43    

200 basis point increase

   1,073      8       4      -       21       84    

Cost to service assumption ($ per loan)

   219            

Decrease in fair value from:

          

10% adverse change

   615            

25% adverse change

   1,537            

Credit loss assumption

      0.4    -       10.0       -    

Decrease in fair value from:

          

10% higher losses

     $ -      -       12       -    

25% higher losses

      -      -       19       -    
                             

 

(1)See narrative following this table for a discussion of commercial mortgage servicing rights.
(2)Prepayment speed assumptions do not significantly impact the value of commercial mortgage securitization bonds as the underlying commercial mortgage loans experience significantly lower prepayments due to certain contractual restrictions, impacting the borrower’s ability to prepay the mortgage.
(3)The prepayment speed assumption for residential mortgage servicing rights includes a blend of prepayment speeds and default rates. Prepayment speed assumptions are influenced by mortgage interest rate inputs as well as our estimation of drivers of borrower behavior.

 

99


Table of Contents

Note 7: Securitizations and Variable Interest Entities (continued)

 

In addition to residential mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) included in the previous table, we have a small portfolio of commercial MSRs with a fair value of $1.4 billion at March 31, 2013, and December 31, 2012. The nature of our commercial MSRs, which are carried at LOCOM, is different from our residential MSRs. Prepayment activity on serviced loans does not significantly impact the value of commercial MSRs because, unlike residential mortgages, commercial mortgages experience significantly lower prepayments due to certain contractual restrictions, impacting the borrower’s ability to prepay the mortgage. Additionally, for our commercial MSR portfolio, we are typically master/primary servicer, but not the special servicer, who is separately responsible for the servicing and workout of delinquent and foreclosed loans. It is the special servicer, similar to our role as servicer of residential mortgage loans, who is affected by higher servicing and foreclosure costs due to an increase in delinquent and foreclosed loans. Accordingly, prepayment speeds and costs to service are not key assumptions for commercial MSRs as they do not significantly impact the valuation. The primary economic driver impacting the fair value of our commercial MSRs is forward interest rates, which are derived from market observable yield curves used to price capital markets instruments. Market interest rates most significantly affect interest earned on custodial deposit balances. The sensitivity of the current fair value to an immediate adverse 25% change in the assumption about interest earned on deposit balances at March 31, 2013, and December 31, 2012, results in a

decrease in fair value of $143 million and $139 million, respectively. See Note 8 for further information on our commercial MSRs.

The sensitivities in the preceding paragraph and table are hypothetical and caution should be exercised when relying on this data. Changes in value based on variations in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in the assumption to the change in value may not be linear. Also, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the value of the other interests held is calculated independently without changing any other assumptions. In reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in others (for example, changes in prepayment speed estimates could result in changes in the credit losses), which might magnify or counteract the sensitivities.

The following table presents information about the principal balances of off-balance sheet securitized loans, including residential mortgages sold to FNMA, FHLMC, GNMA and securitizations where servicing is our only form of continuing involvement. Delinquent loans include loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing interest as well as nonaccrual loans. In securitizations where servicing is our only form of continuing involvement, we would only experience a loss if required to repurchase a delinquent loan due to a breach in representations and warranties associated with our loan sale or servicing contracts.

 

 

                        Net charge-offs 
   Total loans   Delinquent loans   Three months 
   Mar. 31,   Dec. 31,   Mar. 31,   Dec. 31,   ended Mar. 31, 
(in millions)  2013   2012   2013   2012           2013       2012 

Commercial:

            

Real estate mortgage

    $    118,408      128,564      9,049      12,216      72      54   

Total commercial

   118,408      128,564      9,049      12,216      72      54   

Consumer:

            

Real estate 1-4 family first mortgage

   1,283,304      1,283,504      20,574      21,574      255      286   

Real estate 1-4 family junior lien mortgage

   1      1      -      -      -      -   

Other revolving credit and installment

   1,980      2,034      101      110      -      -   

Total consumer

   1,285,285      1,285,539      20,675      21,684      255      286   

Total off-balance sheet securitized loans (1)

    $    1,403,693      1,414,103      29,724      33,900      327      340   

 

(1)At March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the table includes total loans of $1.3 trillion and $1.3 trillion, respectively, and delinquent loans of $16.9 billion and $17.4 billion, respectively for FNMA, FHLMC and GNMA. Net charge-offs exclude loans sold to FNMA, FHLMC and GNMA as we do not service or manage the underlying real estate upon foreclosure and, as such, do not have access to net charge-off information.

 

100


Table of Contents

Transactions with Consolidated VIEs and Secured Borrowings

The following table presents a summary of transfers of financial assets accounted for as secured borrowings and involvements with consolidated VIEs. “Consolidated assets” are presented using GAAP measurement methods, which may include fair value, credit impairment or other adjustments, and therefore in

some instances will differ from “Total VIE assets.” For VIEs that obtain exposure synthetically through derivative instruments, the remaining notional amount of the derivative is included in “Total VIE assets.” On the consolidated balance sheet, we separately disclose the consolidated assets of certain VIEs that can only be used to settle the liabilities of those VIEs.

 

 

         Carrying value 
(in millions)  

Total

VIE

assets

   Consolidated
assets
   Third
party
liabilities
  Noncontrolling
interests
  Net
assets
 

 

 

March 31, 2013

        

Secured borrowings:

        

Municipal tender option bond securitizations

  $16,726    15,001    (12,313  -   2,688 

Commercial real estate loans

   897    897    (642  -   255 

Residential mortgage securitizations

   5,672    6,108    (5,736  -   372 

Total secured borrowings

   23,295    22,006    (18,691  -   3,315 

Consolidated VIEs:

        

Nonconforming residential mortgage loan securitizations

   8,165    7,264    (2,761  -   4,503 

Multi-seller commercial paper conduit

   2,064    2,050    (2,061  -   (11

Structured asset finance

   64    64    (17  -   47 

Investment funds

   1,749    1,749    (36  -   1,713 

Other

   2,220    2,115    (999  (25  1,091 

Total consolidated VIEs

   14,262    13,242    (5,874  (25  7,343 

Total secured borrowings and consolidated VIEs

  $37,557    35,248    (24,565  (25  10,658 

December 31, 2012

        

Secured borrowings:

        

Municipal tender option bond securitizations

  $16,782    15,130    (13,248  -   1,882 

Commercial real estate loans

   975    975    (696  -   279 

Residential mortgage securitizations

   5,757    6,240    (5,824  -   416 

Total secured borrowings

   23,514    22,345    (19,768  -   2,577 

Consolidated VIEs:

        

Nonconforming residential mortgage loan securitizations

   8,633    7,707    (2,933  -   4,774 

Multi-seller commercial paper conduit

   2,059    2,036    (2,053  -   (17

Structured asset finance

   71    71    (17  -   54 

Investment funds

   1,837    1,837    (2  -   1,835 

Other

   3,454    2,974    (1,438  (48  1,488 

Total consolidated VIEs

   16,054    14,625    (6,443  (48  8,134 

Total secured borrowings and consolidated VIEs

  $            39,568    36,970    (26,211  (48  10,711 

 

In addition to the transactions included in the previous table, at both March 31, 2013, and December 31, 2012, we had approximately $6.0 billion of private placement debt financing issued through a consolidated VIE. The issuance is classified as long-term debt in our consolidated financial statements. At March 31, 2013, and December 31, 2012, we pledged approximately $6.6 billion and $6.4 billion in loans (principal and interest eligible to be capitalized), $147 million and $179 million in securities available for sale, and $180 million and $138 million in cash and cash equivalents to collateralize the VIE’s borrowings, respectively. These assets were not transferred to the VIE, and accordingly we have excluded the VIE from the previous table.

For complete descriptions of our accounting for transfers accounted for as secured borrowings and involvements with consolidated VIEs see Note 8 in our 2012 Form 10-K.

 

 

 

101


Table of Contents

Note 8: Mortgage Banking Activities

 

 

Mortgage banking activities, included in the Community Banking and Wholesale Banking operating segments, consist of residential and commercial mortgage originations, sale activity and servicing.

We apply the amortization method to all commercial MSRs and apply the fair value method to only residential MSRs. The changes in MSRs measured using the fair value method were:

 

 

 

 
   Quarter ended March 31, 

(in millions)

   2013   2012 

 

 

Fair value, beginning of period

  $11,538   12,603 

Servicing from securitizations or asset transfers (1)

   935   1,776 

Sales

   (423  - 

 

 

Net additions

   512   1,776 

 

 

Changes in fair value:

   

Due to changes in valuation model inputs or assumptions:

   

Mortgage interest rates (2)

   1,030   147 

Servicing and foreclosure costs (3)

   (58  (54

Discount rates (4)

   -   (344

Prepayment estimates and other (5)

   (211  93 

 

 

Net changes in valuation model inputs or assumptions

   761   (158

 

 

Other changes in fair value (6)

   (750  (643

 

 

Total changes in fair value

   11   (801

 

 

Fair value, end of period

  $        12,061   13,578 

 

 

 

(1)Quarter ended March 31, 2012, includes $315 million residential MSRs transferred from amortized MSRs that we elected to carry at fair value effective January 1, 2012.
(2)Primarily represents prepayment speed changes due to changes in mortgage interest rates, but also includes other valuation changes due to changes in mortgage interest rates (such as changes in estimated interest earned on custodial deposit balances).
(3)Includes costs to service and unreimbursed foreclosure costs.
(4)Reflects discount rate assumption change, excluding portion attributable to changes in mortgage interest rates; the first quarter 2012 change reflects increased capital return requirements from market participants.
(5)Represents changes driven by other valuation model inputs or assumptions including prepayment speed estimation changes and other assumption updates. Prepayment speed estimation changes are influenced by observed changes in borrower behavior that occur independent of interest rate changes.
(6)Represents changes due to collection/realization of expected cash flows over time.

The changes in amortized MSRs were:

 

 

 
   Quarter ended March 31, 

(in millions)

   2013   2012 

 

 

Balance, beginning of period

  $        1,160   1,445 

Purchases

   27   14 

Servicing from securitizations or asset transfers (1)

   56   (327

Amortization

   (62  (58

 

 

Balance, end of period

   1,181   1,074 

 

 

Valuation allowance:

   

Balance, beginning of period

   -   (37

Reversal of provision for MSRs in excess of fair value

   -   37 

 

 

Balance, end of period (2)

   -   - 

 

 

Amortized MSRs, net

  $1,181   1,074 

 

 

Fair value of amortized MSRs (3):

   

Beginning of period

  $1,400   1,756 

End of period

   1,404   1,263 
   

 

 

 

(1)Quarter ended March 31, 2012, is net of $350 million ($313 million after valuation allowance) of residential MSRs that we elected to carry at fair value effective January 1, 2012. A cumulative adjustment of $2 million to fair value was recorded in retained earnings at January 1, 2012.
(2)Commercial amortized MSRs are evaluated for impairment purposes by the following risk strata: agency (GSEs) and non-agency. There was no valuation allowance recorded for the periods presented on the commercial amortized MSRs. Residential amortized MSRs are evaluated for impairment purposes by the following risk strata: mortgages sold to GSEs (FHLMC and FNMA) and mortgages sold to GNMA, each by interest rate stratifications. For quarter ended March 31, 2012, valuation allowance of $37 million for residential MSRs was reversed upon election to carry at fair value.
(3)Represent commercial amortized MSRs. The beginning of period balance for quarter ended March 31, 2012 also includes fair value of $316 million in residential amortized MSRs.

 

102


Table of Contents

We present the components of our managed servicing portfolio in the following table at unpaid principal balance for

loans serviced and subserviced for others and at book value for owned loans serviced.

 

 

 

 
(in billions)  Mar. 31,
2013
  Dec. 31,
2012
 

 

 

Residential mortgage servicing:

   

Serviced for others

  $            1,486   1,498 

Owned loans serviced

   367   368 

Subservicing

   7   7 

 

 

Total residential servicing

   1,860   1,873 

 

 

Commercial mortgage servicing:

   

Serviced for others

   404   408 

Owned loans serviced

   106   106 

Subservicing

   14   13 

 

 

Total commercial servicing

   524   527 

 

 

Total managed servicing portfolio

  $2,384   2,400 

 

 

Total serviced for others

  $1,890   1,906 

Ratio of MSRs to related loans serviced for others

   0.70  0.67 
   

 

 

The components of mortgage banking noninterest income were:

 

 

 
   Quarter ended March 31, 
(in millions)  2013  2012 

 

 

Servicing income, net:

   

Servicing fees

   

Contractually specified servicing fees

  $            1,125   1,148 

Late charges

   60   66 

Ancillary fees

   82   77 

Unreimbursed direct servicing costs (1)

   (270  (280

 

 

Net servicing fees

   997   1,011 

Changes in fair value of MSRs carried at fair value:

   

Due to changes in valuation model inputs or assumptions (2)

   761   (158

Other changes in fair value (3)

   (750  (643

 

 

Total changes in fair value of MSRs carried at fair value

   11   (801

Amortization

   (62  (58

Net derivative gains (losses) from economic hedges (4)

   (632  100 

 

 

Total servicing income, net

   314   252 

Net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities

   2,480   2,618 

 

 

Total mortgage banking noninterest income

  $2,794   2,870 

 

 

Market-related valuation changes to MSRs, net of hedge results (2) + (4)

  $129   (58
   

 

 

 

(1)Primarily associated with foreclosure expenses and other interest costs.
(2)Refer to the changes in fair value of MSRs table in this Note for more detail.
(3)Represents changes due to collection/realization of expected cash flows over time.
(4)Represents results from free-standing derivatives (economic hedges) used to hedge the risk of changes in fair value of MSRs. See Note 12 – Free-Standing Derivatives for additional discussion and detail.

 

103


Table of Contents

Note 8: Mortgage Banking Activities (continued)

 

The table below summarizes the changes in our liability for mortgage loan repurchase losses. This liability is in “Accrued expenses and other liabilities” in our consolidated financial statements and the provision for repurchase losses reduces net gains on mortgage loan origination/sales activities. Because the level of mortgage loan repurchase losses depends upon economic factors, investor demand strategies and other external conditions that may change over the life of the underlying loans, the level of the liability for mortgage loan repurchase losses is difficult to estimate and requires considerable management judgment. We maintain regular contact with the GSEs, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (FHFA), and other significant investors to monitor their repurchase demand practices and issues as part of our process to update our repurchase liability estimate as new information becomes available. Because of the uncertainty in the various estimates underlying the mortgage repurchase liability, there is a range of losses in excess of the recorded mortgage repurchase liability that is reasonably possible. The estimate of the range of possible loss for representations and warranties does not represent a probable loss, and is based on currently available information, significant judgment, and a number of assumptions that are subject to change. The high end of this range of reasonably possible losses in excess of our recorded liability was $2.2 billion at March 31, 2013, and was determined based upon modifying the assumptions (particularly to assume significant changes in investor repurchase demand practices) utilized in our best estimate of probable loss to reflect what we believe to be the high end of reasonably possible adverse assumptions.

 

 

 
   Quarter
ended March 31,
 
(in millions)  2013  2012 

 

 

Balance, beginning of period

  $        2,206   1,326 

Provision for repurchase losses:

   

Loan sales

   59   62 

Change in estimate (1)

   250   368 

 

 

Total additions

   309   430 

Losses

   (198  (312

 

 

Balance, end of period

  $2,317   1,444 

 

 

 

(1)Results from such factors as changes in investor demand and mortgage insurer practices, credit deterioration and changes in the financial stability of correspondent lenders.
 

 

104


Table of Contents

Note 9: Intangible Assets

 

The gross carrying value of intangible assets and accumulated amortization was:

 

 

 
   March 31, 2013   December 31, 2012 
(in millions)  Gross
carrying
value
   Accumulated
amortization
  Net
carrying
value
   Gross
carrying
value
   Accumulated
amortization
  Net
carrying
value
 

 

 

Amortized intangible assets (1):

          

MSRs (2)

  $2,400    (1,219  1,181    2,317    (1,157  1,160 

Core deposit intangibles

   12,834    (7,229  5,605    12,836    (6,921  5,915 

Customer relationship and other intangibles

   3,146    (1,862  1,284    3,147    (1,795  1,352 

 

 

Total amortized intangible assets

  $18,380    (10,310  8,070    18,300    (9,873  8,427 

 

 

Unamortized intangible assets:

          

MSRs (carried at fair value) (2)

  $        12,061       11,538    

Goodwill

   25,637       25,637    

Trademark

   14       14    
          

 

 

 

 (1)Excludes fully amortized intangible assets.
 (2)See Note 8 for additional information on MSRs.

 

The following table provides the current year-to-date period and estimated future amortization expense for amortized intangible assets. We based our projections of amortization expense shown below on existing asset balances at March 31, 2013. Future amortization expense may vary from these projections.

 

 

 

 
(in millions)  Amortized
MSRs
   Core
deposit
intangibles
   Customer
relationship
and other
intangibles
   Total 

 

 

Three months ended March 31, 2013 (actual)

  $            62    310    68    440 

 

 

Estimate for the remainder of 2013

  $180    931    199    1,310 

Estimate for year ended December 31,

        

2014

   212    1,113    250    1,575 

2015

   186    1,022    227    1,435 

2016

   153    919    212    1,284 

2017

   109    851    195    1,155 

2018

   78    769    184    1,031 
        

 

 

 

For our goodwill impairment analysis, we allocate all of the goodwill to the individual operating segments. We identify reporting units that are one level below an operating segment (referred to as a component), and distinguish these reporting units based on how the segments and components are managed, taking into consideration the economic characteristics, nature of

the products and customers of the components. We allocate goodwill to reporting units based on relative fair value, using certain performance metrics. See Note 18 for further information on management reporting.

The following table shows the allocation of goodwill to our operating segments for purposes of goodwill impairment testing.

 

 

 

 
(in millions)  Community
Banking
  Wholesale
Banking
   Wealth,
Brokerage and
Retirement
   Consolidated
Company
 

 

 

December 31, 2011

  $17,924   6,820    371    25,115 

Goodwill from business combinations

   (2  27    -    25 

 

 

March 31, 2012

  $17,922   6,847    371    25,140 

 

 

December 31, 2012 and March 31, 2013

  $17,922   7,344    371    25,637 

 

 

 

105


Table of Contents

Note 10: Guarantees, Pledged Assets and Collateral

 

 

Guarantees are contracts that contingently require us to make payments to a guaranteed party based on an event or a change in an underlying asset, liability, rate or index. Guarantees are generally in the form of standby letters of credit, securities lending and other indemnifications, liquidity agreements,

written put options, recourse obligations, residual value guarantees, and contingent consideration. The following table shows carrying value, maximum exposure to loss on our guarantees and the related non-investment grade amounts.

 

 

  
   March 31, 2013 
       Maximum exposure to loss 
(in millions)  Carrying
value
   Expires in
one year
or less
   Expires after
one year
through
three years
   

Expires after
three years
through

five years

   Expires
after five
years
   Total   Non-
investment
grade
 

 

 

Standby letters of credit (1)

  $43    17,231    11,455    5,161    2,977    36,824    9,717 

Securities lending and other indemnifications

   -    2    17    11    3,101    3,131    75 

Liquidity agreements (2)

   -    -    -    -    46    46    3 

Written put options (2)(3)

   1,037    3,462    3,844    2,324    2,555    12,185    3,563 

Loans and MHFS sold with recourse

   93    226    350    788    4,757    6,121    3,739 

Contingent consideration

   33    10    75    34    -    119    119 

Other guarantees

   3    688    22    1    730    1,441    3 

 

 

Total guarantees

  $1,209    21,619    15,763    8,319    14,166    59,867    17,219 

 

 
   December 31, 2012  
     Maximum exposure to loss  
(in millions)  Carrying
value
   Expires in
one year
or less
   Expires after
one year
through three
years
   

Expires after
three years
through

five years

   Expires
after five
years
   Total   Non-
investment
grade
 

 

 

Standby letters of credit (1)

  $42    19,463    11,782    6,531    1,983    39,759    11,331 

Securities lending and other indemnifications

   -     3    7    20    2,511    2,541    118 

Liquidity agreements (2)

   -     -     -     -     3    3    3 

Written put options (2)(3)

   1,427    2,951    3,873    2,475    2,575    11,874    3,953 

Loans and MHFS sold with recourse

   99    443    357    647    4,426    5,873    3,905 

Contingent consideration

   35    11    24    94    -     129    129 

Other guarantees

   3    677    26    1    717    1,421    4 

 

 

Total guarantees

  $1,606    23,548    16,069    9,768    12,215    61,600    19,443 

 

 

(1) Total maximum exposure to loss includes direct pay letters of credit (DPLCs) of $18.2 billion and $18.5 billion at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. We issue DPLCs to provide credit enhancements for certain bond issuances. Beneficiaries (bond trustees) may draw upon these instruments to make scheduled principal and interest payments, redeem all outstanding bonds because a default event has occurred, or for other reasons as permitted by the agreement. We also originate multipurpose lending commitments under which borrowers have the option to draw on the facility in one of several forms, including as a standby letter of credit. Total maximum exposure to loss includes the portion of these facilities for which we have issued standby letters of credit under the commitments.

(2) Certain of these agreements included in this table are related to off-balance sheet entities and, accordingly, are also disclosed in Note 7.

(3) Written put options, which are in the form of derivatives, are also included in the derivative disclosures in Note 12.

 

“Maximum exposure to loss” and “Non-investment grade” are required disclosures under GAAP. Non-investment grade represents those guarantees on which we have a higher risk of being required to perform under the terms of the guarantee. If the underlying assets under the guarantee are non-investment grade (that is, an external rating that is below investment grade or an internal credit default grade that is equivalent to a below investment grade external rating), we consider the risk of performance to be high. Internal credit default grades are determined based upon the same credit policies that we use to evaluate the risk of payment or performance when making loans and other extensions of credit. These credit policies are further described in Note 5.

Maximum exposure to loss represents the estimated loss that would be incurred under an assumed hypothetical circumstance, despite what we believe is its extremely remote possibility, where the value of our interests and any associated collateral declines to zero. Maximum exposure to loss estimates in the table above do not reflect economic hedges or collateral we could use to offset or recover losses we may incur under our guarantee agreements. Accordingly, this required disclosure is not an indication of expected loss. We believe the carrying value, which is either fair value for derivative related products or the allowance for lending related commitments, is more representative of our exposure to loss than maximum exposure to loss.

 

 

106


Table of Contents

STANDBY LETTERS OF CREDIT We issue standby letters of credit, which include performance and financial guarantees, for customers in connection with contracts between our customers and third parties. Standby letters of credit are agreements where we are obligated to make payment to a third party on behalf of a customer in the event the customer fails to meet their contractual obligations. We consider the credit risk in standby letters of credit and commercial and similar letters of credit in determining the allowance for credit losses. Standby letters of credit include direct pay letters of credit we issue to provide credit enhancements for certain bond issuances.

SECURITIES LENDING AND OTHER INDEMNIFICATIONS As a securities lending agent, we lend debt and equity securities from participating institutional clients’ portfolios to third-party borrowers. These arrangements are for an indefinite period of time whereby we indemnify our clients against default by the borrower in returning these lent securities. This indemnity is supported by collateral received from the borrowers and is generally in the form of cash or highly liquid securities that are marked to market daily. There was $454 million at March 31, 2013 and $443 million at December 31, 2012, in collateral supporting loaned securities with values of $443 million and $436 million, respectively.

We use certain third party clearing agents to clear and settle transactions on behalf of some of our institutional brokerage customers. We indemnify the clearing agents against loss that could occur for non-performance by our customers on transactions that are not sufficiently collateralized. Transactions subject to the indemnifications may include customer obligations related to the settlement of margin accounts and short positions, such as written call options and securities borrowing transactions. Outstanding customer obligations and related collateral were $741 million and $3.6 billion, respectively, as of March 31, 2013. Our estimate of maximum exposure to loss, which requires judgement regarding the range and likelihood of future events, was $2.7 billion as of March 31, 2013.

We enter into other types of indemnification agreements in the ordinary course of business under which we agree to indemnify third parties against any damages, losses and expenses incurred in connection with legal and other proceedings arising from relationships or transactions with us. These relationships or transactions include those arising from service as a director or officer of the Company, underwriting agreements relating to our securities, acquisition agreements and various other business transactions or arrangements. Because the extent of our obligations under these agreements depends entirely upon the occurrence of future events, we are unable to determine our potential future liability under these agreements. We do, however, record a liability for residential mortgage loans that we expect to repurchase pursuant to various representations and warranties. See Note 8 for additional information on the liability for mortgage loan repurchase losses.

LIQUIDITY AGREEMENTS We provide liquidity facilities on all commercial paper issued by the conduit we administer. We also

provide liquidity to certain off-balance sheet entities that hold securitized fixed-rate municipal bonds and consumer or commercial assets that are partially funded with the issuance of money market and other short-term notes. See Note 7 for additional information on these arrangements.

WRITTEN PUT OPTIONS Written put options are contracts that give the counterparty the right to sell to us an underlying instrument held by the counterparty at a specified price, and include options, floors, caps and credit default swaps. These written put option contracts generally permit net settlement. While these derivative transactions expose us to risk in the event the option is exercised, we manage this risk by entering into offsetting trades or by taking short positions in the underlying instrument. We offset substantially all put options written to customers with purchased options. Additionally, for certain of these contracts, we require the counterparty to pledge the underlying instrument as collateral for the transaction. Our ultimate obligation under written put options is based on future market conditions and is only quantifiable at settlement. See Note 7 for additional information regarding transactions with VIEs and Note 12 for additional information regarding written derivative contracts.

LOANS AND MHFS SOLD WITH RECOURSE In certain loan sales or securitizations, we provide recourse to the buyer whereby we are required to indemnify the buyer for any loss on the loan up to par value plus accrued interest. We provide recourse, predominantly to the GSEs, on loans sold under various programs and arrangements. Primarily all of these programs and arrangements require that we share in the loans’ credit exposure for their remaining life by providing recourse to the GSE, up to 33.33% of actual losses incurred on a pro-rata basis, in the event of borrower default. Under the remaining recourse programs and arrangements, if certain events occur within a specified period of time from transfer date, we have to provide limited recourse to the buyer to indemnify them for losses incurred for the remaining life of the loans. The maximum exposure to loss reported in the accompanying table represents the outstanding principal balance of the loans sold or securitized that are subject to recourse provisions or the maximum losses per the contractual agreements. However, we believe the likelihood of loss of the entire balance due to these recourse agreements is remote and amounts paid can be recovered in whole or in part from the sale of collateral. In first quarter 2013, we repurchased $11 million of loans associated with these agreements. We also provide representation and warranty guarantees on loans sold under the various recourse programs and arrangements. Our loss exposure relative to these guarantees is separately considered and provided for, as necessary, in determination of our liability for loan repurchases due to breaches of representation and warranties. See Note 8 for additional information on the liability for mortgage loan repurchase losses.

CONTINGENT CONSIDERATION In connection with certain brokerage, asset management, insurance agency and other acquisitions we have made, the terms of the acquisition agreements provide for deferred payments or additional consideration, based on certain performance targets.

 

 

107


Table of Contents

Note 10: Guarantees, Pledged Assets and Collateral (continued)

 

OTHER GUARANTEES We are members of exchanges and clearing houses that we use to clear our trades and those of our customers. It is common that all members in these organizations are required to collectively guarantee the performance of other members. Our obligations under the guarantees are based on either a fixed amount or a multiple of the collateral we are required to maintain with these organizations. We have not recorded a liability for these arrangements as of the dates presented in the previous table because we believe the likelihood of loss is remote.

We also have contingent performance arrangements related to various customer relationships and lease transactions. We are required to pay the counterparties to these agreements if third parties default on certain obligations.

Pledged Assets

As part of our liquidity management strategy, we pledge assets to secure trust and public deposits, borrowings from the FHLB and FRB, securities sold under agreements to repurchase (repurchase agreements), and for other purposes as required or permitted by law. The types of collateral we pledge include securities issued by federal agencies, government-sponsored entities (GSEs), domestic and foreign companies and various commercial and consumer loans. The following table provides the total carrying amount of pledged assets by asset type, of which substantially all are pursuant to agreements that do not permit the secured party to sell or repledge the collateral. The table excludes pledged consolidated VIE assets of $13.2 billion and $14.6 billion at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, which can only be used to settle the liabilities of those entities. See Note 7 for additional information on consolidated VIE assets.

 

 

   
(in millions)  

Mar. 31

2013

   

Dec. 31,

2012

 

Trading assets and other (1)

  $32,397    28,031 

Securities available for sale (2)

   92,788    96,018 

Loans (3)

   379,711    360,171 

Total pledged assets

  $      504,896     484,220 

 

(1)Represent assets pledged to collateralize repurchase agreements and other securities financings. Balance includes $31.4 billion and $27.4 billion at March 31, 2013, and December 31, 2012, respectively, under agreements that permit the secured parties to sell or repledge the collateral.
(2)Includes $8.6 billion and $8.4 billion in collateral for repurchase agreements at March 31, 2013, and December 31, 2012, respectively, which are pledged under agreements that do not permit the secured parties to sell or repledge the collateral.
(3)Represent loans carried at amortized cost, which are pledged under agreements that do not permit the secured parties to sell or repledge the collateral.

 

108


Table of Contents

Offsetting of Resale and Repurchase Agreements and Securities Borrowing and Lending Agreements

The table below presents resale and repurchase agreements subject to master repurchase agreements (MRA) and securities borrowing and lending agreements subject to master securities lending agreements (MSLA). We account for transactions subject to these agreements as collateralized financings and those with a single counterparty are presented net on our balance sheet, provided certain criteria are met that permit balance sheet netting under U.S. GAAP. Most transactions subject to these agreements do not meet those criteria and thus are not eligible for balance sheet netting.

Collateral we pledged consists of non-cash instruments, such as securities or loans, and is not netted on the balance sheet against the related collateralized liability. Collateral we received

includes securities or loans and is not recognized on our balance sheet. Collateral received or pledged may be increased or decreased over time to maintain certain contractual thresholds as the assets underlying each arrangement fluctuate in value. Generally, these agreements require collateral to exceed the asset or liability recognized on the balance sheet. The following table includes the amount of collateral pledged or received related to exposures subject to enforceable MRAs or MSLAs. While these agreements are typically over-collateralized, U.S. GAAP requires disclosure in this table to limit the amount of such collateral to the amount of the related recognized asset or liability for each counterparty.

In addition to the amounts included in the table below, we also have balance sheet netting related to derivatives that are disclosed within Note 12.

 

 

   
(in millions)  

Mar. 31,

2013

  

Dec. 31,

2012

 

Assets:

   

Resale and securities borrowing agreements

   

Gross amounts recognized

  $            50,645   45,847  

Gross amounts offset in consolidated balance sheet (1)

   (2,586  (2,561

Net amounts in consolidated balance sheet (2)

   48,059   43,286  

Noncash collateral not recognized in consolidated balance sheet (3)

   (47,474  (42,920

Net amount (4)

  $585   366  

Liabilities:

   

Repurchase and securities lending agreements

   

Gross amounts recognized

  $39,782   35,876 

Gross amounts offset in consolidated balance sheet (1)

   (2,586  (2,561

Net amounts in consolidated balance sheet (5)

   37,196   33,315 

Noncash collateral pledged but not netted in consolidated balance sheet (6)

   (36,926  (33,050

Net amount (7)

  $270   265  

 

(1)Represents recognized amount of resale and repurchase agreements with counterparties subject to enforceable MRAs or MSLAs that have been offset in the consolidated balance sheet.
(2)At March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, includes $37.6 billion and $33.8 billion, respectively, classified on our consolidated balance sheet in Federal Funds Sold, Securities Purchased under Resale Agreements and Other Short-Term Investments and $10.5 billion and $9.5 billion, respectively, in Loans.
(3)Represents the fair value of non-cash collateral we have received under enforceable MRAs or MSLAs, limited for table presentation purposes to the amount of the recognized asset due from each counterparty. At March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, we have received total collateral with a fair value of $52.0 billion and $46.6 billion, respectively, all of which, we have the right to sell or repledge. These amounts include securities we have sold or repledged to others with a fair value of $34.0 billion at March 31, 2013 and $29.7 billion at December 31, 2012.
(4)Represents the amount of our exposure that is not collateralized and/or is not subject to an enforceable MRA or MSLA.
(5)Amount is classified in Short-Term Borrowings on our consolidated balance sheet.
(6)Represents the fair value of non-cash collateral we have pledged, related to enforceable MRAs or MSLAs, limited for table presentation purposes to the amount of the recognized liability owed to each counterparty. At March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, we have pledged total collateral with a fair value of $41.0 billion and $36.4 billion, respectively, of which, the counterparty does not have the right to sell or repledge $9.6 billion as of March 31, 2013 and $9.1 billion as of December 31, 2012.
(7)Represents the amount of our exposure that is not covered by pledged collateral and/or is not subject to an enforceable MRA or MSLA.

 

109


Table of Contents

Note 11: Legal Actions

 

 

The following supplements our discussion of certain matters previously reported in Part I, Item 3 (Legal Proceedings) of our 2012 Form 10-K for events occurring during first quarter 2013.

FHA INSURANCE LITIGATION On October 9, 2012, the United States filed a complaint, captioned United States of America v. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York. The complaint makes claims with respect to Wells Fargo’s Federal Housing Administration (FHA) lending program for the period 2001 to 2010. The complaint alleges, among other allegations, that Wells Fargo improperly certified certain FHA mortgage loans for United States Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) insurance that did not qualify for the program, and therefore Wells Fargo should not have received insurance proceeds from HUD when some of the loans later defaulted. The complaint further alleges Wells Fargo knew some of the mortgages did not qualify for insurance and did not disclose the deficiencies to HUD before making insurance claims. On December 1, 2012, Wells Fargo filed a motion in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia seeking to enforce a release of Wells Fargo given by the United States, which was denied on February 12, 2013. On April 11, 2013, Wells Fargo filed a notice of appeal. On December 14, 2012, the United States filed an amended complaint. On January 16, 2013, Wells Fargo filed a motion in the Southern District of New York to dismiss the amended complaint. Oral argument of the motion was held on April 17, 2013.

MEDICAL CAPITAL CORPORATION LITIGATION Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. served as indenture trustee for debt issued by affiliates of Medical Capital Corporation, which was placed in receivership at the request of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) in August 2009. Since September 2009, Wells Fargo has been named as a defendant in various class and mass actions brought by holders of Medical Capital Corporation’s debt, alleging that Wells Fargo breached contractual and other legal obligations owed to them and seeking unspecified damages. On April 16, 2013, the parties reached a settlement in principle of all claims which provides for Wells Fargo to pay $105 million to the plaintiffs. The settlement is subject to Court approval.

MARYLAND MORTGAGE LENDING LITIGATION On July 8, 2008, a class action complaint captioned Stacey and Bradley Petry, et al., v. Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., et al., was filed. The complaint alleges that Wells Fargo and others violated the Maryland Finder’s Fee Act in the closing of mortgage loans in Maryland. On March 13, 2013, the Court held the plaintiff class did not have sufficient evidence to proceed to trial, which was previously set for March 18, 2013. The Court is considering whether to dismiss the case or to certify an appellate question to the Maryland Court of Appeals.

MORTGAGE-BACKED CERTIFICATES LITIGATION Several securities law based putative class actions were consolidated in

the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California on July 16, 2009, under the caption In re Wells Fargo Mortgage-Backed Certificates Litigation. The case asserted claims against several Wells Fargo mortgage-backed securities trusts, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and other affiliated entities, individual employee defendants, along with various underwriters and rating agencies. The plaintiffs alleged that the offering documents contain untrue statements of material fact, or omit to state material facts necessary to make the registration statements and accompanying prospectuses not misleading. The parties agreed to settle the case on May 27, 2011, for $125 million. Final approval of the settlement was entered on November 14, 2011. Some class members opted out of the settlement. Wells Fargo settled the opt out claims of Federal National Mortgage Association for an amount that was within a previously established accrual.

OUTLOOK When establishing a liability for contingent litigation losses, the Company determines a range of potential losses for each matter that is both probable and estimable, and records the amount it considers to be the best estimate within the range. The high end of the range of reasonably possible potential litigation losses in excess of the Company’s liability for probable and estimable losses was $1.1 billion as of March 31, 2013. For these matters and others where an unfavorable outcome is reasonably possible but not probable, there may be a range of possible losses in excess of the established liability that cannot be estimated. Based on information currently available, advice of counsel, available insurance coverage and established reserves, Wells Fargo believes that the eventual outcome of the actions against Wells Fargo and/or its subsidiaries, including the matters described above, will not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on Wells Fargo’s consolidated financial position. However, in the event of unexpected future developments, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of those matters, if unfavorable, may be material to Wells Fargo’s results of operations for any particular period.

 

 

110


Table of Contents

Note 12: Derivatives

 

 

We primarily use derivatives to manage exposure to market risk, including interest rate risk, credit risk and foreign currency risk, and to assist customers with their risk management objectives. We designate derivatives either as hedging instruments in a qualifying hedge accounting relationship (fair value or cash flow hedge) or as free-standing derivatives. Free-standing derivatives include economic hedges that do not qualify for hedge accounting and derivatives held for customer accommodation or other trading purposes.

Our asset/liability management approach to interest rate, foreign currency and certain other risks includes the use of derivatives. Such derivatives are typically designated as fair value or cash flow hedges, or economic hedges. This helps minimize significant, unplanned fluctuations in earnings, fair values of assets and liabilities, and cash flows caused by interest rate, foreign currency and other market value volatility. This approach involves modifying the repricing characteristics of certain assets and liabilities so that changes in interest rates, foreign currency and other exposures do not have a significantly adverse effect on the net interest margin, cash flows and earnings. As a result of fluctuations in these exposures, hedged assets and liabilities will gain or lose market value. In a fair value or economic hedge, the effect of this unrealized gain or loss will generally be offset by the gain or loss on the derivatives linked to the hedged assets and liabilities. In a cash flow hedge, where we manage the variability of cash payments due to interest rate fluctuations by the effective use of derivatives linked to hedged assets and liabilities, the unrealized gain or loss on the derivatives or the hedged asset or liability is generally reflected in other comprehensive income and not in earnings.

We also offer various derivatives, including interest rate, commodity, equity, credit and foreign exchange contracts, to our customers as part of our trading businesses but usually offset our exposure from such contracts by entering into other financial contracts. These derivative transactions are conducted in an effort to help customers manage their market price risks. The customer accommodations and any offsetting derivative contracts are treated as free-standing derivatives. To a much lesser extent, we take positions executed for our own account based on market expectations or to benefit from price differentials between financial instruments and markets. Additionally, free-standing derivatives include embedded derivatives that are required to be accounted for separately from their host contracts.

The following table presents the total notional or contractual amounts and fair values for our derivatives. Derivative transactions can be measured in terms of the notional amount, but this amount is not recorded on the balance sheet and is not, when viewed in isolation, a meaningful measure of the risk profile of the instruments. The notional amount is generally not exchanged, but is used only as the basis on which interest and other payments are determined. Derivatives designated as qualifying hedge contracts and free-standing derivatives (economic hedges) are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value in other assets or other liabilities. Customer accommodation, trading and other free-standing derivatives are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value in trading assets, other assets or other liabilities.

 

 

111


Table of Contents

Note 12: Derivatives (continued)

 

   
   March 31, 2013  December 31, 2012 
   

Notional or

contractual

amount

   Fair value  

Notional or

contractual

amount

   Fair value 
     

Asset

derivatives

  

Liability

derivatives

    

Asset

derivatives

  

Liability

derivatives

 
(in millions)         
  

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments

         

Interest rate contracts (1)

  $91,096    6,507   2,509   92,004    7,284   2,696 

Foreign exchange contracts

   28,386    1,538   404   27,382    1,808   274 

Total derivatives designated as qualifying hedging instruments

     8,045    2,913      9,092    2,970  

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

         

Free-standing derivatives (economic hedges):

         

Interest rate contracts (2)

   297,491    527   767   334,555    450   694 

Equity contracts

   611    64   65   75    -    50 

Foreign exchange contracts

   2,208    5   19   3,074    3   64 

Credit contracts - protection purchased

   6    -    3   16    -    -  

Other derivatives

   2,234    -    52    2,296     -    78  

Subtotal

     596    906      453    886  

Customer accommodation, trading and other free-standing derivatives:

         

Interest rate contracts

   3,056,974    54,959   56,619   2,774,783    63,617   65,305 

Commodity contracts

   94,106    2,962   3,045   90,732    3,456   3,590 

Equity contracts

   74,770    4,543   4,861   71,958    3,783   4,114 

Foreign exchange contracts

   175,322    3,795   3,422   166,061    3,713   3,241 

Credit contracts - protection sold

   24,351    311   2,307   26,455    315   2,623 

Credit contracts - protection purchased

   26,651    1,277   314    29,021     1,495    329  

Subtotal

     67,847   70,568     76,379   79,202 

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

     68,443   71,474     76,832   80,088 

Total derivatives before netting

     76,488   74,387     85,924   83,058 

Netting (3)

     (59,572  (66,419    (62,108  (71,116

Total

       $16,916   7,968        23,816   11,942 

 

(1)Notional amounts presented exclude $2.7 billion at March 31, 2013, and $4.7 billion at December 31, 2012, of basis swaps that are combined with receive fixed-rate/pay floating-rate swaps and designated as one hedging instrument.
(2)Includes free-standing derivatives (economic hedges) used to hedge the risk of changes in the fair value of residential MSRs, MHFS, loans and other interests held.
(3)Represents balance sheet netting of derivative asset and liability balances, and related cash collateral. See the next table in this Note for further information.

 

The following table provides information on the gross fair values of derivative assets and liabilities, the balance sheet netting adjustments and the resulting net fair value amount recorded on our balance sheet, as well as the non-cash collateral associated with such arrangements. We execute substantially all of our derivative transactions under master netting arrangements. We reflect all derivative balances and related cash collateral subject to enforceable master netting arrangements on a net basis within the balance sheet.

We determine the balance sheet netting adjustments based on the terms specified within each master netting arrangement. We disclose the balance sheet netting amounts within the column titled “Gross amounts offset in consolidated balance sheet”. Balance sheet netting adjustments are determined at the counterparty level for which there may be multiple contract types. For disclosure purposes, we allocate these adjustments to the contract type for each counterparty proportionally based upon the “Gross amounts recognized” by counterparty. As a result, the net amounts disclosed by contract type may not represent the actual exposure upon settlement of the contracts.

Balance sheet netting does not include

non-cash collateral that we pledge. For disclosure purposes, we present these amounts in the column “Gross amounts not offset in consolidated balance sheet (Disclosure-only netting)” within the next table. We determine and allocate the Disclosure-only netting amounts in the same manner as balance sheet netting amounts.

The “Net amounts” column within the following table represents the aggregate of our net exposure to each counterparty after considering the balance sheet and Disclosure-only netting adjustments. We manage derivative exposure by monitoring the credit risk associated with each counterparty using counterparty specific credit risk limits, the use of master netting arrangements and obtaining collateral. Derivative contracts executed in over the counter markets are typically bilateral contractual arrangements that are not cleared through a central clearing party and are subject to master netting arrangements. The percentage of derivatives executed in such markets, based on gross fair value, is provided within the next table. In addition to the netting amounts included in the table, we also have balance sheet netting related to resale and repurchase agreements that are disclosed within Note 10.

 

 

112


Table of Contents
(in millions)  

Gross amounts

recognized (1)

   

Gross amounts

offset in

consolidated

balance

sheet (2)

  

Net amounts in

consolidated

balance

sheet (3)

   

Gross amounts

not offset in

consolidated

balance sheet

(Disclosure-only

netting) (4)

  Net amounts   

Percent

exchanged in

over-the-counter

market (5)

 

March 31, 2013

          

Derivative assets

          

Interest rate contracts

  $61,993    (50,559  11,434    (1,202  10,232    92

Commodity contracts

   2,962    (1,031  1,931    (60  1,871    55  

Equity contracts

   4,607    (2,287  2,320    (24  2,296    86 

Foreign exchange contracts

   5,338    (4,394  944    (8  936    100 

Credit contracts-protection sold

   311    (276  35    -   35    98 

Credit contracts-protection purchased

   1,277    (1,025  252    (34  218    100 

Total derivative assets

  $76,488    (59,572  16,916    (1,328  15,588      

Derivative liabilities

          

Interest rate contracts

  $59,895    (57,681  2,214    (187  2,027    90

Commodity contracts

   3,045    (1,369  1,676    (7  1,669    76  

Equity contracts

   4,926    (2,779  2,147    (107  2,040    95 

Foreign exchange contracts

   3,845    (2,102  1,743    -   1,743    100 

Credit contracts-protection sold

   2,307    (2,199  108    -   108    100 

Credit contracts-protection purchased

   317    (289  28    -   28    97 

Other contracts

   52    -    52    -   52    100 

Total derivative liabilities

  $74,387    (66,419  7,968    (301  7,667      

December 31, 2012

          

Derivative assets

          

Interest rate contracts

  $71,351    (53,708  17,643    (2,692  14,951    94

Commodity contracts

   3,456    (1,080  2,376    (27  2,349    48 

Equity contracts

   3,783    (2,428  1,355    -   1,355    89 

Foreign exchange contracts

   5,524    (3,449  2,075    (105  1,970    100 

Credit contracts-protection sold

   315    (296  19    (4  15    100 

Credit contracts-protection purchased

   1,495    (1,147  348    (56  292    100 

Total derivative assets

  $85,924    (62,108  23,816    (2,884  20,932      

Derivative liabilities

          

Interest rate contracts

  $68,695    (62,559  6,136    (287  5,849    92

Commodity contracts

   3,590    (1,394  2,196    -   2,196    79 

Equity contracts

   4,164    (2,618  1,546    -   1,546    95 

Foreign exchange contracts

   3,579    (1,804  1,775    (55  1,720    100 

Credit contracts-protection sold

   2,623    (2,450  173    -   173    100 

Credit contracts-protection purchased

   329    (291  38    -   38    100 

Other contracts

   78    -    78    -   78    100 

Total derivative liabilities

  $83,058    (71,116  11,942    (342  11,600      

 

(1)Includes $61.9 billion and $68.1 billion of gross derivative assets and liabilities, respectively, at March 31, 2013, and $68.9 billion and $75.8 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2012, with counterparties subject to enforceable master netting arrangements that are carried on the balance sheet net of offsetting amounts.
(2)Represents amounts with counterparties subject to enforceable master netting arrangements that have been offset in the consolidated balance sheet, including related cash collateral and portfolio level counterparty valuation adjustments. Counterparty valuation adjustments were $288 million and $352 million related to derivative assets and $69 million and $68 million related to derivative liabilities as of March 31, 2013, and December 31, 2012, respectively. Cash collateral totaled $6.6 billion and $13.6 billion, netted against derivative assets and liabilities, respectively, at March 31, 2013, and $5.0 billion and $14.5 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2012.
(3)Net derivative assets of $15.1 billion and $18.3 billion are classified in Trading assets as of March 31, 2013, and December 31, 2012, respectively. $1.9 billion and $5.5 billion are classified in Other assets in the consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2013, and December 31, 2012, respectively. Net derivative liabilities are classified in Accrued expenses and other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet.
(4)Represents non-cash collateral pledged and received against derivative assets and liabilities with the same counterparty that are subject to enforceable master netting arrangements. U.S. GAAP does not permit netting of such non-cash collateral balances in the consolidated balance sheet but requires disclosure of these amounts.
(5)Calculated based on Gross amounts recognized as of the respective balance sheet date. The remaining percentage represents exchange-traded derivatives and derivatives cleared through central clearinghouses.

 

113


Table of Contents

Note 12: Derivatives (continued)

 

Fair Value Hedges

We use interest rate swaps to convert certain of our fixed-rate long-term debt and CDs to floating rates to hedge our exposure to interest rate risk. We also enter into cross-currency swaps, cross-currency interest rate swaps and forward contracts to hedge our exposure to foreign currency risk and interest rate risk associated with the issuance of non-U.S. dollar denominated long-term debt. In addition, we use interest rate swaps, cross-currency swaps, cross-currency interest rate swaps and forward contracts to hedge against changes in fair value of certain investments in available-for-sale debt securities due to changes in interest rates, foreign currency rates, or both. We also use interest rate swaps to hedge against changes in fair value for certain mortgages held for sale. The entire derivative gain or loss is included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness for all fair value hedge relationships, except for those involving foreign-currency denominated securities available for sale and long-term

debt hedged with foreign currency forward derivatives for which the time value component of the derivative gain or loss related to the changes in the difference between the spot and forward price is excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

We use statistical regression analysis to assess hedge effectiveness, both at inception of the hedging relationship and on an ongoing basis. The regression analysis involves regressing the periodic change in fair value of the hedging instrument against the periodic changes in fair value of the asset or liability being hedged due to changes in the hedged risk(s). The assessment includes an evaluation of the quantitative measures of the regression results used to validate the conclusion of high effectiveness.

The following table shows the net gains (losses) recognized in the income statement related to derivatives in fair value hedging relationships.

 

 

    
   Interest rate
contracts hedging:
  Foreign exchange
contracts hedging:
  Total net
gains
 
(in millions)  

Securities

available

for sale

  

Mortgages

held for

sale

  

Long-term

debt

  

Securities

available

for sale

  

Long-term

debt

  (losses)
on fair
value
hedges
 

Quarter ended March 31, 2013

       

Gains (losses) recorded in net interest income

  $(125  1   397   -    68   341 

Gains (losses) recorded in noninterest income

       

Recognized on derivatives

   304   2   (728  208   (773  (987

Recognized on hedged item

   (288  (5  688   (203  771   963 

Recognized on fair value hedges (ineffective portion) (1)

  $16   (3  (40  5   (2  (24

Quarter ended March 31, 2012

       

Gains (losses) recorded in net interest income

  $(112  -    419   (3  71   375 

Gains (losses) recorded in noninterest income

       

Recognized on derivatives

   302   5   (868  41   566   46 

Recognized on hedged item

   (296  (6  802   (14  (648  (162

Recognized on fair value hedges (ineffective portion) (1)

  $6   (1  (66  27   (82  (116

 

(1)Includes $(3) million and $(1) million, respectively, for the quarters ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, of losses on forward derivatives hedging foreign currency securities available for sale and long-term debt, representing the portion of derivative gains (losses) excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

 

114


Table of Contents

Cash Flow Hedges

We hedge floating-rate debt against future interest rate increases by using interest rate swaps, caps, floors and futures to limit variability of cash flows due to changes in the benchmark interest rate. We also use interest rate swaps and floors to hedge the variability in interest payments received on certain floating-rate commercial loans, due to changes in the benchmark interest rate. We use forward contracts to hedge our exposure to foreign currency risk associated with certain non-U.S. dollar denominated operating expenses. Gains and losses on derivatives that are reclassified from OCI to interest income, interest expense and noninterest expense in the current period are included in the line item in which the hedged item’s effect on earnings is recorded. All parts of gain or loss on these derivatives are included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness. We assess hedge effectiveness using regression analysis, both at inception of the hedging relationship and on an ongoing basis. The regression analysis involves regressing the periodic

changes in cash flows of the hedging instrument against the periodic changes in cash flows of the forecasted transaction being hedged due to changes in the hedged risk(s). The assessment includes an evaluation of the quantitative measures of the regression results used to validate the conclusion of high effectiveness.

Based upon current interest rates, we estimate that $416 million (pre tax) of deferred net gains on derivatives in OCI at March 31, 2013, will be reclassified into interest income and interest expense during the next twelve months. Future changes to interest rates may significantly change actual amounts reclassified to earnings. We are hedging our exposure to the variability of future cash flows for all forecasted transactions for a maximum of 5 years for both hedges of floating-rate debt and floating-rate commercial loans.

The following table shows the net gains recognized related to derivatives in cash flow hedging relationships. None of the change in value of the derivatives was excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness.

 

 

 

 

  
   Quarter ended March 31, 
(in millions)  2013   2012 

Gains (pre tax) recognized in OCI on derivatives

  $7    42 

Gains (pre tax) reclassified from cumulative OCI into net income (1)

   87    107 

 

(1)Amounts were recorded in net interest income and noninterest expense.

 

Free-Standing Derivatives

We use free-standing derivatives (economic hedges) to hedge the risk of changes in the fair value of certain residential MHFS, certain loans held for investment, residential MSRs measured at fair value, derivative loan commitments and other interests held. The resulting gain or loss on these economic hedges is reflected in mortgage banking noninterest income and other noninterest income.

The derivatives used to hedge MSRs measured at fair value, which include swaps, swaptions, constant maturity mortgages, forwards, Eurodollar and Treasury futures and options contracts, resulted in net derivative losses of $632 million in first quarter 2013 and net derivative gains of $100 million in first quarter 2012, which are included in mortgage banking noninterest income. The aggregate fair value of these derivatives was a net asset of $113 million and $87 million at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The change in fair value of these derivatives for each period end is due to changes in the underlying market indices and interest rates as well as the purchase and sale of derivative financial instruments throughout the period as part of our dynamic MSR risk management process.

Interest rate lock commitments for residential mortgage loans that we intend to sell are considered free-standing derivatives. Our interest rate exposure on these derivative loan commitments, as well as substantially all residential MHFS, is hedged with free-standing derivatives (economic hedges) such as swaps, forwards and options, Eurodollar futures and options, and Treasury futures, forwards and options contracts. The commitments, free-standing derivatives and residential MHFS are carried at fair value with changes in fair value included in

mortgage banking noninterest income. For the fair value measurement of interest rate lock commitments we include, at inception and during the life of the loan commitment, the expected net future cash flows related to the associated servicing of the loan. Fair value changes subsequent to inception are based on changes in fair value of the underlying loan resulting from the exercise of the commitment and changes in the probability that the loan will not fund within the terms of the commitment (referred to as a fall-out factor). The value of the underlying loan is affected primarily by changes in interest rates and the passage of time. However, changes in investor demand can also cause changes in the value of the underlying loan value that cannot be hedged. The aggregate fair value of derivative loan commitments in the balance sheet was a net asset of $415 million and $497 million at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, and is included in the caption “Interest rate contracts” under “Customer accommodation, trading and other free-standing derivatives” in the first table in this Note.

We also enter into various derivatives primarily to provide derivative products to customers. To a lesser extent, we take positions based on market expectations or to benefit from price differentials between financial instruments and markets. These derivatives are not linked to specific assets and liabilities in the balance sheet or to forecasted transactions in an accounting hedge relationship and, therefore, do not qualify for hedge accounting. We also enter into free-standing derivatives for risk management that do not otherwise qualify for hedge accounting. They are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recorded as other noninterest income.

Free-standing derivatives also include embedded derivatives that are required to be accounted for separately from their host

 

 

115


Table of Contents

Note 12: Derivatives (continued)

 

contract. We periodically issue hybrid long-term notes and CDs where the performance of the hybrid instrument notes is linked to an equity, commodity or currency index, or basket of such indices. These notes contain explicit terms that affect some or all of the cash flows or the value of the note in a manner similar to a derivative instrument and therefore are considered to contain an “embedded” derivative instrument. The indices on which the performance of the hybrid instrument is calculated are not clearly and closely related to the host debt instrument. The “embedded” derivative is separated from the host contract and

accounted for as a free-standing derivative. Additionally, we may invest in hybrid instruments that contain embedded derivatives, such as credit derivatives, that are not clearly and closely related to the host contract. In such instances, we either elect fair value option for the hybrid instrument or separate the embedded derivative from the host contract and account for the host contract and derivative separately.

The following table shows the net gains recognized in the income statement related to derivatives not designated as hedging instruments.

 

 

  
   Quarter ended March 31, 
(in millions)  2013  2012 

Net gains (losses) recognized on free-standing derivatives (economic hedges):

   

Interest rate contracts

   

Recognized in noninterest income:

   

Mortgage banking (1)

  $381   (196

Other (2)

   24   42 

Equity contracts (3)

   (14  -  

Foreign exchange contracts (2)

   8   (85

Credit contracts (2)

   (4  (5

Subtotal

   395    (244

Net gains (losses) recognized on customer accommodation, trading and other free-standing derivatives:

   

Interest rate contracts

   

Recognized in noninterest income:

   

Mortgage banking (4)

   270   1,071 

Other (5)

   205   240 

Commodity contracts (5)

   161   (23

Equity contracts (5)

   (250  (285

Foreign exchange contracts (5)

   277   129 

Credit contracts (5)

   (48  59 

Other (5)

   -    (1

Subtotal

   615   1,190 

Net gains recognized related to derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

  $1,010   946 

 

(1)Predominantly mortgage banking noninterest income including gains (losses) on the derivatives used as economic hedges of MSRs measured at fair value, interest rate lock commitments and mortgages held for sale.
(2)Predominantly included in other noninterest income.
(3)Predominantly included in net gains (losses) from equity investments.
(4)Predominantly mortgage banking noninterest income including gains (losses) on interest rate lock commitments.
(5)Predominantly included in net gains from trading activities in noninterest income.

 

Credit Derivatives

We use credit derivatives primarily to assist customers with their risk management objectives. We may also use credit derivatives in structured product transactions or liquidity agreements written to special purpose vehicles. The maximum exposure of sold credit derivatives is managed through posted collateral, purchased credit derivatives and similar products in order to achieve our desired credit risk profile. This credit risk management provides an ability to recover a significant portion of any amounts that would be paid under the sold credit derivatives. We would be required to perform under the noted credit derivatives in the event of default by the referenced obligors. Events of default include events such as bankruptcy, capital restructuring or lack of principal and/or interest payment. In certain cases, other triggers may exist, such as the credit downgrade of the referenced obligors or the inability of the special purpose vehicle for which we have provided liquidity to obtain funding.

 

 

116


Table of Contents

The following table provides details of sold and purchased credit derivatives.

 

  
        Notional amount     
(in millions)  Fair value
liability
   Protection
sold (A)
   

Protection
sold -

non-
investment
grade

   

Protection
purchased

with

identical
underlyings (B)

   

Net
protection
sold

(A) - (B)

   Other
protection
purchased
   Range of
maturities
 

March 31, 2013

              

Credit default swaps on:

              

Corporate bonds

  $133    14,301    7,252    7,872    6,429    7,725    2013-2021  

Structured products

   1,596    2,720    2,342    954    1,766    837    2016-2056  

Credit protection on:

              

Default swap index

   11    2,737    267    2,374    363    525    2013-2018  

Commercial mortgage-backed securities index

   510    1,334    318    667    667    626    2049-2063  

Asset-backed securities index

   56    63    63    4    59    92    2037-2046  

Other

   1    3,196    3,196    29    3,167    4,946    2013-2056  

Total credit derivatives

  $      2,307    24,351    13,438    11,900    12,451    14,751      

December 31, 2012

              

Credit default swaps on:

              

Corporate bonds

  $240    15,845    8,448    9,636    6,209    7,701    2013-2021  

Structured products

   1,787    2,433    2,039    948    1,485    393    2016-2056  

Credit protection on:

              

Default swap index

   4    3,520    348    3,444    76    616    2013-2017  

Commercial mortgage-backed securities index

   531    1,249    861    790    459    524    2049-2052  

Asset-backed securities index

   57    64    64    6    58    92    2037-2046  

Other

   4    3,344    3,344    106    3,238    4,655    2013-2056  

Total credit derivatives

  $2,623    26,455    15,104    14,930    11,525    13,981      

 

Protection sold represents the estimated maximum exposure to loss that would be incurred under an assumed hypothetical circumstance, where the value of our interests and any associated collateral declines to zero, without any consideration of recovery or offset from any economic hedges. We believe this hypothetical circumstance to be an extremely remote possibility and accordingly, this required disclosure is not an indication of expected loss. The amounts under non-investment grade represent the notional amounts of those credit derivatives on which we have a higher risk of being required to perform under the terms of the credit derivative and are a function of the underlying assets.

We consider the risk of performance to be high if the underlying assets under the credit derivative have an external rating that is below investment grade or an internal credit default grade that is equivalent thereto. We believe the net protection sold, which is representative of the net notional amount of protection sold and purchased with identical underlyings, in combination with other protection purchased, is more representative of our exposure to loss than either non-investment grade or protection sold. Other protection purchased represents additional protection, which may offset the exposure to loss for protection sold, that was not purchased with an identical underlying of the protection sold.

 

 

117


Table of Contents

Note 12: Derivatives (continued)

 

Credit-Risk Contingent Features

Certain of our derivative contracts contain provisions whereby if the credit rating of our debt were to be downgraded by certain major credit rating agencies, the counterparty could demand additional collateral or require termination or replacement of derivative instruments in a net liability position. The aggregate fair value of all derivative instruments with such credit-risk-related contingent features that are in a net liability position was $15.1 billion at March 31, 2013, and $16.2 billion at December 31, 2012, respectively, for which we posted $12.8 billion and $14.3 billion, respectively, in collateral in the normal course of business. If the credit rating of our debt had been downgraded below investment grade, which is the credit-risk-related contingent feature that if triggered requires the maximum amount of collateral to be posted, on March 31, 2013, or December 31, 2012, we would have been required to post additional collateral of $2.2 billion or $1.9 billion, respectively, or potentially settle the contract in an amount equal to its fair value.

Counterparty Credit Risk

By using derivatives, we are exposed to counterparty credit risk if counterparties to the derivative contracts do not perform as expected. If a counterparty fails to perform, our counterparty credit risk is equal to the amount reported as a derivative asset on our balance sheet. The amounts reported as a derivative asset are derivative contracts in a gain position, and to the extent subject to legally enforceable master netting arrangements, net of derivatives in a loss position with the same counterparty and cash collateral received. We minimize counterparty credit risk through credit approvals, limits, monitoring procedures, executing master netting arrangements and obtaining collateral, where appropriate. To the extent the master netting arrangements and other criteria meet the applicable requirements, including determining the legal enforceability of the arrangement, it is our policy to present derivatives balances and related cash collateral amounts net in the balance sheet. Counterparty credit risk related to derivatives is considered in determining fair value and our assessment of hedge effectiveness. Credit valuation adjustments (“CVA”) are taken to reflect the counterparty credit risk of each counterparty in the valuation of derivatives. CVA adjustments are necessary when the market price (or parameter) is not indicative of the credit quality of the counterparty.

 

 

118


Table of Contents

Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities

 

 

We use fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. Trading assets (excluding derivatives), securities available for sale, derivatives, substantially all residential MHFS, certain commercial LHFS, certain loans held for investment, fair value MSRs and securities sold but not yet purchased (short sale liabilities) are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, we may be required to record at fair value other assets on a nonrecurring basis, such as certain residential and commercial MHFS, certain LHFS, loans held for investment and certain other assets. These nonrecurring fair value adjustments typically involve application of lower-of-cost-or-market accounting or write-downs of individual assets.

See Note 1 in our 2012 Form 10-K for discussion of how we determine fair value and classify assets and liabilities within the fair value hierarchy. For descriptions of the valuation methodologies we use for assets and liabilities recorded at fair value on a recurring or nonrecurring basis and for estimating fair value for financial instruments not recorded at fair value, see Note 17 in our 2012 Form 10-K.

Level 3 Asset and Liability Valuation Processes

We generally determine fair value of our Level 3 assets and liabilities by using internally developed models and, to a lesser extent, prices obtained from third-party pricing services or brokers (collectively, vendors). Our valuation processes vary depending on which approach is utilized.

INTERNAL MODEL VALUATIONS Our internally developed models primarily consist of discounted cash flow techniques. Use of such techniques requires determining relevant inputs, some of which are unobservable. Unobservable inputs are generally derived from historic performance of similar assets or determined from previous market trades in similar instruments. These unobservable inputs usually consist of discount rates, default rates, loss severity upon default, volatilities, correlations and prepayment rates, which are inherent within our Level 3 instruments. Such inputs can be correlated to similar portfolios with known historic experience or recent trades where particular unobservable inputs may be implied; but due to the nature of various inputs being reflected within a particular trade, the value of each input is considered unobservable. We attempt to correlate each unobservable input to historic experience and other third party data where available.

Internal valuation models are subject to review prescribed within our model risk management policies and procedures which includes model validation. The purpose of model validation includes ensuring the model is appropriate for its intended use and the appropriate controls exist to help mitigate risk of invalid valuations. Model validation assesses the adequacy and appropriateness of the model, including reviewing its key components such as inputs, processing components, logic or theory, output results and supporting model documentation. Validation also includes ensuring significant unobservable model inputs are appropriate given observable market transactions or other market data within the same or similar

asset classes. This ensures modeled approaches are appropriate given similar product valuation techniques and are in line with their intended purpose.

We have ongoing monitoring procedures in place for our Level 3 assets and liabilities that use such internal valuation models. These procedures, which are designed to provide reasonable assurance that models continue to perform as expected after approved, include:

  

ongoing analysis and benchmarking to market transactions and other independent market data (including pricing vendors, if available);

  

back-testing of modeled fair values to actual realized transactions; and

  

review of modeled valuation results against expectations, including review of significant or unusual value fluctuations.

We update model inputs and methodologies periodically to reflect these monitoring procedures. Additionally, procedures and controls are in place to ensure existing models are subject to periodic reviews, and we perform full model revalidations as necessary.

All internal valuation models are subject to ongoing review by business-unit-level management. More complex models are subject to additional oversight by a corporate-level risk management department. Corporate oversight responsibilities include evaluating adequacy of business unit risk management programs, maintaining company-wide model validation policies and standards and reporting the results of these activities to management and our Enterprise Risk Management Committee (ERMC). The ERMC, which consists of senior executive management and reports on top risks to the Company’s Board of Directors, monitors all company-wide risks, including credit risk, market risk, and reputational risk.

VENDOR-DEVELOPED VALUATIONS In certain limited circumstances we obtain pricing from third party vendors for the value of our Level 3 assets or liabilities. We have processes in place to approve such vendors to ensure information obtained and valuation techniques used are appropriate. Once these vendors are approved to provide pricing information, we monitor and review the results to ensure the fair values are reasonable and in line with market experience in similar asset classes. While the input amounts used by the pricing vendor in determining fair value are not provided, and therefore unavailable for our review, we do perform one or more of the following procedures to validate the prices received:

  

comparison to other pricing vendors (if available);

  

variance analysis of prices;

  

corroboration of pricing by reference to other independent market data such as market transactions and relevant benchmark indices;

  

review of pricing by Company personnel familiar with market liquidity and other market-related conditions; and

 

 

119


Table of Contents

Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

 

  

investigation of prices on a specific instrument-by-instrument basis.

Fair Value Measurements from Brokers or Third Party Pricing Services

For certain assets and liabilities, we obtain fair value measurements from brokers or third party pricing services and

record the unadjusted fair value in our financial statements. The detail by level is shown in the table below. Fair value measurements obtained from brokers or third party pricing services that we have adjusted to determine the fair value recorded in our financial statements are not included in the following table.

 

 

    Brokers   Third party pricing services 
(in millions)  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3 

March 31, 2013

            

Trading assets (excluding derivatives)

  $-    664    7    1,335    813    - 

Securities available for sale:

            

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

   -    -    -    716    6,168    - 

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

   -    161    -    -    36,630    - 

Mortgage-backed securities

   -    365    4    -    139,882    283 

Other debt securities

   -    14,839    2,588    -    29,621    73 

Total debt securities

   -    15,365    2,592    716    212,301    356 

Total marketable equity securities

   -    3    -    -    810    - 

Total securities available for sale

   -    15,368    2,592    716    213,111    356 

Derivatives (trading and other assets)

   -    8    -    -    591    2 

Derivatives (liabilities)

   -    71    -    -    593    - 

Other liabilities

   6    218    -    -    41    - 
                               

December 31, 2012

            

Trading assets (excluding derivatives)

  $-    406    8    1,314    1,016    - 

Securities available for sale:

            

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

   -    -    -    915    6,231    - 

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

   -    -    -    -    35,036    - 

Mortgage-backed securities

   -    138    4    -    121,703    292 

Other debt securities

   -    1,516    12,465    -    28,314    149 

Total debt securities

   -    1,654    12,469    915    191,284    441 

Total marketable equity securities

   -    3    -    29    774    - 

Total securities available for sale

   -    1,657    12,469    944    192,058    441 

Derivatives (trading and other assets)

   -    8    -    -    602    - 

Derivatives (liabilities)

   -    26    -    -    634    - 

Other liabilities

   -    121    -    -    104    - 
                               

 

120


Table of Contents

Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The following two tables present the balances of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

 

 

      
(in millions)  Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Netting  Total 

March 31, 2013

      

Trading assets (excluding derivatives)

      

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

  $ 8,378   4,318   -    -    12,696 

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

   -    3,758   36   -    3,794 

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations (1)

   -    202   505   -    707 

Corporate debt securities

   -    8,018   29   -    8,047 

Mortgage-backed securities

   -    12,805   5   -    12,810 

Asset-backed securities

   -    708   143   -    851 

Equity securities

   4,089   55   -    -    4,144 

Total trading securities (2)

   12,467   29,864   718   -    43,049 

Other trading assets

   2,190   1,900   70   -    4,160 

Total trading assets (excluding derivatives)

   14,657   31,764   788   -    47,209 

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

   716   6,168   -    -    6,884 

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

   -    36,927   3,529 (3)   -    40,456 

Mortgage-backed securities:

      

Federal agencies

   -    105,472   -    -    105,472 

Residential

   -    15,164   95   -    15,259 

Commercial

   -    19,728   192   -    19,920 

Total mortgage-backed securities

   -    140,364   287   -    140,651 

Corporate debt securities

   104   21,064   281   -    21,449 

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations (4)

   -    13,725   2,938 (3)   -    16,663 

Asset-backed securities:

      

Auto loans and leases

   -    18   5,704 (3)   -    5,722 

Home equity loans

   -    853   -    -    853 

Other asset-backed securities

   -    8,383   3,436 (3)   -    11,819 

Total asset-backed securities

   -    9,254   9,140   -    18,394 

Other debt securities

   -    884   -    -    884 

Total debt securities

   820   228,386   16,175   -    245,381 

Marketable equity securities:

      

Perpetual preferred securities (5)

   659   796   807 (3)   -    2,262 

Other marketable equity securities

   475   42   -    -    517 

Total marketable equity securities

   1,134   838   807   -    2,779 

Total securities available for sale

   1,954   229,224   16,982   -    248,160 

Mortgages held for sale

   -    39,437   3,187   -    42,624 

Loans

   -    208   5,975   -    6,183 

Mortgage servicing rights (residential)

   -    -    12,061   -    12,061 

Derivative assets:

      

Interest rate contracts

   6   61,054   933   -    61,993 

Commodity contracts

   -    2,928   34   -    2,962 

Equity contracts

   621   3,081   905   -    4,607 

Foreign exchange contracts

   36   5,297   5   -    5,338 

Credit contracts

   -    1,009   579   -    1,588 

Other derivative contracts

   -    -    -    -    -  

Netting

   -    -    -    (59,572) (6)   (59,572

Total derivative assets (7)

   663   73,369   2,456   (59,572  16,916 

Other assets

   324   5   348   -    677  

Total assets recorded at fair value

  $    17,598   374,007   41,797   (59,572  373,830  

Derivative liabilities:

      

Interest rate contracts

  $(32  (59,488  (375  -    (59,895

Commodity contracts

   -    (3,008  (37  -    (3,045

Equity contracts

   (271  (3,621  (1,034  -    (4,926

Foreign exchange contracts

   (14  (3,792  (39  -    (3,845

Credit contracts

   -    (1,020  (1,604  -    (2,624

Other derivative contracts

   -    -    (52  -    (52

Netting

   -    -    -    66,419 (6)   66,419 

Total derivative liabilities (7)

   (317  (70,929  (3,141  66,419   (7,968

Short sale liabilities:

      

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

   (6,915  (1,370  -    -    (8,285

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

   -    (18  -    -    (18

Corporate debt securities

   -    (4,801  -    -    (4,801

Equity securities

   (1,731  -    -    -    (1,731

Other securities

   (1  (147  (8  -    (156

Total short sale liabilities

   (8,647  (6,336  (8  -    (14,991

Other liabilities

   -   (31  (48  -   (79

Total liabilities recorded at fair value

  $(8,964  (77,296  (3,197  66,419   (23,038

 

(1)Includes collateralized debt obligations of $8 million that are classified as trading assets.
(2)Net gains (losses) from trading activities recognized in the income statement include $(141) million and $138 million in net unrealized gains (losses) on trading securities held at March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
(3)Balances consist of securities that are predominantly investment grade based on ratings received from the ratings agencies or internal credit grades categorized as investment grade if external ratings are not available. The securities are classified as Level 3 due to limited market activity.
(4)Includes collateralized debt obligations of $674 million that are classified as securities available for sale.
(5)Perpetual preferred securities include ARS and corporate preferred securities. See Note 7 for additional information.
(6)Derivatives are reported net of cash collateral received and paid and, to the extent that the criteria of the accounting guidance covering the offsetting of amounts related to certain contracts are met, positions with the same counterparty are netted as part of a legally enforceable master netting agreement.
(7)Derivative assets and derivative liabilities include contracts qualifying for hedge accounting, economic hedges, and derivatives included in trading assets and trading liabilities, respectively.

 

(continued on following page)

 

121


Table of Contents

Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

 

(continued from previous page)

 

(in millions)  Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Netting  Total 

December 31, 2012

      

Trading assets (excluding derivatives)

      

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

  $5,104   3,774   -    -    8,878 

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

   -    1,587   46   -    1,633 

Collateralized loans and other debt obligations (1)

   -    -    742   -    742 

Corporate debt securities

   -    6,664   52   -    6,716 

Mortgage-backed securities

   -    13,380   6   -    13,386 

Asset-backed securities

   -    722   138   -    860 

Equity securities

   3,481   356   3   -    3,840 

Total trading securities(2)

   8,585   26,483   987   -    36,055 

Other trading assets

   2,150   887   76   -    3,113 

Total trading assets (excluding derivatives)

   10,735   27,370   1,063   -    39,168 

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

   915   6,231   -    -    7,146 

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

   -    35,045   3,631 (3)   -    38,676 

Mortgage-backed securities:

      

Federal agencies

   -    97,285   -    -    97,285 

Residential

   -    15,837   94   -    15,931 

Commercial

   -    19,765   203   -    19,968 

Total mortgage-backed securities

   -    132,887   297   -    133,184 

Corporate debt securities

   125   20,934   274   -    21,333 

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations (4)

   -    -    13,188 (3)   -    13,188 

Asset-backed securities:

      

Auto loans and leases

   -    7   5,921 (3)   -    5,928 

Home equity loans

   -    867   51   -    918 

Other asset-backed securities

   -    7,828   3,283 (3)   -    11,111 

Total asset-backed securities

   -    8,702   9,255   -    17,957 

Other debt securities

   -    930   -    -    930 

Total debt securities

   1,040   204,729   26,645   -    232,414 

Marketable equity securities:

      

Perpetual preferred securities (5)

   629   753   794 (3)   -    2,176 

Other marketable equity securities

   554   55   -    -    609 

Total marketable equity securities

   1,183   808   794   -    2,785 

Total securities available for sale

   2,223   205,537   27,439   -    235,199 

Mortgages held for sale

   -    39,055   3,250   -    42,305 

Loans held for sale

   -    6   -    -    6 

Loans

   -    185   6,021   -    6,206 

Mortgage servicing rights (residential)

   -    -    11,538   -    11,538 

Derivative assets:

      

Interest rate contracts

   16   70,277   1,058   -    71,351 

Commodity contracts

   -    3,386   70   -    3,456 

Equity contracts

   432   2,747   604   -    3,783 

Foreign exchange contracts

   19   5,481   24   -    5,524 

Credit contracts

   -    1,160   650   -    1,810 

Other derivative contracts

   -    -    -    -    -  

Netting

   -    -    -    (62,108) (6)   (62,108

Total derivative assets (7)

   467   83,051   2,406   (62,108  23,816 

Other assets

   136   123   162   -    421 

Total assets recorded at fair value

  $    13,561   355,327   51,879   (62,108  358,659 

Derivative liabilities:

      

Interest rate contracts

  $(52  (68,244  (399  -    (68,695

Commodity contracts

   -    (3,541  (49  -    (3,590

Equity contracts

   (199  (3,239  (726  -    (4,164

Foreign exchange contracts

   (23  (3,553  (3  -    (3,579

Credit contracts

   -    (1,152  (1,800  -    (2,952

Other derivative contracts

   -    -    (78  -    (78

Netting

   -    -    -    71,116 (6)   71,116 

Total derivative liabilities (7)

   (274  (79,729  (3,055  71,116   (11,942

Short sale liabilities:

      

Securities of U.S. Treasury and federal agencies

   (4,225  (875  -    -    (5,100

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

   -    (9  -    -    (9

Corporate debt securities

   -    (3,941  -    -    (3,941

Equity securities

   (1,233  (35  -    -    (1,268

Other securities

   -    (47  -    -    (47

Total short sale liabilities

   (5,458  (4,907  -    -    (10,365

Other liabilities

   -    (34  (49  -    (83

Total liabilities recorded at fair value

  $(5,732  (84,670  (3,104  71,116   (22,390

 

(1)Includes collateralized debt obligations of $21 million that are classified as trading assets.
(2)Net gains from trading activities recognized in the income statement include $305 million in net unrealized gains on trading securities we held at December 31, 2012.
(3)Balances consist of securities that are predominantly investment grade based on ratings received from the ratings agencies or internal credit grades categorized as investment grade if external ratings are not available. The securities are classified as Level 3 due to limited market activity.
(4)Includes collateralized debt obligations of $644 million that are classified as securities available for sale.
(5)Perpetual preferred securities include ARS and corporate preferred securities. See Note 7 for additional information.
(6)Derivatives are reported net of cash collateral received and paid and, to the extent that the criteria of the accounting guidance covering the offsetting of amounts related to certain contracts are met, positions with the same counterparty are netted as part of a legally enforceable master netting agreement.
(7)Derivative assets and derivative liabilities include contracts qualifying for hedge accounting, economic hedges, and derivatives included in trading assets and trading liabilities, respectively.

 

122


Table of Contents

Changes in Fair Value Levels

We monitor the availability of observable market data to assess the appropriate classification of financial instruments within the fair value hierarchy and transfer between Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3 accordingly. Observable market data includes but is not limited to quoted prices and market transactions. Changes in economic conditions or market liquidity generally will drive changes in availability of observable market data. Changes in

availability of observable market data, which also may result in changing the valuation technique used, are generally the cause of transfers between Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3.

All current period transfers into and out of Level 1, Level 2, and Level 3 are provided within the following table. The amounts reported as transfers represent the fair value as of the beginning of the quarter in which the transfer occurred.

 

 

    Transfers Between Fair Value Levels     
   Level 1   Level 2  Level 3 (1)    

(in millions)

   In     Out     In    Out    In    Out    Total  

Quarter ended March 31, 2013

          

Trading securities (2)

  $-    -    202   (25  25   (202  - 

Securities available for sale (2)

   17    -    10,676   (17  -   (10,676  - 

Mortgages held for sale

   -    -    93   (97  97   (93  - 

Loans

   -    -    48   -   -   (48  - 

Net derivative assets and liabilities

   -    -    (21  -   -   21   - 

Total transfers

  $    17    -    10,998   (139  122   (10,998  - 

Quarter ended March 31, 2012

          

Trading securities

  $-    -    10   (14  14   (10  - 

Securities available for sale

   -    -    93   (43  43   (93  - 

Mortgages held for sale

   -    -    86   (87  87   (86  - 

Loans

   -    -    -   -   -   -   - 

Net derivative assets and liabilities

   -    -    12   8   (8  (12  - 

Total transfers

  $-    -    201   (136  136   (201  - 

 

(1)All transfers in and out of Level 3 are disclosed within the recurring level 3 rollforward table in this Note.
(2)For quarter ended March 31, 2013, consists of $202 million of collateralized loan obligations classified as trading assets and $10.6 billion classified as securities available for sale that we transferred from Level 3 to Level 2 as a result of increased observable market data in the valuation of such instruments.

 

123


Table of Contents

Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

 

The changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the quarter ended March 31, 2013, are summarized as follows:

 

       Total net gains
(losses) included in
  Purchases,
sales,
              Net unrealized
gains (losses)
included in
 
(in millions) Balance,
beginning
of period
  Net
income
  Other
compre-
hensive
income
  issuances
and
settlements,
net (1)
  Transfers
into
Level 3
  Transfers
out of
Level 3
  Balance,
end of
period
  income related
to assets and
liabilities held
at period end (2)
 

Quarter ended March 31, 2013

        

Trading assets

        

(excluding derivatives):

        

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

 $46   3   -    (13  -    -    36   1 

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations

  742   39   -    (74  -    (202  505   4 

Corporate debt securities

  52   2   -    (25  -    -    29   2 

Mortgage-backed securities

  6   -    -    (1  -    -    5   -  

Asset-backed securities

  138   5   -    (25  25   -    143   -  

Equity securities

  3   -    -    (3  -    -    -    -  

Total trading securities

  987   49   -    (141  25   (202  718   7 

Other trading assets

  76   (6  -    -    -    -    70   (2

Total trading assets
(excluding derivatives)

  1,063   43   -    (141  25   (202  788   5(3) 

Securities available for sale:

        

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

  3,631   2   (9  (95  -    -    3,529   -  

Mortgage-backed securities:

        

Residential

  94   (4  6   -    -    (1  95   -  

Commercial

  203   (3  8   (5  -    (11  192   (1

Total mortgage-backed
securities

  297   (7  14   (5  -    (12  287   (1

Corporate debt securities

  274   2   8   -    -    (3  281   -  

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations

  13,188   (1  69   295   -    (10,613  2,938   -  

Asset-backed securities:

        

Auto loans and leases

  5,921   -    9   (226  -    -    5,704   -  

Home equity loans

  51   3   (1  (5  -    (48  -    -  

Other asset-backed securities

  3,283   28   (5  130   -    -    3,436   -  

Total asset-backed securities

  9,255   31   3   (101  -    (48  9,140   -  

Total debt securities

  26,645   27   85   94   -    (10,676  16,175   (1)(4) 

Marketable equity securities:

        

Perpetual preferred securities

  794   1   21   (9  -    -    807   -  

Other marketable equity securities

  -    -    -    -    -    -    -    -  

Total marketable
equity securities

  794   1   21   (9  -    -    807   - (5) 

Total securities
available for sale

  27,439   28   106   85   -    (10,676  16,982   (1

Mortgages held for sale

  3,250   (7  -    (60  97   (93  3,187   (7)(6) 

Loans

  6,021   (47  -    49   -    (48  5,975   (39)(6) 

Mortgage servicing rights

  11,538   11   -    512   -    -    12,061   761 (6) 

Net derivative assets and liabilities:

        

Interest rate contracts

  659   268   -    (369  -    -    558   357 

Commodity contracts

  21   10   -    (23  -    (11  (3  -  

Equity contracts

  (122  (39  -    -    -    32   (129  8 

Foreign exchange contracts

  21   (53  -    (2  -    -    (34  (56

Credit contracts

  (1,150  (13  -    138   -    -    (1,025  17 

Other derivative contracts

  (78  26   -    -    -    -    (52  -  

Total derivative contracts

  (649  199   -    (256  -    21   (685  326 (7) 

Other assets

  162   (2  -    188   -    -    348   (1)(3) 

Short sale liabilities

  -    -    -    (8  -    -    (8  -(3) 

Other liabilities (excluding derivatives)

  (49  1   -    -    -    -    (48  -(6) 

 

(1)See next page for detail.
(2)Represents only net gains (losses) that are due to changes in economic conditions and management’s estimates of fair value and excludes changes due to the collection/realization of cash flows over time.
(3)Included in trading activities and other noninterest income in the income statement.
(4)Included in debt securities available for sale in the income statement.
(5)Included in equity investments in the income statement.
(6)Included in mortgage banking and other noninterest income in the income statement.
(7)Included in mortgage banking, trading activities and other noninterest income in the income statement.

 

(continued on following page)

 

124


Table of Contents

(continued from previous page)

 

The following table presents gross purchases, sales, issuances and settlements related to the changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the quarter ended March 31, 2013.

 

      
(in millions)  Purchases  Sales  Issuances  Settlements  Net 

Quarter ended March 31, 2013

      

Trading assets

      

(excluding derivatives):

      

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

  $77   (90  -    -    (13

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations

   249   (323  -    -    (74

Corporate debt securities

   58   (83  -    -    (25

Mortgage-backed securities

   -    (1  -    -    (1

Asset-backed securities

   6   (20  -    (11  (25

Equity securities

   -    (3  -    -    (3

Total trading securities

   390   (520  -    (11  (141

Other trading assets

   -    -    -    -    -  

Total trading assets

      

    (excluding derivatives)

   390   (520  -    (11  (141

Securities available for sale:

      

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

   -    (67  75   (103  (95

Mortgage-backed securities:

      

Residential

   -    -    -    -    -  

Commercial

   -    (1  -    (4  (5

Total mortgage-backed securities

   -    (1  -    (4  (5

Corporate debt securities

   -    -    -    -    -  

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations

   402   (14  -    (93  295 

Asset-backed securities:

      

Auto loans and leases

   351   -    148   (725  (226

Home equity loans

   -    (5  -    -    (5

Other asset-backed securities

   511   (34  302   (649  130 

Total asset-backed securities

   862   (39  450   (1,374  (101

Total debt securities

   1,264    (121  525    (1,574  94 

Marketable equity securities:

      

Perpetual preferred securities

   -    -    -    (9  (9

Other marketable equity securities

   -    -    -    -    -  

Total marketable equity securities

   -    -    -    (9  (9

 Total securities available for sale

   1,264    (121  525    (1,583  85 

Mortgages held for sale

   102   -    -    (162  (60

Loans

   1   -    117   (69  49 

Mortgage servicing rights

   -    (423  935   -    512 

Net derivative assets and liabilities:

      

 Interest rate contracts

   -    1   -    (370  (369

 Commodity contracts

   1   (1  -    (23  (23

 Equity contracts

   99   (67  -    (32  -  

 Foreign exchange contracts

   -    -    -    (2  (2

 Credit contracts

   (3  1   -    140   138 

 Other derivative contracts

   -    -    -    -    -  

Total derivative contracts

   97   (66  -    (287  (256

Other assets

   197   -    -    (9  188 

Short sale liabilities

   -    (8  -    -    (8

Other liabilities (excluding derivatives)

   -    -    (3  3   -  

 

125


Table of Contents

Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

 

The changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the quarter ended March 31, 2012, are summarized as follows:

 

       Total net gains
(losses) included in
  Purchases,
sales,
              Net unrealized
gains (losses)
included in
 
(in millions) Balance,
beginning
of period
  Net
income
  Other
compre-
hensive
income
  issuances
and
settlements,
net (1)
  Transfers
into
Level 3
  Transfers
out of
Level 3
  Balance,
end of
period
  income related
to assets and
liabilities held
at period end (2)
 

Quarter ended March 31, 2012

        

Trading assets

        

(excluding derivatives):

        

Securities of U.S. states and political
subdivisions

 $53   -    -    50   -    -    103   -  

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations

  1,582   17   -    (60  -    -    1,539   (12

Corporate debt securities

  97   -    -    35   -    -    132   (2

Mortgage-backed securities

  108   (1  -    (43  -    (10  54   (3

Asset-backed securities

  190   11   -    (51  14   -    164   4 

Equity securities

  4   -    -    (1  -    -    3   -  

Total trading securities

  2,034   27   -    (70  14   (10  1,995   (13

Other trading assets

  115   (7  -    -    -    -    108   -  

Total trading assets
(excluding derivatives)

  2,149   20   -    (70  14   (10  2,103   (13)(3) 

Securities available for sale:

        

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions

  11,516   (4  164   838   -    -    12,514   (6

Mortgage-backed securities:

        

Residential

  61   -    1   (1  27   (30  58   -  

Commercial

  232   (15  22   (7  -    -    232   -  

Total mortgage-backed
securities

  293   (15  23   (8  27   (30  290   -  

Corporate debt securities

  295   5   11   (4  1   -    308   -  

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations

  8,599   57   183   324   -    -    9,163   -  

Asset-backed securities:

        

Auto loans and leases

  6,641   1   20   251   -    -    6,913   -  

Home equity loans

  282   7   18   (1  14   (63  257   -  

Other asset-backed securities

  2,863   3   57   (55  1   -    2,869   -  

Total asset-backed securities

  9,786   11   95   195   15   (63  10,039   -  

Total debt securities

  30,489   54   476   1,345   43   (93  32,314   (6)(4) 

Marketable equity securities:

        

Perpetual preferred securities

  1,344   31   8   (210  -    -    1,173   -  

Other marketable equity securities

  23   -    (15  (5  -    -    3   -  

Total marketable
equity securities

  1,367   31   (7  (215  -    -    1,176   -(5) 

Total securities
available for sale

  31,856   85   469   1,130   43   (93  33,490   (6

Mortgages held for sale

  3,410   (35  -    (46  87   (86  3,330   (36)(6) 

Loans

  23   -    -    2   -    -    25   - (6) 

Mortgage servicing rights

  12,603   (801  -    1,776   -    -    13,578   (158)(6) 

Net derivative assets and liabilities:

        

Interest rate contracts

  609   1,158   -    (1,432  -    -    335   199 

Commodity contracts

  -    1   -    (7  (8  -    (14  (7

Equity contracts

  (75  (95  -    3   -    (13  (180  (88

Foreign exchange contracts

  (7  27   -    (5  -    1   16   24 

Credit contracts

  (1,998  171   -    74   -    -    (1,753  233 

Other derivative contracts

  (117  51   -    -    -    -    (66  -  

Total derivative contracts

  (1,588  1,313   -    (1,367  (8  (12  (1,662  361(7) 

Other assets

  244   (3  -    (13  -    -    228   (11)(3) 

Short sale liabilities

  -    -    -    -    -    -    -    -(3) 

Other liabilities (excluding derivatives)

  (44  1   -    1   -    -    (42  -(6) 

 

(1)See next page for detail.
(2)Represents only net gains (losses) that are due to changes in economic conditions and management’s estimates of fair value and excludes changes due to the collection/realization of cash flows over time.
(3)Included in trading activities and other noninterest income in the income statement.
(4)Included in debt securities available for sale in the income statement.
(5)Included in equity investments in the income statement.
(6)Included in mortgage banking and other noninterest income in the income statement.
(7)Included in mortgage banking, trading activities and other noninterest income in the income statement.

 

(continued on following page)

 

126


Table of Contents

(continued from previous page)

 

The following table presents gross purchases, sales, issuances and settlements related to the changes in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the quarter ended March 31, 2012.

 

(in millions)  Purchases  Sales  Issuances   Settlements  Net 

Quarter ended March 31, 2012

       

Trading assets

       

(excluding derivatives):

       

Securities of U.S. states and
political subdivisions

  $59   (9  -     -    50 

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations

   190   (250  -     -    (60

Corporate debt securities

   81   (46  -     -    35 

Mortgage-backed securities

   3   (46  -     -    (43

Asset-backed securities

   72   (111  -     (12  (51

Equity securities

   -    (1  -     -    (1

Total trading securities

   405   (463  -     (12  (70

Other trading assets

   -    -    -     -    -  

Total trading assets

       

    (excluding derivatives)

   405   (463  -     (12  (70

Securities available for sale:

       

Securities of U.S. states and
political subdivisions

   582   -    588    (332  838 

Mortgage-backed securities:

       

Residential

   -    -    -     (1  (1

Commercial

   -    -    -     (7  (7

Total mortgage-backed
securities

   -    -    -     (8  (8

Corporate debt securities

   -    -    -     (4  (4

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations

   550   -    -     (226  324 

Asset-backed securities:

       

Auto loans and leases

   1,835   -    163    (1,747  251 

Home equity loans

   -    -    -     (1  (1

Other asset-backed securities

   399   (26  335    (763  (55

Total asset-backed securities

   2,234   (26  498    (2,511  195 

Total debt securities

   3,366   (26  1,086    (3,081  1,345 

Marketable equity securities:

       

Perpetual preferred securities

   -    -    -     (210  (210

Other marketable equity securities

   -    (4  -     (1  (5

Total marketable
equity securities

   -    (4  -     (211  (215

Total securities
available for sale

   3,366   (30  1,086    (3,292  1,130 

Mortgages held for sale

   111   -    -     (157  (46

Loans

   2   -    -     -    2 

Mortgage servicing rights

   -    -    1,776    -    1,776 

Net derivative assets and liabilities:

       

Interest rate contracts

   -    (1  -     (1,431  (1,432

Commodity contracts

   5   (7  -     (5  (7

Equity contracts

   115   (165  -     53   3 

Foreign exchange contracts

   -    -    -     (5  (5

Credit contracts

   1   (1  -     74   74 

Other derivative contracts

   -    -    -     -    -  

Total derivative contracts

   121   (174  -     (1,314  (1,367

Other assets

   3   -    -     (16  (13

Short sale liabilities

   -    -    -     -    -  

Other liabilities (excluding derivatives)

 

   (1  2   -     -    1 

 

The following table provides quantitative information about the valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs used in the valuation of substantially all of our Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for which we use an internal model.

The significant unobservable inputs for Level 3 assets and liabilities that are valued using fair values obtained from third party vendors are not included in the table as the specific inputs applied are not provided by the vendor (see discussion regarding vendor-developed valuations within the “Level 3 Asset and Liabilities Valuation Processes” section previously within this Note). In addition, the table excludes the valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs for certain classes of Level 3 assets and liabilities measured using an internal model that we consider, both individually and in the aggregate, insignificant relative to our overall Level 3 assets and liabilities. We made this

determination based upon an evaluation of each class which considered the magnitude of the positions, nature of the unobservable inputs and potential for significant changes in fair value due to changes in those inputs.

 
127

 


Table of Contents

Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

 

($ in millions, except cost to service amounts)  Fair Value
Level 3
  Valuation Technique(s)   Significant
Unobservable Input
  Range of Inputs  Weighted
Average (1)
 

March 31, 2013

       

Trading and available for sale securities:

       

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions:

       

Government, healthcare and other revenue bonds

  $2,983   Discounted cash flow     Discount rate    0.5  -  5.0 %   1.4 

Auction rate securities and other municipal bonds

   582   Discounted cash flow     Discount rate    0.5  -  13.3   5.2 
         Weighted average life    3.0  -  13.0 yrs   3.6 

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations (2)

   876   Market comparable pricing     Comparability adjustment    (22.3)  -  24.0 %   (3.0
   2,567   Vendor priced               

Asset-backed securities:

       

Auto loans and leases

   5,704   Discounted cash flow     Default rate    2.0  -   9.3   3.0 
      Discount rate    0.4  -   1.8   0.8 
      Loss severity    50.0  -  66.5   53.0 
         Prepayment rate    0.6  -   0.9   0.7 

Other asset-backed securities:

       

Dealer floor plan

   1,472   Discounted cash flow     Discount rate    0.6  -  2.2   1.6 

Diversified payment rights (3)

   620   Discounted cash flow     Discount rate    1.2  -  2.8   1.9 

Other commercial and consumer

   1,413(4)   Discounted cash flow     Discount rate    0.6  -  8.7   2.8 
      Weighted average life    0.8  -  7.3 yrs   2.1 
   74   Vendor priced               

Marketable equity securities: perpetual preferred

   807(5)   Discounted cash flow     Discount rate    4.4  -  9.2 %   5.9 
         Weighted average life    1.0  -  7.0 yrs   5.5 

Mortgages held for sale (residential)

   3,187   Discounted cash flow     Default rate    0.7  -  14.9 %   3.5 
      Discount rate    3.4  -  7.9   5.5 
      Loss severity    1.4  -  36.2   26.6 
         Prepayment rate    1.0  -  10.6   5.7 

Loans

   5,975(6)   Discounted cash flow     Discount rate    2.3  -  3.0   2.8 
      Prepayment rate    1.9  -  42.1   11.9 
         Utilization rate    0.0  -  2.0   0.8 

Mortgage servicing rights (residential)

   12,061   Discounted cash flow     Cost to service per loan (7)  $90  -  854   216 
      Discount rate    6.4  -  10.8 %   7.3 
         Prepayment rate (8)   7.5  -  23.3   14.2 

Net derivative assets and (liabilities):

       

Interest rate contracts

   143   Discounted cash flow     Default rate    0.0  -  20.0   5.6 
      Loss severity    50.0  -  81.8   51.3 
         Prepayment rate    5.8  -  15.6   15.0 

Interest rate contracts: derivative loan commitments

   415   Discounted cash flow     Fall-out factor    1.0  -  99.0   21.9 
         Initial-value servicing    (13.7)  -  124.3 bps   79.7 

Equity contracts

   (129  Option model     Correlation factor    (25.0)  -  94.5 %   67.3 
         Volatility factor    9.5  -  68.2   22.9 

Credit contracts

   (1,031  Market comparable pricing     Comparability adjustment    (32.8)  -  33.5   0.1 
   6   Option model     Credit spread    0.1  -  14.0   1.2 
      Loss severity    16.5  -  87.5   45.6 

Insignificant Level 3 assets, net of liabilities

   875 (9)      

Total level 3 assets, net of liabilities

  $38,600 (10)                  
(1)Weighted averages are calculated using outstanding unpaid principal balance for cash instruments such as loans and securities, and notional amounts for derivative instruments.
(2)Includes $682 million of collateralized debt obligations.
(3)Securities backed by specified sources of current and future receivables generated from foreign originators.
(4)Consists primarily of investments in asset-backed securities that are revolving in nature, in which the timing of advances and repayments of principal are uncertain.
(5)Consists of auction rate preferred equity securities with no maturity date that are callable by the issuer.
(6)Consists predominantly of reverse mortgage loans securitized with GNMA which were accounted for as secured borrowing transactions.
(7)The high end of the range of inputs is for servicing modified loans. For non-modified loans the range is $90—$383.
(8)Includes a blend of prepayment speeds and expected defaults. Prepayment speeds are influenced by mortgage interest rates as well as our estimation of drivers of borrower behavior.
(9)Represents the aggregate amount of Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis that are individually and in the aggregate insignificant. The amount includes corporate debt securities, mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities backed by home equity loans, other marketable equity securities, other assets, other liabilities and certain net derivative assets and liabilities, such as commodity contracts, foreign exchange contracts and other derivative contracts.
(10)Consists of total Level 3 assets of $41.8 billion and total Level 3 liabilities of $3.2 billion, before netting of derivative balances.

 

128


Table of Contents
($ in millions, except cost to service amounts)  Fair Value
Level 3
  Valuation Technique(s)   Significant
Unobservable Input
  Range of
Inputs
  Weighted
Average (1)
 

December 31, 2012

       

Trading and available for sale securities:

       

Securities of U.S. states and political subdivisions:

       

Government, healthcare and other revenue bonds

  $3,081   Discounted cash flow     Discount rate    0.5  -  4.8 %   1.8 

Auction rate securities and other municipal bonds

   596   Discounted cash flow     Discount rate    2.0  -  12.9   4.4 
         Weighted average life    3.0  -  7.5 yrs   3.4 

Collateralized loan and other debt obligations(2)

   1,423   Market comparable pricing     Comparability adjustment    (22.5)  -  24.7 %   3.5 
   12,507   Vendor priced               

Asset-backed securities:

       

Auto loans and leases

   5,921   Discounted cash flow     Default rate    2.1  -   9.7   3.2 
      Discount rate    0.6  -   1.6   1.0 
      Loss severity    50.0  -   66.6   51.8 
         Prepayment rate    0.6  -   0.9   0.7 

Other asset-backed securities:

       

Dealer floor plan

   1,030   Discounted cash flow     Discount rate    0.5  -  2.2   1.9 

Diversified payment rights (3)

   639   Discounted cash flow     Discount rate    1.0  -  2.9   1.8 

Other commercial and consumer

   1,665(4)   Discounted cash flow     Discount rate    0.6  -  6.8   2.7 
      Weighted average life    1.0  -  7.5 yrs   2.9 
   87   Vendor priced               

Marketable equity securities: perpetual preferred

   794(5)   Discounted cash flow     Discount rate    4.3  -  9.3 %   6.3 
         Weighted average life    1.0  -  7.0 yrs   5.3 

Mortgages held for sale (residential)

   3,250   Discounted cash flow     Default rate    0.6  -  14.8 %   5.5 
      Discount rate    3.4  -  7.5   5.4 
      Loss severity    1.3  -  35.3   26.4 
         Prepayment rate    1.0  -  11.0   6.2 

Loans

   6,021(6)   Discounted cash flow     Discount rate    2.4  -  2.8   2.6 
      Prepayment rate    1.6  -  44.4   11.6 
         Utilization rate    0.0  -  2.0   0.8 

Mortgage servicing rights (residential)

   11,538   Discounted cash flow     Cost to service per loan (7)  $90  -  854   219 
      Discount rate    6.7  -  10.9 %   7.4 
         Prepayment rate (8)   7.3  -  23.7   15.7 

Net derivative assets and (liabilities):

       

Interest rate contracts

   162   Discounted cash flow     Default rate    0.0  -  20.0   5.4 
      Loss severity    45.8  -  83.2   51.6 
         Prepayment rate    7.4  -  15.6   14.9 

Interest rate contracts: derivative loan commitments

   497   Discounted cash flow     Fall-out factor    1.0  -  99.0   22.9 
         Initial-value servicing    (13.7)  -  137.2 bps   85.6 

Equity contracts

   (122  Option model     Correlation factor    (43.6)  -  94.5 %   50.3 
         Volatility factor    3.0  -  68.9   26.5 

Credit contracts

   (1,157  Market comparable pricing     Comparability adjustment    (34.4)  -  30.5   0.1 
   8   Option model     Credit spread    0.1  -  14.0   2.0 
      Loss severity    16.5  -  87.5   52.3 

Insignificant Level 3 assets, net of liabilities

   835 (9)      

Total level 3 assets, net of liabilities

  $48,775 (10)                  

 

(1)Weighted averages are calculated using outstanding unpaid principal balance for cash instruments such as loans and securities, and notional amounts for derivative instruments.
(2)Includes $665 million of collateralized debt obligations.
(3)Securities backed by specified sources of current and future receivables generated from foreign originators.
(4)Consists primarily of investments in asset-backed securities that are revolving in nature, in which the timing of advances and repayments of principal are uncertain.
(5)Consists of auction rate preferred equity securities with no maturity date that are callable by the issuer.
(6)Consists predominantly of reverse mortgage loans securitized with GNMA which were accounted for as secured borrowing transactions.
(7)The high end of the range of inputs is for servicing modified loans. For non-modified loans the range is $90—$437.
(8)Includes a blend of prepayment speeds and expected defaults. Prepayment speeds are influenced by mortgage interest rates as well as our estimation of drivers of borrower behavior.
(9)Represents the aggregate amount of Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis that are individually and in the aggregate insignificant. The amount includes corporate debt securities, mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities backed by home equity loans, other marketable equity securities, other assets, other liabilities and certain net derivative assets and liabilities, such as commodity contracts, foreign exchange contracts and other derivative contracts.
(10)Consists of total Level 3 assets of $51.9 billion and total Level 3 liabilities of $3.1 billion, before netting of derivative balances.

 

129


Table of Contents

Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

 

The valuation techniques used for our Level 3 assets and liabilities, as presented in the previous table, are described as follows:

 

Discounted cash flow – Discounted cash flow valuation techniques generally consist of developing an estimate of future cash flows that are expected to occur over the life of an instrument and then discounting those cash flows at a rate of return that results in the fair value amount.

 

Option model – Option model valuation techniques are generally used for instruments in which the holder has a contingent right or obligation based on the occurrence of a future event, such as the price of a referenced asset going above or below a predetermined strike price. Option models estimate the likelihood of the specified event occurring by incorporating assumptions such as volatility estimates, price of the underlying instrument and expected rate of return.

 

Market comparable pricing – Market comparable pricing valuation techniques are used to determine the fair value of certain instruments by incorporating known inputs such as recent transaction prices, pending transactions, or prices of other similar investments which require significant adjustment to reflect differences in instrument characteristics.

 

Vendor-priced – Prices obtained from third party pricing vendors or brokers that are used to record the fair value of the asset or liability, of which the related valuation technique and significant unobservable inputs are not provided.

 Significant unobservable inputs presented in the previous table are those we consider significant to the fair value of the Level 3 asset or liability. We consider unobservable inputs to be significant, if by their exclusion, the fair value of the Level 3 asset or liability would be impacted by a predetermined percentage change or based on qualitative factors such as nature of the instrument, type of valuation technique used, and the significance of the unobservable inputs relative to other inputs used within the valuation. Following is a description of the significant unobservable inputs provided in the table.

 

 

Comparability adjustment – is an adjustment made to observed market data such as a transaction price in order to reflect dissimilarities in underlying collateral, issuer, rating, or other factors used within a market valuation approach, expressed as a percentage of an observed price.

 

Correlation factor – is the likelihood of one instrument changing in price relative to another based on an established relationship expressed as a percentage of relative change in price over a period over time.

 

Cost to service – is the expected cost per loan of servicing a portfolio of loans which includes estimates for unreimbursed expenses (including delinquency and foreclosure costs) that may occur as a result of servicing such loan portfolios.

 

Credit spread – is the portion of the interest rate in excess of a benchmark interest rate, such as LIBOR or U.S. Treasury rates, that when applied to an investment captures changes in the obligor’s creditworthiness.

 

Default rate – is an estimate of the likelihood of not collecting contractual amounts owed expressed as a constant default rate (CDR).

 

Discount rate – is a rate of return used to present value the future expected cash flow to arrive at the fair value of an instrument. The discount rate consists of a benchmark rate component and a risk premium component. The benchmark rate component, for example, LIBOR or U.S. Treasury rates, is generally observable within the market and is necessary to appropriately reflect the time value of money. The risk premium component reflects the amount of compensation market participants require due to the uncertainty inherent in the instruments’ cash flows resulting from risks such as credit and liquidity.

 

Fall-out factor – is the expected percentage of loans associated with our interest rate lock commitment portfolio that are likely of not funding.

 

Initial-value servicing – is the estimated value of the underlying loan, including the value attributable to the embedded servicing right, expressed in basis points of outstanding unpaid principal balance.

 

Loss severity – is the percentage of contractual cash flows lost in the event of a default.

 

Prepayment rate – is the estimated rate at which forecasted prepayments of principal of the related loan or debt instrument are expected to occur, expressed as a constant prepayment rate (CPR).

 

Utilization rate – is the estimated rate in which incremental portions of existing reverse mortgage credit lines are expected to be drawn by borrowers, expressed as an annualized rate.

 

Volatility factor – is the extent of change in price an item is estimated to fluctuate over a specified period of time expressed as a percentage of relative change in price over a period over time.

 

Weighted average life – is the weighted average number of years an investment is expected to remain outstanding, based on its expected cash flows reflecting the estimated date the issuer will call or extend the maturity of the instrument or otherwise reflecting an estimate of the timing of an instrument’s cash flows whose timing is not contractually fixed.

Significant Recurring Level 3 Fair Value Asset and Liability Input Sensitivity

We generally use discounted cash flow or similar internal modeling techniques to determine the fair value of our Level 3 assets and liabilities. Use of these techniques requires determination of relevant inputs and assumptions, some of which represent significant unobservable inputs as indicated in the preceding table. Accordingly, changes in these unobservable inputs may have a significant impact on fair value.

Certain of these unobservable inputs will (in isolation) have a directionally consistent impact on the fair value of the instrument for a given change in that input. Alternatively, the fair value of the instrument may move in an opposite direction for a given change in another input. Where multiple inputs are used within the valuation technique of an asset or liability, a

 

 

130


Table of Contents

change in one input in a certain direction may be offset by an opposite change in another input having a potentially muted impact to the overall fair value of that particular instrument. Additionally, a change in one unobservable input may result in a change to another unobservable input (that is, changes in certain inputs are interrelated to one another), which may counteract or magnify the fair value impact.

SECURITIES, LOANS and MORTGAGES HELD FOR SALE The fair values of predominantly all Level 3 trading securities, mortgages held for sale, loans and securities available for sale have consistent inputs, valuation techniques and correlation to changes in underlying inputs. The internal models used to determine fair value for these Level 3 instruments use certain significant unobservable inputs within a discounted cash flow or market comparable pricing valuation technique. Such inputs include discount rate, prepayment rate, default rate, loss severity, utilization rate and weighted average life.

These Level 3 assets would decrease (increase) in value based upon an increase (decrease) in discount rate, default rate, loss severity, or weighted average life inputs. Conversely, the fair value of these Level 3 assets would generally increase (decrease) in value if the prepayment rate input were to increase (decrease) or if the utilization rate input were to increase (decrease).

Generally, a change in the assumption used for default rate is accompanied by a directionally similar change in the risk premium component of the discount rate (specifically, the portion related to credit risk) and a directionally opposite change in the assumption used for prepayment rates. Unobservable inputs for loss severity, utilization rate and weighted average life do not increase or decrease based on movements in the other significant unobservable inputs for these Level 3 assets.

DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS Level 3 derivative instruments are valued using market comparable pricing, option pricing and discounted cash flow valuation techniques. We utilize certain unobservable inputs within these techniques to determine the fair value of the Level 3 derivative instruments. The significant unobservable inputs consist of credit spread, a comparability adjustment, prepayment rate, default rate, loss severity, initial value servicing, fall-out factor, volatility factor, and correlation factor.

Level 3 derivative assets (liabilities) would decrease (increase) in value upon an increase (decrease) in default rate, fall-out factor, credit spread or loss severity inputs. Conversely, Level 3 derivative assets (liabilities) would increase (decrease) in value upon an increase (decrease) in prepayment rate, initial-value servicing or volatility factor inputs. The correlation factor and comparability adjustment inputs may have a positive or negative impact on the fair value of these derivative instruments depending on the change in value of the item the correlation factor and comparability adjustment is referencing. The correlation factor and comparability adjustment is considered independent from movements in other significant unobservable inputs for derivative instruments.

Generally, for derivative instruments for which we are subject to changes in the value of the underlying referenced instrument, change in the assumption used for default rate is accompanied by directionally similar change in the risk premium component of the discount rate (specifically, the portion related to credit risk) and a directionally opposite change in the assumption used for prepayment rates. Unobservable inputs for loss severity, fall-out factor, initial-value servicing, and volatility do not increase or decrease based on movements in other significant unobservable inputs for these Level 3 instruments.

MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS We use a discounted cash flow valuation technique to determine the fair value of Level 3 mortgage servicing rights. These models utilize certain significant unobservable inputs including prepayment rate, discount rate and costs to service. An increase in any of these unobservable inputs will reduce the fair value of the mortgage servicing rights and alternatively, a decrease in any one of these inputs would result in the mortgage servicing rights increasing in value. Generally, a change in the assumption used for the default rate is accompanied by a directionally similar change in the assumption used for cost to service and a directionally opposite change in the assumption used for prepayment. The sensitivity of our residential MSRs is discussed further in Note 7.

 

 

131


Table of Contents

Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

 

Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

We may be required, from time to time, to measure certain assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP. These adjustments to fair value usually result from application of LOCOM accounting or write-downs of individual

assets. For assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in the quarter ended March 31, 2013 and year ended December 31, 2012, that were still held in the balance sheet at each respective period end, the following table provides the fair value hierarchy and the fair value of the related individual assets or portfolios at period end.

 

 

    
   March 31, 2013      December 31, 2012 
(in millions)  Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total      Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total 

Mortgages held for sale (LOCOM) (1)

  $—      2,155    1,042    3,197      —      1,509    1,045    2,554 

Loans held for sale

   —      —       —       —         —      4    —      4 

Loans:

                  

Commercial

   —      228    3    231      —      1,507    —      1,507 

Consumer

   —      1,541    4    1,545      —      5,889    4    5,893 

Total loans (2)

   —       1,769    7    1,776      —       7,396    4    7,400 

Other assets (3)

   —       290    66    356       —       989    144    1,133 

 

(1)Predominantly real estate 1-4 family first mortgage loans.
(2)Represents carrying value of loans for which adjustments are based on the appraised value of the collateral.
(3)Includes the fair value of foreclosed real estate and other collateral owned that were measured at fair value subsequent to their initial classification as foreclosed assets.

 

The following table presents the increase (decrease) in value of certain assets that are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis for which a fair value adjustment has been recognized in the periods presented.

 

  
   Quarter ended March 31, 
(in millions)  2013   2012 

Mortgages held for sale (LOCOM)

  $39    48 

Loans held for sale

   —      (1)  

Loans:

    

Commercial

   (91)     (301)  

Consumer (1)

   (907)     (1,203)  

Total loans

   (998)     (1,504)  

Other assets (2)

   (79)     (140)  

Total

  $(1,038)     (1,597)  

 

(1)Represents write-downs of loans based on the appraised value of the collateral.
(2)Includes the losses on foreclosed real estate and other collateral owned that were measured at fair value subsequent to their initial classification as foreclosed assets.
 

 

132


Table of Contents

The table below provides quantitative information about the valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs used in the valuation of substantially all of our Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis for which we use an internal model.

We have excluded from the table classes of Level 3 assets and liabilities measured using an internal model that we consider,

both individually and in the aggregate, insignificant relative to our overall Level 3 nonrecurring measurements. We made this determination based upon an evaluation of each class which considered the magnitude of the positions, nature of the unobservable inputs and potential for significant changes in fair value due to changes in those inputs.

 

 

($ in millions)  Fair Value
Level 3
  Valuation Technique(s) (1)   Significant
Unobservable Inputs (1)
  Range of inputs  Weighted
Average (2)
 

March 31, 2013

          

Residential mortgages
held for sale
    (LOCOM)

  $1,042(3)   Discounted cash flow     Default rate(4)      1.1    -      6.5%     3.0
      Discount rate   4.0    -    11.8     10.7 
      Loss severity   2.0    -    42.6     5.8 
      Prepayment rate(5)  1.0    -  100.0     66.3 

Insignificant level 3 assets

   73         

Total

   1,115                    

December 31, 2012

        

Residential mortgages
held for sale
    (LOCOM)

  $1,045(3)   Discounted cash flow     Default rate(4)      2.9    -    21.2%     7.9
      Discount rate   4.1    -    11.9     10.9 
      Loss severity   2.0    -    45.0     6.0 
      Prepayment rate(5)  1.0    -  100.0     66.7 

Insignificant level 3 assets

   148         

Total

   1,193                    
(1)Refer to the narrative following the recurring quantitative Level 3 table of this Note for a definition of the valuation technique(s) and significant unobservable inputs.
(2)Weighted averages are calculated using outstanding unpaid principal balance of the loans.
(3)Consists of approximately $942 million government insured/guaranteed loans purchased from GNMA-guaranteed mortgage securitization, for both March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, and $100 million and $103 million of other mortgage loans which are not government insured/guaranteed for March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.
(4)Applies only to non-government insured/guaranteed loans.
(5)Includes the impact on prepayment rate of expected defaults for the government insured/guaranteed loans, which impacts the frequency and timing of early resolution of loans.

 

Alternative Investments

The following table summarizes our investments in various types of funds, which are included in trading assets, securities available for sale and other assets. We use the funds’ net asset

values (NAVs) per share as a practical expedient to measure fair value on recurring and nonrecurring bases. The fair values presented in the table are based upon the funds’ NAVs or an equivalent measure.

 

 

     
(in millions)  Fair
value
   Unfunded
commitments
   Redemption
frequency
   Redemption
notice
period
 

March 31, 2013

        

Offshore funds

  $444    -     Daily - Annually     1 - 180 days  

Funds of funds

   1    -     Quarterly     90 days  

Hedge funds

   2    -     Daily - Annually     5 - 95 days  

Private equity funds

   773    183    N/A     N/A  

Venture capital funds

   78    19    N/A     N/A  

Total

  $1,298    202     
  

December 31, 2012

        

Offshore funds

  $379    -     Daily - Annually     1 -180 days  

Funds of funds

   1    -     Quarterly     90 days  

Hedge funds

   2    -     Daily - Annually     5 - 95 days  

Private equity funds

   807    195    N/A     N/A  

Venture capital funds

   82    21    N/A     N/A  

Total

  $1,271    216     
  

N/A - Not applicable

 

Offshore funds primarily invest in investment grade European fixed-income securities. Redemption restrictions are in place for these investments with a fair value of $216 million

and $189 million at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively, due to lock-up provisions that will remain in effect until February 2016.

 

 

133


Table of Contents

Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

 

Private equity funds invest in equity and debt securities issued by private and publicly-held companies in connection with leveraged buyouts, recapitalizations and expansion opportunities. Substantially all of these investments do not allow redemptions. Alternatively, we receive distributions as the underlying assets of the funds liquidate, which we expect to occur over the next eight years.

Venture capital funds invest in domestic and foreign companies in a variety of industries, including information technology, financial services and healthcare. These investments can never be redeemed with the funds. Instead, we receive distributions as the underlying assets of the fund liquidate, which we expect to occur over the next five years.

 

 

134


Table of Contents

Fair Value Option

We measure MHFS at fair value for prime MHFS originations for which an active secondary market and readily available market prices exist to reliably support fair value pricing models used for these loans. Loan origination fees on these loans are recorded when earned, and related direct loan origination costs are recognized when incurred. We also measure at fair value certain of our other interests held related to residential loan sales and securitizations. We believe fair value measurement for prime MHFS and other interests held, which we hedge with free-standing derivatives (economic hedges) along with our MSRs measured at fair value, reduces certain timing differences and better matches changes in the value of these assets with changes in the value of derivatives used as economic hedges for these assets.

We elected to measure certain LHFS portfolios at fair value in conjunction with customer accommodation activities, to better align the measurement basis of the assets held with our management objectives given the trading nature of these portfolios. In addition, we elected to measure at fair value certain letters of credit and nonmarketable equity securities that are hedged with derivative instruments to better reflect the economics of the transactions. The letters of credit are included

in trading account assets or liabilities, and the nonmarketable equity securities are included in other assets.

Loans that we measure at fair value consist predominantly of reverse mortgage loans previously transferred under a GNMA reverse mortgage securitization program accounted for as a secured borrowing. Before the transfer, they were classified as MHFS measured at fair value and, as such, remain carried on our balance sheet under the fair value option.

Similarly, we may elect fair value option for the assets and liabilities of certain consolidated VIEs. This option is generally elected for newly consolidated VIEs for which predominantly all of our interests, prior to consolidation, are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recorded to earnings. Accordingly, such an election allows us to continue fair value accounting through earnings for those interests and eliminate income statement mismatch otherwise caused by differences in the measurement basis of the consolidated VIEs assets and liabilities.

The following table reflects the differences between fair value carrying amount of certain assets and liabilities for which we have elected the fair value option and the contractual aggregate unpaid principal amount at maturity.

 

 

 

 
   March 31, 2013  December 31, 2012 
(in millions)  Fair value
carrying
amount
   Aggregate
unpaid
principal
  Fair value
carrying
amount
less
aggregate
unpaid
principal
  Fair value
carrying
amount
  Aggregate
unpaid
principal
  Fair value
carrying
amount
less
aggregate
unpaid
principal
 

 

 

Mortgages held for sale:

        

Total loans

  $42,624    41,907   717 (1)   42,305   41,183   1,122(1) 

Nonaccrual loans

   336    633   (297  309   655   (346

Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing

   49    66   (17  49   64   (15

Loans held for sale:

        

Total loans

   -     9   (9  6   10   (4

Nonaccrual loans

   -     6   (6  2   6   (4

Loans:

        

Total loans

   6,183    5,693   490   6,206   5,669   537 

Nonaccrual loans

   112    110   2   89   89   -  

Other assets

   197    n/a    n/a    -    n/a    n/a  

Long-term debt

   -     (199  199 (2)   (1  (1,157  1,156(2) 

 

 

 

(1)The difference between fair value carrying amount and aggregate unpaid principal includes changes in fair value recorded at and subsequent to funding, gains and losses on the related loan commitment prior to funding, and premiums on acquired loans.
(2)Represents collateralized, non-recourse debt securities issued by certain of our consolidated securitization VIEs that are held by third party investors. To the extent cash flows from the underlying collateral are not sufficient to pay the unpaid principal amount of the debt, those third party investors absorb losses.

 

135


Table of Contents

Note 13: Fair Values of Assets and Liabilities (continued)

 

The assets and liabilities accounted for under the fair value option are initially measured at fair value. Gains and losses from initial measurement and subsequent changes in fair value are recognized in earnings. The changes in fair value related to

initial measurement and subsequent changes in fair value included in earnings for these assets and liabilities measured at fair value are shown, by income statement line item, below.

 

 

    2013  2012 
(in millions)  Mortgage banking
noninterest income
   

Net gains

(losses)
from
trading
activities

  Other
noninterest
income
  Mortgage
banking
noninterest
income
   Net gains
(losses)
from
trading
activities
  Other
noninterest
income
 

Quarter ended March 31,

         

Mortgages held for sale

  $973    -   -   1,795    -   1 

Loans held for sale

   -     -    -   -    -   13 

Loans

   -     -    (47  -    -   42 

Other assets

   -     -    14   -    -   - 

Other interests held

   -     (7  6   -    (9  23 
  

 

For performing loans, instrument-specific credit risk gains or losses were derived principally by determining the change in fair value of the loans due to changes in the observable or implied credit spread. Credit spread is the market yield on the loans less the relevant risk-free benchmark interest rate. In recent years spreads have been significantly affected by the lack of liquidity in the secondary market for mortgage loans. For nonperforming loans, we attribute all changes in fair value to instrument-specific credit risk. The following table shows the estimated gains and losses from earnings attributable to instrument-specific credit risk related to assets accounted for under the fair value option.

 

 

    Quarter ended March 31, 
(in millions)  2013   2012 

Gains (losses) attributable to instrument-specific credit risk:

    

Mortgages held for sale

  $37    (39

Loans held for sale

   -    13 
   

Total

  $37    (26

 

136


Table of Contents

Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The table below is a summary of fair value estimates for financial instruments, excluding financial instruments recorded at fair value on a recurring basis as they are included within the Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis table included earlier in this Note. The carrying amounts in the following table are recorded in the balance sheet under the indicated captions.

 

We have not included assets and liabilities that are not financial instruments in our disclosure, such as the value of the long-term relationships with our deposit, credit card and trust customers, amortized MSRs, premises and equipment, goodwill and other intangibles, deferred taxes and other liabilities. The total of the fair value calculations presented does not represent, and should not be construed to represent, the underlying value of the Company.

 

 

         Estimated fair value 
(in millions)  Carrying
amount
   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total 

March 31, 2013

          

Financial assets

          

Cash and due from banks (1)

  $16,217    16,217    -    -    16,217 

Federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and other short-term investments (1)

   143,804    4,505    139,299    -    143,804 

Mortgages held for sale (2)

   4,078    -    3,032    1,042    4,074 

Loans held for sale (2)

   194    -    190    13    203 

Loans, net (3)

   764,756    -    57,607    717,077    774,684 

Nonmarketable equity investments (cost method)

   6,649    -    2    8,146    8,148 

Financial liabilities

          

Deposits

   1,010,733    -    956,330    55,308    1,011,638 

Short-term borrowings (1)

   60,693    -    60,693    -    60,693 

Long-term debt (4)

   126,179    -    118,812    10,842    129,654 

 

 

December 31, 2012

          

Financial assets

          

Cash and due from banks (1)

  $21,860    21,860    -    -    21,860 

Federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and other short-term investments (1)

   137,313    5,046    132,267    -    137,313 

Mortgages held for sale (2)

   4,844    -    3,808    1,045    4,853 

Loans held for sale (2)

   104    -    83    29    112 

Loans, net (3)

   763,968    -    56,237    716,114    772,351 

Nonmarketable equity investments (cost method)

   6,799    -    2    8,229    8,231 

Financial liabilities

          

Deposits

   1,002,835    -    946,922    57,020    1,003,942 

Short-term borrowings (1)

   57,175    -    57,175    -    57,175 

Long-term debt (4)

   127,366    -    119,220    11,063    130,283 

 

 

 

(1)Amounts consist of financial instruments in which carrying value approximates fair value.
(2)Balance reflects MHFS and LHFS, as applicable, other than those MHFS and LHFS for which election of the fair value option was made.
(3)Loans exclude balances for which the fair value option was elected and also exclude lease financing with a carrying amount of $12.4 billion at both March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.
(4)The carrying amount and fair value exclude balances for which the fair value option was elected and obligations under capital leases of $12 million at both March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

 

Loan commitments, standby letters of credit and commercial and similar letters of credit are not included in the table above. A reasonable estimate of the fair value of these instruments is the carrying value of deferred fees plus the related allowance. This amounted to $629 million and $586 million at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively.

 

 

137


Table of Contents

Note 14: Preferred Stock

 

 

We are authorized to issue 20 million shares of preferred stock and 4 million shares of preference stock, both without par value. Preferred shares outstanding rank senior to common shares both as to dividends and liquidation preference but have no general voting rights. We have not issued any preference shares under this authorization. If issued, preference shares would be limited to one vote per share. Our total issued and outstanding

preferred stock includes Dividend Equalization Preferred (DEP) shares and Series I, J, K, L, N, O and P which are presented in the following two tables, and Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock, which is presented in the second table below and the table on the following page.

 

 

   
   March 31, 2013   December 31, 2012 
    Liquidation
preference
per share
   Shares
authorized
and designated
   Liquidation
preference
per share
   Shares
authorized
and designated
 

DEP Shares

        

Dividend Equalization Preferred Shares

  $10    97,000   $10    97,000 

Series G

        

7.25% Class A Preferred Stock

   15,000    50,000    15,000    50,000 

Series H

        

Floating Class A Preferred Stock

   20,000    50,000    20,000    50,000 

Series I

        

Floating Class A Preferred Stock

   100,000    25,010    100,000    25,010 

Series J

        

8.00% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock

   1,000    2,300,000    1,000    2,300,000 

Series K

        

7.98% Fixed-to-Floating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock

   1,000    3,500,000    1,000    3,500,000 

Series L

        

7.50% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Class A Preferred Stock

   1,000    4,025,000    1,000    4,025,000 

Series N

        

5.20% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock

   25,000    30,000    25,000    30,000 

Series O

        

5.125% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock

   25,000    27,600    25,000    27,600 

Series P

        

5.25% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock

   25,000    26,400    -    - 

Total

        10,131,010         10,104,610 

 

 

 
   March 31, 2013     December 31, 2012  
(in millions, except shares)  Shares
issued and
outstanding
   Par value   Carrying
value
   Discount   Shares
issued and
outstanding
   Par value   Carrying
value
   Discount 

 

 

DEP Shares

                

Dividend Equalization Preferred Shares

   96,546   $-    -        96,546   $-    -     

Series I (1)

                

Floating Class A Preferred Stock

   25,010    2,501    2,501        25,010    2,501    2,501     

Series J (1)

                

8.00% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock

   2,150,375    2,150    1,995    155     2,150,375    2,150    1,995    155  

Series K (1)

                

7.98% Fixed-to-Floating Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock

   3,352,000    3,352    2,876    476     3,352,000    3,352    2,876    476  

Series L (1)

                

7.50% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Class A Preferred Stock

   3,968,000    3,968    3,200    768     3,968,000    3,968    3,200    768  

Series N (1)

                

5.20% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock

   30,000    750    750        30,000    750    750     

Series O (1)

                

5.125% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock

   26,000    650    650        26,000    650    650     

Series P (1)

                

5.25% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock

   25,000    625    625        -    -    -     

ESOP

                

Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock

   1,815,055    1,815    1,815        910,934    911    911     

 

 

Total

   11,487,986   $15,811    14,412    1,399     10,558,865   $14,282    12,883    1,399  

 

 

 

(1)Preferred shares qualify as Tier 1 capital.

 

138


Table of Contents

In March 2013, we issued 25 million Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share of the Non-Cumulative Perpetual Class A Preferred Stock, Series P, for an aggregate public offering price of $625 million.

See Note 7 for additional information on our trust preferred securities. We do not have a commitment to issue Series G or H preferred stock.

ESOP CUMULATIVE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK   All shares of our ESOP Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock (ESOP Preferred Stock) were issued to a trustee acting on behalf of the Wells Fargo & Company 401(k) Plan (the 401(k) Plan). Dividends on the ESOP Preferred Stock are cumulative from the

date of initial issuance and are payable quarterly at annual rates based upon the year of issuance. Each share of ESOP Preferred Stock released from the unallocated reserve of the 401(k) Plan is converted into shares of our common stock based on the stated value of the ESOP Preferred Stock and the then current market price of our common stock. The ESOP Preferred Stock is also convertible at the option of the holder at any time, unless previously redeemed. We have the option to redeem the ESOP Preferred Stock at any time, in whole or in part, at a redemption price per share equal to the higher of (a) $1,000 per share plus accrued and unpaid dividends or (b) the fair market value, as defined in the Certificates of Designation for the ESOP Preferred Stock.

 

 

    
   Shares issued and outstanding     Carrying value    Adjustable  
   Mar. 31,     Dec. 31,     Mar. 31,    Dec. 31,    dividend rate  

(in millions, except shares)

   2013    2012    2013   2012   Minimum    Maximum  

ESOP Preferred Stock

         

$1,000 liquidation preference per share

         

2013

   904,121    -   $904   -   8.50   11.00 

2012

   245,604    245,604    246   246   10.00   11.00 

2011

   277,263    277,263    277   277   9.00   10.00 

2010

   201,011    201,011    201   201   9.50   10.50 

2008

   73,434    73,434    73   73   10.50   11.50 

2007

   53,768    53,768    54   54   10.75   11.75 

2006

   33,559    33,559    34   34   10.75   11.75 

2005

   18,882    18,882    19   19   9.75   10.75 

2004

   7,413    7,413    7   7   8.50   9.50 

Total ESOP Preferred Stock (1)

   1,815,055    910,934   $1,815   911   

Unearned ESOP shares (2)

  

    $(1,971  (986  
                        

 

(1)At March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, additional paid-in capital included $156 million and $75 million, respectively, related to ESOP preferred stock.
(2)We recorded a corresponding charge to unearned ESOP shares in connection with the issuance of the ESOP Preferred Stock. The unearned ESOP shares are reduced as shares of the ESOP Preferred Stock are committed to be released.

 

139


Table of Contents

Note 15: Employee Benefits

 

We sponsor a noncontributory qualified defined benefit retirement plan, the Wells Fargo & Company Cash Balance Plan (Cash Balance Plan), which covers eligible employees of

Wells Fargo. Benefits accrued under the Cash Balance Plan were frozen effective July 1, 2009.

The net periodic benefit cost was:

 

 

 

   2013  2012 
   Pension benefits      Pension benefits     
(in millions)  Qualified  Non-
qualified
   Other
benefits
  Qualified  Non-
qualified
   Other
benefits
 

Quarter ended March 31,

   

Service cost

  $ -   -    3   -   -    3 

Interest cost

   113   7    12   128   8    15 

Expected return on plan assets

   (171  -    (9  (162  -    (9

Amortization of net actuarial loss

   42   4    -   33   3    - 

Amortization of prior service credit

   -   -    (1  -   -    (1

Settlement

   -   4    -   1   -    - 

Net periodic benefit cost (income)

  $(16  15    5   -   11    8 

 

140


Table of Contents

Note 16: Earnings Per Common Share

 

 

The table below shows earnings per common share and diluted earnings per common share and reconciles the numerator and denominator of both earnings per common share calculations.

 

 

  
   Quarter ended March 31, 
(in millions, except per share amounts)  2013   2012 

Wells Fargo net income

  $5,171    4,248 

Less:    Preferred stock dividends and other (1)

   240    226 

Wells Fargo net income applicable to common stock (numerator)

  $4,931    4,022 

Earnings per common share

    

Average common shares outstanding (denominator)

   5,279.0    5,282.6 

Per share

  $0.93    0.76 

Diluted earnings per common share

    

Average common shares outstanding

   5,279.0    5,282.6 

Add:    Stock options

   28.8    24.9 

             Restricted share rights

   43.9    30.3 

             Warrants

   1.8    - 

Diluted average common shares outstanding (denominator)

   5,353.5    5,337.8 

Per share

  $0.92    0.75 

 

(1)Includes $240 million and $219 million of preferred stock dividends for first quarter 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

The following table presents the outstanding options and warrants to purchase shares of common stock that were anti-dilutive (the exercise price was higher than the weighted-average market price), and therefore not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per common share.

 

 

  
   Weighted-average shares 
   Quarter ended March 31, 
(in millions)  2013   2012 

Options

   14.4    135.5 

Warrants

   -    39.2 

 

141


Table of Contents

Note 17: Other Comprehensive Income

 

The components of other comprehensive income (OCI), reclassifications to net income by income statement line item, and the related tax effects were:

 

  
   Quarter ended March 31, 
   2013  2012 
(in millions)   
 
Before
tax
  
  
  
 
Tax
effect
  
  
  
 
Net of
tax
  
  
  
 
Before
tax
  
  
  
 
Tax
effect
  
  
  
 
Net of
tax
  
  

 

  

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments:

       

Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period

  $(18  2   (16  10   (4  6 

 

  

 

 

 

Securities available for sale:

       

Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period

   (634  230   (404  1,874   (704  1,170 

Reclassification of net (gains) losses to net income:

       

Net (gains) losses on debt securities available for sale

   (45  17   (28  7   (2  5 

Net gains from equity investments

   (68  26   (42  (233  82   (151

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal reclassifications to net income

   (113  43   (70  (226  80   (146

 

  

 

 

 

Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period

   (747  273   (474  1,648   (624  1,024 

 

  

 

 

 

Derivatives and hedging activities:

       

Net unrealized gains arising during the period

   7   (2  5   42   (12  30 

Reclassification of net (gains) losses on cash flow hedges to net income:

       

Interest income on loans

   (116  47   (69  (129  48   (81

Interest expense on long-term debt

   27   (10  17   22   (8  14 

Salaries expense

   2   (1  1   -   -   - 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal reclassifications to net income

   (87  36   (51  (107  40   (67

 

  

 

 

 

Net unrealized losses arising during the period

   (80  34   (46  (65  28   (37

 

  

 

 

 

Defined benefit plans adjustments:

  

 

Net actuarial gains (losses) arising during the period

   6   (2  4   (5  2   (3

Reclassification of amounts to net periodic benefit costs (1):

       

Amortization of net actuarial loss

   46   (18  28   36   (13  23 

Other

   3   (1  2   -   -   - 

 

  

 

 

 

Subtotal reclassifications to net periodic benefit costs

   49   (19  30   36   (13  23 

 

  

 

 

 

Net gains arising during the period

   55   (21  34   31   (11  20 

 

  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

  $(790  288   (502  1,624   (611  1,013 

 

  

 

 

 

Less: Other comprehensive income from noncontrolling interests, net of tax

     3     4 

 

  

 

 

 

Wells Fargo other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

    $(505    1,009 

 

 

 

(1)These items are included in the computation of net periodic benefit cost which is recorded in employee benefit expense (see Note 15 for additional details).

 

142


Table of Contents

Note 17: Other Comprehensive Income (continued)

 

Cumulative OCI balances were:

 

      
(in millions)  Foreign
currency
translation
adjustments
  Securities
available
for sale
  Derivatives
and
hedging
activities
  Defined
benefit
plans
adjustments
  Cumulative
other
comprehensive
income
 

Quarter ended March 31, 2013

      

Balance, beginning of period

  $80   7,462   289   (2,181  5,650 

Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period

   (16  (404  5   4   (411

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

   -   (70  (51  30   (91

Net change

   (16  (474  (46  34   (502

Less:    Other comprehensive income from noncontrolling interests

   -   3   -   -   3 

Balance, end of period

  $64   6,985   243   (2,147  5,145 

Quarter ended March 31, 2012

      

Balance, beginning of period

  $90   4,413   490   (1,786  3,207 

Net unrealized gains (losses) arising during the period

   6   1,170   30   (3  1,203 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

   -   (146  (67  23   (190

Net change

   6   1,024   (37  20   1,013 

Less:    Other comprehensive income from noncontrolling interests

   -   4   -   -   4 

Balance, end of period

  $96   5,433   453   (1,766  4,216  

 

143


Table of Contents

Note 18: Operating Segments

 

 

We have three operating segments for management reporting: Community Banking; Wholesale Banking; and Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement. The results for these operating segments are based on our management accounting process, for which there is no comprehensive, authoritative guidance equivalent to GAAP for financial accounting. The management accounting process measures the performance of the operating segments based on our management structure and is not necessarily comparable with similar information for other financial services companies. We define our operating segments by product type and customer segment. If the management structure and/or the allocation process changes, allocations, transfers and assignments may change. In first quarter 2012, we modified internal funds transfer rates and the allocation of funding.

Community Banking offers a complete line of diversified financial products and services to consumers and small businesses with annual sales generally up to $20 million in which the owner generally is the financial decision maker. Community Banking also offers investment management and other services to retail customers and securities brokerage through affiliates. These products and services include the Wells Fargo Advantage FundsSM, a family of mutual funds. Loan products include lines of credit, auto floor plan lines, equity lines and loans, equipment and transportation loans, education loans, origination and purchase of residential mortgage loans and servicing of mortgage loans and credit cards. Other credit products and financial services available to small businesses and their owners include equipment leases, real estate and other commercial financing, Small Business Administration financing, venture capital financing, cash management, payroll services, retirement plans, Health Savings Accounts, credit cards, and merchant payment processing. Community Banking also offers private label financing solutions for retail merchants across the United States and purchases retail installment contracts from auto dealers in the United States and Puerto Rico. Consumer and business deposit products include checking accounts, savings deposits, market rate accounts, Individual Retirement Accounts, time deposits, global remittance and debit cards.

Community Banking serves customers through a complete range of channels, including traditional banking stores, in-store banking centers, business centers, ATMs, Online and Mobile Banking, and Wells Fargo Customer Connection, a 24-hours a day, seven days a week telephone service.

Wholesale Banking provides financial solutions to businesses across the United States with annual sales generally in excess of $20 million and to financial institutions globally. Wholesale Banking provides a complete line of commercial, corporate, capital markets, cash management and real estate banking products and services. These include traditional commercial loans and lines of credit, letters of credit, asset-based lending, equipment leasing, international trade facilities, trade financing, collection services, foreign exchange services, treasury management, investment management, institutional fixed-income sales, interest rate, commodity and equity risk management, online/electronic products such as the Commercial Electronic Office® (CEO®) portal, insurance, corporate trust fiduciary and agency services, and investment banking services. Wholesale Banking manages customer investments through institutional separate accounts and mutual funds, including the Wells Fargo Advantage Funds and Wells Capital Management. Wholesale Banking also supports the CRE market with products and services such as construction loans for commercial and residential development, land acquisition and development loans, secured and unsecured lines of credit, interim financing arrangements for completed structures, rehabilitation loans, affordable housing loans and letters of credit, permanent loans for securitization, CRE loan servicing and real estate and mortgage brokerage services.

Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement provides a full range of financial advisory services to clients using a planning approach to meet each client’s needs. Wealth Management provides affluent and high net worth clients with a complete range of wealth management solutions, including financial planning, private banking, credit, investment management and trust. Abbot Downing, a Wells Fargo business, provides comprehensive wealth management services to ultra high net worth families and individuals as well as their endowments and foundations. Brokerage serves customers’ advisory, brokerage and financial needs as part of one of the largest full-service brokerage firms in the United States. Retirement is a national leader in providing institutional retirement and trust services (including 401(k) and pension plan record keeping) for businesses, retail retirement solutions for individuals, and reinsurance services for the life insurance industry.

Other includes corporate items (such as integration expenses related to the Wachovia merger) not specific to a business segment and elimination of certain items that are included in more than one business segment.

 

 

144


Table of Contents

(income/expense in millions,

 

  Community
Banking
   Wholesale
Banking
   

Wealth,
Brokerage

and
Retirement

  Other (1)  Consolidated
Company
 
average balances in billions)  2013   2012   2013  2012   2013   2012  2013  2012  2013   2012 

Quarter ended March 31,

                

Net interest income (2)

  $7,119    7,326    3,005   3,181    669    701   (294  (320  10,499    10,888 

Provision (reversal of provision)

                

for credit losses

   1,262    1,878    (58  95    14    43   1   (21  1,219    1,995 

Noninterest income

   5,780    6,095    3,081   2,852    2,528    2,361   (629  (560  10,760    10,748 

Noninterest expense

   7,377    7,825    3,091   3,054    2,639    2,547   (707  (433  12,400    12,993 

Income (loss) before income

                

tax expense (benefit)

   4,260    3,718    3,053   2,884    544    472   (217  (426  7,640    6,648 

Income tax expense (benefit)

   1,288    1,293    1,007   1,016    207    181   (82  (162  2,420    2,328 

Net income (loss) before

                

noncontrolling interests

   2,972    2,425    2,046   1,868    337    291   (135  (264  5,220    4,320 

Less: Net income (loss) from

                

noncontrolling interests

   48    77    1   -    -    (5  -   -   49    72 

Net income (loss) (3)

  $2,924    2,348    2,045   1,868    337    296   (135  (264  5,171    4,248 

Average loans

  $498.9    486.1    284.5   268.6    43.8    42.5   (29.1  (28.6  798.1    768.6 

Average assets

   799.6    738.3    496.1   467.8    180.3    161.9   (71.7  (65.1  1,404.3    1,302.9 

Average core deposits

   619.2    575.2    224.1   220.9    149.4    135.6   (66.8  (61.2  925.9    870.5 

 

(1)Includes Wachovia integration expenses, through completion in the first quarter of 2012, and the elimination of items that are included in both Community Banking and Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement, largely representing services and products for wealth management customers provided in Community Banking stores.
(2)Net interest income is the difference between interest earned on assets and the cost of liabilities to fund those assets. Interest earned includes actual interest earned on segment assets and, if the segment has excess liabilities, interest credits for providing funding to other segments. The cost of liabilities includes interest expense on segment liabilities and, if the segment does not have enough liabilities to fund its assets, a funding charge based on the cost of excess liabilities from another segment.
(3)Represents segment net income (loss) for Community Banking; Wholesale Banking; and Wealth, Brokerage and Retirement segments and Wells Fargo net income for the consolidated company.

 

145


Table of Contents

Note 19: Regulatory and Agency Capital Requirements

 

 

The Company and each of its subsidiary banks are subject to regulatory capital adequacy requirements promulgated by federal regulatory agencies. The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements, including well capitalized standards, for the consolidated financial holding company, and the OCC has similar requirements for the Company’s national banks, including Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

We do not consolidate our wholly-owned trust (the Trust) formed solely to issue trust preferred and preferred purchase securities (the Securities). Securities issued by the Trust includable in Tier 1 capital were $2.1 billion at March 31, 2013. Since December 31, 2012, we have redeemed $2.8 billion of trust preferred securities. Under applicable regulatory capital guidelines issued by bank regulatory agencies, upon notice of redemption, the redeemed trust preferred securities no longer qualify as Tier 1 Capital for the Company. This redemption is

consistent with the Capital Plan the Company submitted to the Federal Reserve Board and the actions the Company previously announced on March 13, 2012.

Certain subsidiaries of the Company are approved seller/servicers, and are therefore required to maintain minimum levels of shareholders’ equity, as specified by various agencies, including the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development, GNMA, FHLMC and FNMA. At March 31, 2013, each seller/servicer met these requirements. Certain broker-dealer subsidiaries of the Company are subject to SEC Rule 15c3-1 (the Net Capital Rule), which requires that we maintain minimum levels of net capital, as defined. At March 31, 2013, each of these subsidiaries met these requirements.

The following table presents regulatory capital information for Wells Fargo & Company and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

 

 

 

 

 

   Wells Fargo & Company   Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.   Well-   Minimum 
(in billions, except ratios)  Mar. 31,
2013
  Dec. 31,
2012
   Mar. 31,
2013
   Dec. 31,
2012
   capitalized
ratios (1)
   capital
ratios (1)
 

 

 

Regulatory capital:

           

Tier 1

  $129.1   126.6    105.5    101.3     

Total

   161.6   157.6    130.5    124.8     

Assets:

           

Risk-weighted

  $1,094.3   1,077.1    1,001.5    1,002.0     

Adjusted average (2)

   1,354.5   1,336.4    1,211.3    1,195.9     

Capital ratios:

           

Tier 1 capital (3)

   11.80   11.75    10.54    10.11    6.00    4.00 

Total capital (3)

   14.76   14.63    13.03    12.45    10.00    8.00 

Tier 1 leverage (2)

   9.53   9.47    8.71    8.47    5.00    4.00 

 

 

 

(1)As defined by the regulations issued by the Federal Reserve, OCC and FDIC.
(2)The leverage ratio consists of Tier 1 capital divided by quarterly average total assets, excluding goodwill and certain other items. The minimum leverage ratio guideline is 3% for banking organizations that do not anticipate significant growth and that have well-diversified risk, excellent asset quality, high liquidity, good earnings, effective management and monitoring of market risk and, in general, are considered top-rated, strong banking organizations.
(3)Effective September 30, 2012, we refined our determination of the risk weighting of certain unused lending commitments that provide for the ability to issue standby letters of credit and commitments to issue standby letters of credit under syndication arrangements where we have an obligation to issue in a lead agent or similar capacity beyond our contractual participation level.

 

146


Table of Contents

Glossary of Acronyms

 

 

ACL

  Allowance for credit losses

ALCO

  Asset/Liability Management Committee

ARM

  Adjustable-rate mortgage

ARS

  Auction rate security

ASC

  Accounting Standards Codification

ASU

  Accounting Standards Update

AVM

  Automated valuation model

BCBS

  Basel Committee on Bank Supervision

BHC

  Bank holding company

CCAR

  Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review

CD

  Certificate of deposit

CDO

  Collateralized debt obligation

CLO

  Collateralized loan obligation

CLTV

  Combined loan-to-value

CPP

  Capital Purchase Program

CPR

  Constant prepayment rate

CRE

  Commercial real estate

DPD

  Days past due

ESOP

  Employee Stock Ownership Plan

FAS

  Statement of Financial Accounting Standards

FASB

  Financial Accounting Standards Board

FDIC

  Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

FFELP

  Federal Family Education Loan Program

FHA

  Federal Housing Administration

FHFA

  Federal Housing Finance Agency

FHLB

  Federal Home Loan Bank

FHLMC

  Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation

FICO

  Fair Isaac Corporation (credit rating)

FNMA

  Federal National Mortgage Association

FRB

  Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System

FSB

  Financial Stability Board

FTC

  Federal Trade Commission

GAAP

  Generally accepted accounting principles

GNMA

  Government National Mortgage Association

GSE

  Government-sponsored entity

HAMP

  Home Affordability Modification Program

HPI

  Home Price Index

HUD

  Department of Housing and Urban Development

IFRS

  International Financial Reporting Standards

LHFS

  Loans held for sale

LIBOR

  London Interbank Offered Rate

LIHTC

  Low-Income Housing Tax Credit

LOCOM

  Lower of cost or market value

LTV

  Loan-to-value

MBS

  Mortgage-backed security

MHA

  Making Home Affordable programs

MHFS

  Mortgages held for sale

MSR

  Mortgage servicing right

MTN

  Medium-term note

NAV

  Net asset value

NPA

  Nonperforming asset

OCC

  Office of the Comptroller of the Currency

OCI

  Other comprehensive income

OTC

  Over-the-counter

OTTI

  Other-than-temporary impairment

PCI Loans

  Purchased credit-impaired loans

PTPP

  Pre-tax pre-provision profit

RBC

  Risk-based capital

ROA

  Wells Fargo net income to average total assets

ROE

  Wells Fargo net income applicable to common stock to average Wells Fargo common stockholders’ equity

SEC

  Securities and Exchange Commission

S&P

  Standard & Poor’s

SPE

  Special purpose entity

TARP

  Troubled Asset Relief Program

TDR

  Troubled debt restructuring

VA

  Department of Veterans Affairs

VaR

  Value-at-risk

VIE

  Variable interest entity

WFCC

  Wells Fargo Canada Corporation
 

 

147


Table of Contents

PART II – OTHER INFORMATION

 

Item 1.Legal Proceedings

Information in response to this item can be found in Note 11 (Legal Actions) to Financial Statements in this Report which information is incorporated by reference into this item.

 

Item 1A.Risk Factors

Information in response to this item can be found under the “Financial Review – Risk Factors” section in this Report which information is incorporated by reference into this item.

 

Item 2.Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

The following table shows Company repurchases of its common stock for each calendar month in the quarter ended March 31, 2013.

 

Calendar month  Total number
of shares
repurchased (1)
   Weighted-average
price paid per share
   Maximum number of
shares that may yet
be purchased under
the authorization
 

January

   230,885   $            35.04    197,475,465 

February

   6,599,588    35.09    190,875,877 

March (2)

   9,804,818    34.99    181,071,059 

Total

   16,635,291     

 

 

 

(1)All shares were repurchased under an authorization covering up to 200 million shares of common stock approved by the Board of Directors and publicly announced by the Company on October 23, 2012. Unless modified or revoked by the Board, this authorization does not expire.
(2)Includes 5,808,061 shares at a weighted-average price paid per share of $34.43 repurchased in a private transaction.

The following table shows Company repurchases of the warrants for each calendar month in the quarter ended March 31, 2013.

 

    
Calendar month  Total number
of warrants
repurchased (1)
   Average price
paid per warrant
   

Maximum dollar value
of warrants that

may yet be purchased

 

January

   -   $                -     451,944,402 

February

   -    -     451,944,402 

March

   -    -     451,944,402 

Total

   -     

 

 

 

(1)Warrants are purchased under the authorization covering up to $1 billion in warrants approved by the Board of Directors (ratified and approved on June 22, 2010). Unless modified or revoked by the Board, authorization does not expire.

 

148


Table of Contents
Item 6.Exhibits

A list of exhibits to this Form 10-Q is set forth on the Exhibit Index immediately preceding such exhibits and is incorporated herein by reference.

The Company’s SEC file number is 001-2979. On and before November 2, 1998, the Company filed documents with the SEC under the name Norwest Corporation. The former Wells Fargo & Company filed documents under SEC file number 001-6214.

SIGNATURE

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

Dated: May 8, 2013  WELLS FARGO & COMPANY
  By: /s/ RICHARD D. LEVY
   Richard D. Levy
   

Executive Vice President and Controller

(Principal Accounting Officer)

 

149


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit

Number

  

Description

  

Location

3(a)  Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and in effect on the date hereof.  Filed herewith.
3(b)  By-Laws.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 28, 2011.
4(a)  See Exhibits 3(a) and 3(b).  
4(b)  The Company agrees to furnish upon request to the Commission a copy of each instrument defining the rights of holders of senior and subordinated debt of the Company.  
10(a)  

Amendment to Directors Stock Compensation and

Deferral Plan, effective January 1, 2013.

  Filed herewith.
12(a)  Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges:  Filed herewith.

 

     

Quarter ended

Mar. 31,

       
 

 

     
     2013   2012       
 

 

     
 

Including interest on deposits

   7.08    5.51     
 

Excluding interest on deposits

   9.64    7.58     
 

 

     

 

  12(b)      

 Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Dividends:    Filed herewith.

 

     

Quarter ended

Mar. 31,

       
 

 

     
     2013   2012       
 

 

     
 

Including interest on deposits

   5.52    4.45     
 

Excluding interest on deposits

   6.88    5.61     
 

 

     

 

150


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

 

Description

  

Location

   
31(a) Certification of principal executive officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  Filed herewith.  
31(b) Certification of principal financial officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  Filed herewith.  
32(a) Certification of Periodic Financial Report by Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and 18 U.S.C. § 1350.  Furnished herewith.  
32(b) Certification of Periodic Financial Report by Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and 18 U.S.C. § 1350.  Furnished herewith.  
99(a) 

Amendment of Consent Order dated effective

February 28, 2013, between the Company and the

Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

  Filed herewith.  
99(b) 

Amendment to Consent Order dated effective

February 28, 2013, between Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.

and the Comptroller of the Currency.

  Filed herewith.  
101 XBRL Instance Document  Filed herewith.  
101 XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document  Filed herewith.  
101 XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document  Filed herewith.  
101 XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document  Filed herewith.  
101 XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document  Filed herewith.  
101 XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definitions Linkbase Document  Filed herewith.  

 

151